Its the Bankers or us! by Freedom of Speech

For Freedom and Liberty

February 2012

“It's the bankers or us!” The Austerity Hammer Starts to Fall on United States as Debt Consumes Europe Alex Jones & Aaron Dykes Infowars.com December 1, 2010

Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=YmiFB9hJxus&feature=player_embedded Problem, Reaction, Solution: Derivatives, Crash, Too Big To Fail, Bailout, Nationalization, Budget Crisis, Privatization, Debt Slavery, Austerity, Evaporating Pensions, Central Banks, Big Government, World Government. It’s been quite a saga, but this economic crisis has been planned sabotage by design. The age of the Offshore Global Cartel is the age of economic warfare with the wealthy Western world. The 3rd World has largely already been brought to its knees. The remaining vestiges of national sovereignty must be eliminated and the middle class consumer society must be swept back to the feudal age by way of a tidal wave looting of living standards, cut wages & pensions, and the bread and circuses of cheap plastic goods and entertainment. The upper middle classes, the array of independent businesses, remaining lone giants and other true competition to the New World Order mafia economy system must be consolidated or dominated. Alex Jones explains why it is the bankers or us will be free at the end of this crisis. The total cost of the derivatives is over $1.5 Quadrillion, a sum that will completely consume the world in perpetual debt, a sum that can never be repaid. It is an economic shearing, a shearing of the sheep. The economic crisis has always really been a complete transfer of power to the banking class. Austerity has now set into the United States, and what is happening today in Ireland, Greece, Spain and Europe at-large looms over America’s future. U.S. taxpayers will likely be the largest funders of the total billions and trillions being used to bailout out European nations while simultaneously ensnaring them in IMF conditionalities. Worst of all, these measures are not a true solution; they only make matters worse. But that’s the point. The austerity hammer wielded by central banks and now crushing Europe into subservience will soon fall on the U.S. Fresh bailouts and buyouts by foreign banks are being forced on Ireland and other European nations, while officials in the United States are parlaying news to Americans that wages, pensions, insurance for veteran & military personnel, children’s health care and more are being cut, frozen, or taken away. The entitlement system in America is no doubt rooted in corruption and has blossomed under ever-growing big government. Yet it is the bankers who must be stopped first. We cannot reform dependency upon government among the people without first challenging the Federal Reserve and private central banks or shutting the door on the predatory IMF-vampire soliciting invitation to strike directly at the heart of the dweller. The IMF and World Bank have essentially completed their phase I mission of absorbing and dominating 3rd World nations; the scheduled phase II targets are unfolding now in the 1st World Nations– the United States, Canada, UK, Europe and more. The United States bailout was, in essence, an act of terrorism coordinated by Hank Paulson and the Executive Branch, coerced on Congress under threat of martial law; and in the end we learned it was a Trojan Horse payoff to Wall St. that simultaneously obligated us to more than $23 trillion in commitments. It was a deal that

relied upon secrecy, conspiracy and fear, yet was sold on a proud, out in-the-open series of bold faced lies. It triggered inflationary spending and transferred more power to the Federal Reserve. Yet all this is only a minute, precursor wave to the tidal wave that is coming. The derivatives crisis, austerity and IMF control are tools for a global takeover via the Hegelian Dialectic. There is a mounting debt of unfathomable proportions– a debt that we people do not owe. We must understand what has really happened and say no to willing submitting to it. www.infowars.com/its-the-bankers-or-us/ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“History records that the money changers have used every form of abuse, intrigue, deceit, and violent means possible to maintain their control over governments by controlling money and its issuance.” President James Madison - 4th President of The United States (1751–1836)

Must watch: Alex Jones interviews Texe Marrs Uploaded by libertyandfreed0m on Nov 5, 2011

Texe discusses the private Federal Reserve banking cartel and GAO-11-696, a report about how the bailout money was distributed. He also discusses how Red China is the model for the New World Order and lots more. You don’t want to miss this interview!! Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=Iomy92OLzM8&feature=related Part 2: www.youtube.com/watch?v=ag_9bq6ZtkY&feature=related Part 3: www.youtube.com/watch?v=d6cIJS4Jz6o&feature=related

www.texemarrs.com/

Charlotte Iserbyt: Skull & Bones, the Order at Yale Revealed Uploaded by TheAlexJonesChannel on Nov 4, 2011 Charlotte Iserbyt breaks down the history of this secret order and reveals just how big this elite club at Yale really is and how much political power they have wield over the past 180 years! Watch the video, Part 1: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h58oYvHPztQ Part 2: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e4uK-symFGM Part 3: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KwAKYhZT8-4 Part 4: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l70xTkHlPGw

Visit: www.deliberatedumbingdown.com/

and www.americandeception.com/

The Corporation Nation From: TheCorporationNation | Nov 8, 2010

The Corporation Nation is the United States of America, U.S. Incorporated. The United States is comprised of over 185,000 incorporated state, county, city, town, municipality, district, councils, school district, pension fund, enterprise operation, lottery, alcohol monopoly, and many other private and for-profit corporations, which have mistakenly been called our "representative government". The hidden wealth and investment totals for all of these "collective" 185,000 corporations (governments), when added together, equate to well over 100 trillion dollars, over 26 trillion in just pension fund investment assets. A trillion dollars is a million, million. With these investments, the government owns controlling ownership interest in all Fortune 500 companies, most major domestic and international companies, and most of everything you see around you. Malls, minimalls, strip-malls, golf courses, movie theaters, etc... Federal lands include about 87% of all state land, 97% of Utah land, 95% of Nevada, etc... This is all easily verifiable by looking at the general accounting system of government, as required by federal law, called the Comprehensive Annual Financial Report, or CAFR. "The Corporation Nation" documentary proves all of this without a shadow of a doubt. It is free, it will never be for sale, and needs to be seen by all Americans. Within this documentary is the governmentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s own admission of corporate governance and fascism. It will not only astound you, but it will also answer just about every question you ever had with regards to the question of why... ...why is every law and every bill passed in the legislature unconstitutional? ...why has the government deregulated all industries and allowed monopolies and corporate tyranny? ...why can banks charge as much interest as they want, despite state laws against usury? ...why was the "Obama-Care" health care bill passed, and who really profits from it? ...why is our infrastructure and land being sold off to private and foreign corporations?

All of these questions will be stunningly clear once you have watched this movie. And with the information you will now possess, you will never again be left to wonder why anything happens in government... Because you will see firsthand that government owns the corporations that it regulates through stock investment. Government votes for each corporation's board of directors. Government votes on whether each company should merge with or acquire other corporations. Government is the corporations, by controlling stock ownership. Please watch The Corporation Nation, pass it on, download the film, make copies, and pass them out to everyone you can. For this is the only issue any of us should be focused on... For this is the root of corporate fascism in America. -Clint Richardson-

Watch The Corporation Nation playlist:

www.youtube.com/watch?playnext=1&index=0&feature=&v=yX8UhqyHKZk&list=PL6D032AA2E55759C1

Download your own copy of Corporation Nation free: http://thecorporationnation.com/ Get a DVD for $2: www.onedollardvdproject.com. Give them to friends and family.

ALEX JONES Internationally recognized veteran broadcaster, documentary filmmaker, and investigative journalist Alex Jones has been featured as a prominent figure of the 9/11 Truth Movement in such publications as The New York Times, Vanity Fair, Rolling Stone Magazine and Popular Mechanics. He has appeared on Good Morning America, The View, 20/20 Downtown, 60 Minutes, The Discovery Channel, The History Channel, Fox News, CNN, TalkSport (UK), Russia Today, Channel 4 (UK), A&E, America's most widely listened to late night radio show, Coast to Coast AM, C-Span, and many other venues. Patrick Beech of the Austin-American Statesman has described Jones as "an absolutely riveting television presence."

Visit: www.infowars.com

and http://prisonplanet.tv/news/nnews.php

HOW YOUR MONEY REALLY WORKS ... watch

â&#x20AC;&#x153;The American Dreamâ&#x20AC;?

The AMERICAN DREAM is a 30 minute animated film that shows you how you've been scammed by the most basic elements of our government system. All of us Americans strive for the American Dream, and this film shows you why your dream is getting farther and farther away. Do you know how your money is created? Or how banking works? Why did housing prices skyrocket and then plunge? Do you really know what the Federal Reserve System is and how it affects you every single day? THE AMERICAN DREAM takes an entertaining but hard hitting look at how the problems we have today are nothing new, and why leaders throughout our history have warned us and fought against the current type of financial system we have in America today. You will be challenged to investigate some very entrenched and powerful institutions in this nation, and hopefully encouraged to help get our nation back on track. The video creators understand that how the monetary system works can be very confusing to some and have done a brilliant job in explaining how the whole system is set up to keep you forever in debt. This is not what the original founding fathers of America had in mind. Also, this is not just an American problem. It's the same scam in nearly all countries around the world Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZPWH5TlbloU&feature=BF&list=FL9K0CkVCpvbE&index=4

For up-to-date, non-mainstream news that includes a daily podcast, visit www.infowars.com, www.prisonplanet.com and www.prisonplanet.tv to get informed fast!

The Hidden Symbolism within â&#x20AC;&#x153;THE WIZARD of OZâ&#x20AC;? Written by L. Frank Baum, -- It's Much More -- Than a Mere Child's Story. There's Actually A Real Story ... Behind The Story.

The Secret of Oz

Watch the video www.youtube.com/watch?v=SHiQMQYTtrw Written & Directed by Bill Still, www.secretofoz.com/

What's going on with the world's economy? Foreclosures are everywhere, unemployment is skyrocketing - and this may only be the beginning. Could it be that solutions to the world's economic problems could have been embedded in the most beloved children's story of all time, "The Wonderful Wizard of Oz"? The yellow brick road (the gold standard), the emerald city of Oz (greenback money), even Dorothy's silver slippers (changed to ruby slippers for the movie version) were powerful symbols of author L. Frank Baum's belief that the people - not the big banks -- should control the quantity of a nation's money. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Visit Bob Chapman's International Forecaster website for a unique perspective at: http://theinternationalforecaster.com/

Watch Fall of the Republic: The Presidency of Barack H. Obama

Fall of the Republic documents how an offshore corporate cartel is bankrupting the US economy by design. Leaders are now declaring that world government has arrived and that the dollar will be replaced by a new global currency. President Obama has brazenly violated Article 1 Section 9 of the US Constitution by seating himself at the head of United Nations' Security Council, thus becoming the first US president to chair the world body. A scientific dictatorship is in its final stages of completion, and laws protecting basic human rights are being abolished worldwide; an iron curtain of high-tech tyranny is now descending over the planet. A worldwide regime controlled by an unelected corporate elite is implementing a planetary carbon tax system that will dominate all human activity and establish a system of neo-feudal slavery. The image makers have carefully packaged Obama as the world's savior; he is the Trojan Horse manufactured to pacify the people just long enough for the globalists to complete their master plan. This film reveals the architecture of the New World Order and what the power elite have in store for humanity. More importantly it communicates how We The People can retake control of our government, turn the criminal tide and bring the tyrants to justice. Watch Fall of the Republic free: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VebOTc-7shU&feature=player_embedded A film by Alex Jones, www.infowars.com

"Your vision will become clear only when you look into your heart. Who looks outside, dreams. Who looks inside, awakens." - Carl Jung

LAROUCHEPAC:

If You Plan on Surviving, Then Plan on Fighting August 3, 2011 • 3:52PM

The following statement was issued by LaRouche Democrat Bill Roberts (MI) part of the slate of six LaRouche Democrats running for U.S. Congress. A PDF for print distribution is available. The creation of a twelve person “Super Congress,” to supposedly resolve a “debt ceiling crisis,” was a cowardly act of treason by the majority of the U.S. Congress. The truth of this matter must be told far and wide: what is happening is a Hitler-like coup against our government which Lyndon LaRouche and the Slate of Six LaRouche Democratic Candidates have been repeatedly warning about. Obama and his London and Wall Street backers are now sinking the government; a move -- like the “Enabling Act” of the German Reichstag in 1933 -- required to implement waves of population-destroying austerity policies. These policies demanded by Wall Street are not possible without breaking the Constitutional authority of Congress over the power of the purse. The two week conflict of back and forth negotiations, all to avoid a “sovereign default crisis,” was concocted by Wall Street ratings agencies and the Obama administration, as a strategic act of war against the growing potential for re-implementing Glass Steagall, an act of war strategically crafted to destroy them. Glass Steagall will promptly bankrupt the enemies of the nation and force the default on them. They know this well, and do not intend to sit idly by, waiting to be forced to swallow their own toxic gambling debts. This has nothing to do with a budget. It has nothing to do with a debt ceiling. It’s not about too little taxes or too much spending. This is a direct, pre-emptory attack on the authority of the U.S. congress to function as the representatives of the people of the United States, who are increasingly furious at the inaction of their members of Congress, and are demanding action. The channel through which that demand has been registered so far, has been the leadership of the LaRouche PAC and the Slate of Six, in organizing a citizen’s movement nationwide, to force members of Congress to fight for their future: restore Glass Steagall and impeach Obama. The only appropriate response to this overt act of treason against the Constitution is to realize that this fight is nothing less than a war against the enemy of civilization. If you plan on surviving, then plan on fighting that fight. Visit the website: http://www.larouchepac.com/node/18976

Visit the website: www.LaRochePac.com

Introduction to the Glass-Steagall Act The Glass-Steagall Act has remained one of the pillars of banking law since its passage in 1933 by erecting a wall between commercial banking and investment banking. In effect, the law keeps banks from doing business on Wall Street, and vice versa. In actuality, there are two Glass Steagall measures. The first was the GlassSteagall Act of 1932, a bookkeeping provision that allowed the Treasury to balance its account. And what is commonly known today as the Glass-Steagall law is actually the Bank Act of 1933, containing the provision erecting a wall between the banking and securities businesses. It also laid the groundwork for legislation that would allow the Federal Reserve to let banks into the securities business in a limited way.

Franklin Roosevelt Signs The Glass Steagall Act 1933 Causes For and Brief History of Glass-Steagall Act Fundamental to an understanding of the passage of the Glass-Steagall Act is the fact that by 1933 the U.S. was in one of the worst depressions of its history. A quarter of the formerly working population was unemployed. The nation’s banking system was chaotic. Over 11,000 banks had failed or had to merge, reducing the number by 40 per cent, from 25,000 to 14,000. The governors of several states had closed their states’ banks and in March President Roosevelt closed all the banks in the country. Congressional hearings conducted in early 1933 seemed to show that the presumed leaders of American enterprise — the bankers and brokers — were guilty of disreputable and seemingly dishonest dealings and gross misuses of the public’s trust. Looking back, some historians have come to a different conclusion about the role such abuses played in bringing down banks. Some historians now say the chief culprit of bank failures was the Depression itself, which caused real estate and other values to fall, undermining bank loans. Securities abuses played a minimal role in the collapse of banks, these historians say, and caused few failures among the New York banks with the largest Wall Street operations. Causes For and Brief History of GlassSteagall Act

Congress in 1933 prohibits commercial banks from engaging in the investment business. Read more: Glass-Steagall Act – Further Readings The Banking Act of 1933 was probably the newly-elected Roosevelt administration’s most important response to the perceived shambles of the nation’s financial and economic system. But the Act did not change the most important weakness of the American banking system — unit banking within states and the prohibition of nationwide banking. This structure is considered the principal reason for the failure of so many U.S. Banks, some 90 percent of which were unit banks with under $2 million in assets. (In contrast, Canada, which had nationwide banking, suffered no bank failures and only a few of the over 11,000 U.S. Banks that failed or merged were branch banks.) Instead, the Act established new approaches to financial regulation — particularly the institution of deposit insurance and the legal separation of most aspects of commercial and investment banking (the principal exception being allowing commercial banks to underwrite most government-issued bonds). Carter Glass and Henry Steagall

The primary force behind the law was Mr. Glass, a 75-year-old senator who stood 5 feet 4 inches. A former Treasury secretary, he was a father of the Federal Reserve System and a critic of banks that engaged in what he considered the risky business of investing in stocks. He wanted banks to stick to conservative commercial lending, and he exploited the antibank sentiment to push through the changes he wanted. But just two years after Glass-Steagall was enacted, Mr. Glass helped lead an effort to have it repealed, as “he thought it was a mistake and an overreaction.” Mr. Glass passed on in 1946 at the age of 88. Mr. Steagall (pronounced steeGAHL), a Democratic who was chairman of the House Banking and Currency Committee, developed a passion for helping farmers and rural banks from growing up in Ozark, Alabama. He had little interest in separating banking from Wall Street, but signed on to the bill after Mr. Glass agreed to attach Mr. Steagall’s amendment, which authorized bank deposit insurance for the first time.

•

New York Times: Obama Races To Save Jewish Vote In Continuing His War Pushing Democracy Upon The Republic Of The United States.

For several years before 1933 Senator Glass had wanted to restrict or forbid commercial banks from dealing in and holding corporate securities. He strongly believed that bank involvement with securities was detrimental to the Federal Reserve system, contrary to the rules of good banking, and responsible for stock market speculation, the Crash of 1929, bank failures, and the Great Depression. It is generally accepted that he was unable to achieve the goal of separating commercial and investment banking until revelations concerning National City Bank were brought forth in the Senate Committee on Banking and Currency’s Stock Exchange Practices Hearings. Disillusionment with speculators and securities merchants carried over from investment bankers to commercial bankers; the two were often the same, and an embittered public did not care to make fine distinctions. The Banking Act of 1933 was passed and quickly signed into law. •

True Cost Of Debt Ceiling Alone By ‘Too Big To Fail Bailout’ ~ From $700 Billion To $12.8 Trillion.

Restrictions and Repeals in the Bank Holding Company Act

Curbing banks’ ability to grow too large has been a common theme in legislation through the years. During the 1930s and 1940s, banks stuck to the basics of taking deposits and making loans. Congress didn’t intervene again until 1956, when it enacted the Bank Holding Company Act to keep financial-services conglomerates from amassing too much power. That law created a barrier between banking and insurance in response to aggressive acquisitions and expansion by TransAmerica Corp., an insurance company that owned Bank of America and an array of other businesses. Congress thought it improper for banks to risk possible losses from underwriting insurance. While many banks today (1990s) sell insurance products provided by insurers, banks can’t take on the risk of underwriting. Several attempts since 1933 by commercial bankers, and at times regulators, to repeal or draft exceptions to those sections of the law that mandate separation of commercial and investment banking — usually referred to alone as ‘Glass-Steagall Act’ — generally have not been successful. As a result, the United States and Japan (which was forced to adopt laws similar to the U.S. Banking statues after the Second World War), alone among the world’s important financial nations, legally require this separation. (Japanese banks can engage in many securities activities, however, including underwriting and dealing in commercial paper and ownership of up to 5 percent of non-bank enterprises.). The Provisions Within the Sections of the Glass-Steagall Act

The Glass-Steagall Act has come to mean only those sections of the Banking Act of 1933 that refer to banks’ securities operations — sections 16, 20, 21, and 32. These four sections of the Act, as amended and interpreted by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board and the courts, govern commercial banks’ domestic securities operations in various ways. Sections 16 and 21 refer to the direct operations of commercial banks. Section 16 and 21 refer to the direct operations of commercial banks. Section 16, as amended by the Banking Act of 1935, generally prohibits Federal Reserve member banks from purchasing securities for their own account. But a national bank

(chartered by the Comptroller of the Currency) may purchase and hold investment securities (defined as bonds, notes, or debentures regarded by the Comptroller as investment securities) up to 10 per cent of its capital and surplus. Sections 16 and 21 also forbid deposit-taking institutions from both accepting deposits and engaging in the business of ‘issuing, underwriting, selling, or distributing, at wholesale or retail, or through syndicate participation, stock, bonds, debentures, notes or other securities’, with some important exceptions. These exceptions include U.S. Government obligations, obligations issued by government agencies, college and university dormitory bonds, and the general obligations of states and political subdivisions. Municipal revenue bonds (other than those used to finance higher education and teaching hospitals), which are now of greater importance than general obligations, are not included in the exceptions, in spite of the attempts of commercial banks to have Congress amend the Act. In 1985, however, the Federal Reserve Board decided that commercial banks could act as advisers and agents in the private placement of commercial paper. •

The Presidents Who Killed Rothschild Banking Schemes : Andrew & Roosevelt And The Presidents Murdered By Rothschild ~ Lincoln, Garfield, & Kennedy!

Section 16 permits commercial banks to purchase and sell securities directly, without recourse, solely on the order of and for the account of customers. In the early 1970, the Comptroller of the Currency approved Citibank’s plan to offer the public units in collective investment trusts that the bank organized. But in 1971 the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that sections 16 and 21 prohibit banks from offering a product that is similar to mutual funds. In an often quoted decision discussed at length in section IV of this chapter and in Chapters 2,3,4 and 5, the Court found that the Act was intended to prevent banks from endangering themselves, the banking system, and the public from unsafe and unsound practices and conflicts of interest. Nevertheless in 1985 and 1986 the Comptroller of the Currency decided that the Act allowed national banks to purchase and sell mutual shares for its customers as their agent and sell units in unit investment trusts. In 1987, the Comptroller also concluded that a national bank may offer to the public, through a subsidiary, brokerage services and investment advice, while acting as an adviser to a mutual fund or unit investment trust. Since 1985 the regulators have allowed banks to offer discount brokerage services through subsidiaries, and these more permissive rules have been upheld by the courts. Thus, more recent court decisions and regulatory agency rulings have tended to soften the 1971 Supreme Court’s apparently strict interpretation of the Act’s prohibitions.

Sections 20 and 32 refer to commercial bank affiliations. Section 20 forbids member banks from affiliating with a company ‘engaged principally’ in the ‘issue, flotation, underwriting, public sale, or distribution at wholesale

or retail or through syndicate participation of stocks, bonds, debentures, notes, or other securities’. In June 1988 the U.S. Supreme Court (by denying certiorari) upheld a lower court’s ruling accepting the Federal Reserve Board’s April 1987 approval for member banks to affiliate with companies underwriting commercial paper, municipal revenue bonds, and securities backed by mortgages and consumer debts, as long as the affiliate does not principally engage in those activities. ‘Principally engaged’ was defined by the Federal Reserve as activities contributing more than from 5 to 10 per cent of the affiliate’s total revenue. In 1987, the DC Court of Appeals affirmed the Federal Reserve Board’s 1985 ruling allowing a bank holding company to acquire a subsidiary that provided both brokerage services and investment advice to institutional customers. In 1984 and 1986 the Court held that affiliates of member banks can offer retail discount brokerage service (which excludes investment advice), on the grounds that these activities do not involve an underwriting of securities, and that ‘public sale’ refers to an underwriting. Section 32 prohibits a member bank from having interlocking directorships or close officer or employee relationships with a firm ‘principally engaged’ in securities underwriting and distribution. Section 32 applies even if there is no common ownership or corporate affiliation between the commercial bank and the investment company. Sections 20 and 32 do not apply to non-member banks and savings and loan associations. They are legally free to affiliate with securities firms. Thus the law applies unevenly to essential similar institutions. Furthermore, securities brokers’ cash management accounts, which are functionally identical to cheque accounts, have been judged not to be deposits as specified in the Act. Commercial banks are not forbidden from underwriting and dealing in securities outside of the United States. The larger money center banks, against whom the prohibitions of the Glass-Steagall Act were directed, are particularly active in these markets. Five of the top 30 leading underwriters in the Eurobond market in 1985 were affiliates of U.S. Banks, with 11 per cent of the total market. These affiliates include 11 of the top 50 underwriters of Euronotes. Citicorp, for example, has membership in some 17 major foreign stock exchanges, and it offers investment banking services in over 35 countries. In 1988, it arranged for its London securities subsidiary to cooperate with a U.S. Securities firm to make markets in securities in the United States. The Chase Manhattan Bank advertises that it ‘has offices in almost twice as many countries as ten [major listed] investment banks combined. Furthermore, commercial banks’ trust departments can trade securities through their securities subsidiaries or affiliates for pension plans and other trust accounts.

In summary, commercial banks can offer some aspects of investment advisory services, brokerage activities, securities underwriting, mutual fund activities, investment and trading activities, asset securitization, joint ventures, and commodities dealing, and they can offer deposit instruments that are similar to securities. The Generally Accepted Rationale for the Separation of Commercial and Investment Banking

The generally accepted rationale for the Glass-Steagall Act is well expressed in the brief filed by the First National City Bank (1970) in support of the Comptroller of the Currency (William Camp), who had given the bank permission to offer commingled investment accounts. For this case (Investment Company Institute v. Camp, 401 US 617, 1971), which the Supreme Court decided in favor of the Investment Company Institute, FNCB’s attorneys described the rationale for the Act thus: (First National City Bank, 1970, pp. 40-2): The Glass-Steagall Act was enacted to remedy the speculative abuses that infected commercial banking prior to the collapse of the stock market and the financial panic of 1929-1933. Many banks, especially national banks, not only invested heavily in speculative securities but entered the business of investment banking in the traditional sense of the term by buying original issues for public resale. Apart from the special problems confined to affiliation three well-defined evils were found to flow from the combination of investment and commercial banking. Provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act were directed at these abuses:

(1) Banks were investing their own assets in securities with consequent risk to commercial and savings deposits. The concern of Congress to block this evil is clearly stated in the report of the Senate Banking and Currency Committee on an immediate forerunner of the Glass-Steagall Act. (2) Unsound loans were made in order to shore up the price of securities or the financial position of companies in which a bank had invested its own assets. (3) A commercial bank’s financial interest in the ownership, price, or distribution of securities inevitably tempted bank officials to press their banking customers into investing in securities which the bank itself was under pressure to sell because of its own pecuniary stake in the transaction. A Summary of the Rationale Leading up to the Enactment of the Glass Steagall Act

The original (and in some measure, continuing) reasons and arguments for legally separating commercial and investment banking include: •

•

• • •

Risk of loses (safety and soundness). Banks that engaged in underwriting and holding corporate securities and municipal revenue bonds presented significant risk of loss to depositors and the federal government that had to come to their rescue; they also were more subject to failure with a resulting loss of public confidence in the banking system and greater risk of financial system collapse. Conflicts of interest and other abuses. Banks that offer investment banking services and mutual funds were subject to conflicts of interest and other abuses, thereby resulting in harm to their customers, including borrowers, depositors, and correspondent banks. Improper banking activity. Even if there were no actual abuses, securities-related activities are contrary to the way banking ought to be conducted. Producer desired constraints on competition. Some securities brokers and underwriters and some bankers want to bar those banks that would offer securities and underwriting services from entering their markets. The Federal ‘safety net’ should not be extended more than necessary. Federally provided deposit insurance and access to discount window borrowings at the Federal Reserve permit and even encourage banks to take greater

•

risks than are socially optimal. Securities activities are risky and should not be permitted to banks that are protected with the federal ‘safety net’. Unfair competition. In any event, banks get subsidized federal deposit insurance which gives them access to ‘cheap’ deposit funds. Thus they have market power and can engage in cross-subsidization that gives them an unfair competitive advantage over non-bank competitors (e.g. Securities brokers and underwriters) were they permitted to offer investment banking services. Concentration of power and less-than-competitive performance. Commercial banks’ competitive advantages would result in their domination or takeover of securities brokerage and underwriting firms if they were permitted to offer investment banking services or hold corporate equities. The result would be an unacceptable concentration of power and less-than-competitive performance. Universal v. Specialized Banking. If the Glass-Steagall Act were repealed, the U.S. Banking system would come to resemble the German universal system, which would be detrimental to bank clients and the economy.

BILL CLINTON REPEALED THE GLASS STEAGALL ACT IN 1999 ALLOWING ROTHSCHILD BANKING LEAGUE TO USURP AMERICA’S WEALTH BY STOCK MARKET GAMBLING. • • • • • • • •

Obama Allows China To Breach National Security: U.S. Companies Being Forced To Accept 50-50 Agreements With China. As Long As “WE THE PEOPLE” Remain In The Dark ~ NWO Gang Remains Dead Serious: Foreclose On The British Empire With Glass-Steagall. RINO Coburn Voted For Massive Tax Hikes Upon Americans, To Pay For London’s Wall Street Banking Bailout: Glass Steagall Act Would Nullify This Schemed Derivative Debt Suddenly, Obama’s Bailout For World’s Richest Comes Home To Roost! Medicaid Suddenly Won’t Pay! Power Of Glass-Steagall Act: A Blow Against British Monarchy’s London Banks ~ Monarchy Threatens With War If Passed! British Monarchy’s 10 Point Plan: In Hopes Of Ruling Their New World Order! Glass Steagall Act With Stroke Of A Pen Will Nullify Derivative Debt: Europe To Effectively Restore Glass Steagall – Including Austria And Belgium! Obama: Broke And Loving It!

Visit the website: http://politicalvelcraft.org/glass-steagall-act/

LaRouche Webcast Address to Princeton, New Jersey Meeting - 11 December Lyndon LaRouche delivered this webcast address to an LPAC town hall meeting, hosted by Diane Sare, to an audience of approximately 110 guests assembled in Princeton, New Jersey, on December 11, 2011. Here we re-play his opening remarks, together with the discussion period which followed. • Download HD • Download iPod

Watch the National Address: http://larouchepac.com/node/20739

The Looting of America Posted on September 11, 2011

BRILLIANT EXPOSE BY CATHERINE AUSTIN FITTS Former Washington/Wall Street insider Catherine Austin Fitts explains the well planned and executed Looting of America. Here are some of the important facts that Catherine exposed:           



Washington and Wall Street are fraught with corruption Washington is centralizing both political and economic power Decentralization restores prosperity to communities – not Wall Street Currently we are all shipping our money into Washington and Wall Street and it is trickling back Local banks can play an important role in rebuilding our communities because investments should be make locally – Wall Street just extracts wealth The banker bailout refinanced toxic paper and derivatives . . . it was a leveraged buyout of the country GATT changed rules regarding capital moving around the world. The shift of global capital creates the end of sovereign governments and the rise of corporatocracies Currently we are literally governed by private corporations The baby-boomer’s pension funds were ransacked The decision was made in the 90′s to transfer all the jobs and huge amounts of capital abroad and the banks were involved in that decision. Fed and financier policies encouraged large corporations to replace small local businesses The Federal Reserve engineered a housing bubble. The banks were knowledgeable and willing participants. Because of this a case can be made for ‘fraudulent inducement’ when it came to encouraging people to buy big houses and take out mortgages they couldn’t afford

Watch: Catherine Austin Fitts: The Looting Of America Part 1: www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=u9dGHuRExiM Part 2: www.youtube.com/watch?v=LhIgvkc5CoQ&feature=related Part 3: www.youtube.com/watch?v=90zvtIEaU_Q&feature=related Part 4: www.youtube.com/watch?v=SM5tQrfrHdk&feature=related

How the Banks Defrauded the American People Posted on September 18, 2011 by anticorruptionsociety

THE FORECLOSURE DEFENSE HANDBOOK IS A MUST READ FOR EVERYONE FROM MORTGAGE HOLDERS TO BOND HOLDERS

Details about the ‘housing bubble’ derivative mortgage fraud was collected and presented in an easy to read, very comprehensible handbook by Vince Khan and made available by the Consumer Defense Programs.

The Foreclosure Defense Handbook Introduction: By now, you should know that we are in the middle of a global economic depression that was caused by the collapse of the housing market. What you probably don’t know is all the events that led to the housing bubble collapse and the massive fraud committed by banks. This book hopes to help you connect the dots; specifically, how it relates to foreclosure and how banks are committing fraud every single day by stealing homes from everyday people like you and me. Until now, this information was reserved only for the top echelon bankers. Bankers don’t want you to have this information. If more people knew about this fraud, then our banker friends would be in jail. We are currently faced with ghost towns all over the country where entire subdivisions have been foreclosed. Many communities have collapsed as a result of the depression. At the same time, we have thousands and thousands of families living in tent cities because they have nowhere else to go. The worst part is this is only the beginning. It is projected that 2011 and 2012 will be even more devastating in terms of the number of foreclosures that are projected to take place as many of the adjustable mortgages are nearing the end of their romance period. Tragically, over 85% of foreclosures have been and are being done fraudulently due to ignorance. We want to educate you so you can arm yourself with knowledge to defend your home.

This ebook was written because we got tired of banks getting away with murder. We decided to research this topic and expose bank fraud in a manner that the average person can understand. Too often, this sort of information is buried under too much technical jargon, double speak and mountains of noise. Even if you are in good standing, this book is something you should know about. Who knows, you could be one of the people who might lose their jobs in the coming months as the global economic Depression worsens. If you are one of those people trying to negotiate with your banks to do a loan modification, you must read this book. This is especially important if you are one of those people who have an upside down loan where you own more than your house is worth. This book applies to all homes loans, whether it is a first, second or a home equity line of credit. It applies whether you are in a judicial or non-judicial state. We are going to show you where the fraud begins. We just ask that you keep an open mind.

The Foreclosure Defense Handbook free Ebook http://consumerdefense.s3.amazonaws.com/ForeclosureDefenseHandbook.pdf ___________________________________________________

If you are still naive and think this fraud wasn’t an intentional act of economic warfare against the American population, please read The Banker’s Manifesto of 1892 (see below).

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Get a free ebook:

International Bankers - Behind the Scenes “By a continuous process of inflation, governments can confiscate, secretly and unobserved, an important part of the wealth of their citizens. By this method, they not only confiscate, but they confiscate arbitrarily; and while the process impoverishes many, it actually enriches some … The process engages all of the hidden forces of economic law on the side of destruction, and does it in a manner that not one man in a million can diagnose.”– John Maynard Keynes, The Economic Consequences of the Peace, 1919 Get the free ebook: www.scribd.com/doc/33928165/International-Bankers-Behind-the-Scenes

The Bankers Manifesto of 1892: Congressman Charles A. Lindbergh, Sr. revealed the Bankers Manifesto of 1892 to the U.S. Congress somewhere between 1907 and 1917.

We (the bankers) must proceed with caution and guard every move made, for the lower order of people are already showing signs of restless commotion. Prudence will therefore show a policy of apparently yielding to the popular will until our plans are so far consummated that we can declare our designs without fear of any organized resistance. Organizations in the United States should be carefully watched by our trusted men, and we must take immediate steps to control these organizations in our interest or disrupt them. At the coming Omaha convention to be held July 4, 1892, our men must attend and direct its movement or else there will be set on foot such antagonism to our designs as may require force to overcome. This at the present time would be premature. We are not yet ready for such a crisis. Capital must protect itself in every possible manner through combination (conspiracy) and legislation. The courts must be called to our aid, debts must be collected, bonds and mortgages foreclosed as rapidly as possible. When, through the process of law, the common people have lost their homes, they will be more tractable and easily governed through the influence of the strong arm of the government applied to a central power of imperial wealth under the control of the leading financiers. People without homes will not quarrel with their leaders. History repeats itself in regular cycles. This truth is well known among our principal men who are engaged in forming an imperialism of the world. While they are doing this, the people must be kept in a state of political antagonism. The question of tariff reform must be urged through the organization known as the Democratic Party, and the question of protection with the reciprocity must be forced to view through the Republican Party. By thus dividing voters, we can get them to expend their energies in fighting over questions of no importance to us, except as teachers to the common herd. Thus, by discrete actions, we can secure all that has been so generously planned and successfully accomplished.

Visit Midas Resources at: www.midasresources.com/store/store.php?ref=62&promo=specialOffer

Visit: www.conspiracycards.com and http://conspiracycards.com/ice.htm

Meltdown - The men who crashed the world A four-part investigation into a world of greed and recklessness that brought down the financial world. Part 1: The Men Who Crashed the World http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZWU65Zbka4E&feature=related Part 2: A Global Tsunami http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VLOozwlw99Y&feature=related Part 3: Paying the Price (Sacramento featured at 23:00) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JBhAvUTW5ZE&feature=related Part 4: After the Fall http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bZwMIIJLWOw&feature=related -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Second Great Depression of 2011 with Nomi Prins Journalist Nomi Prins notes that the Occupy Wall Street movement is becoming bigger and bigger like the unions of today. Before becoming a journalist, Nomi worked on Wall Street as a managing director at Goldman Sachs, and running the international analytics group at Bear Stearns in London. www.nomiprins.com/ Part 1: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dmhspgGEwSo&feature=related Part 2: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8FJ51P_crCE&feature=channel_video_title -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Top Secret Banker’s Manual – For Bankers Only, by Tom Schauf Download free copies of three Ebooks. The Top Secret Bankers Manual was designed for bank Presidents and Vice Presidents only. TOPICS: Secret loan agreements, court and UCC secrets, how bankers can quickly double investment money, methods for controlling media, politicians and judges. Top Secret Bankers Manual – Volume 3: www.scribd.com/doc/61170290/Secret-Bankers-Manual The American Voters vs the Banking System - Volume 2: www.scribd.com/opensearch?language=1&limit=10&num_pages=&page=2&query=Tom+Schauf America’s Hope; To Cancel Bank Loans without Going to Court - Volume 1 www.scribd.com/doc/47171044/America-s-Hope-Thomas-Schauf-Vol-1

Giant Banks Lobby to Raise the Debt Ceiling and Slash Public Benefits … So They Can Keep Sucking at the Public Teat Washington’s Blog July 29, 2011

Economist Dean Banker notes: Wall Street will suffer more than anyone from a default and it will not let it happen. The public should know this, certainly Wall Street does. No wonder the fat-cats running the giant banks which received tens of trillions in bailouts, loans and guarantees from the American public are screaming loudly that the debt ceiling must be raised. Robert Reich points out: Why has Standard & Poor’s decided now’s the time to crack down on the federal budget — when it gave free passes to Wall Street’s risky securities and George W. Bush’s giant tax cuts for the wealthy, thereby contributing to the very crisis its now demanding be addressed? Could it have anything to do with the fact that the Street pays Standard & Poor’s bills? Remember, the big 3 government-sponsored rating agencies routinely took bribes as their normal business model, committed massive fraud which greatly contributed to the financial crisis, covered up improper ratings after the fact, and otherwise sold their soul (in their own words). And see this and this. Some complain about the poor sucking on the government teat.

But the fact that Wall Street controls the rating agencies, and the rating agencies are now creating an artificial emergency sounds like the powers-that-be – the giant banks which run this country – are trying to protect their government teat of perpetual bailouts from the public coffers. And of course, they are the ones calling for slashing of spending which helps the public. Even though – as conservative writer Michael Rivero points out: Social Security is not “unfunded” nor is it an “entitlement.” That is YOUR money in that trust fund. You worked for it, and it was taken out of all your paychecks your entire working life. The Social Security Trust fund invested your money by loaning it to the US Government, which is the largest single holder of US Government debt. But the US Government is already in default in fact, as the actual tax revenues have not even come close to the projections on which the budgets were drawn up. So the US Government has looked at all the entities they owe money to and decided that stiffing the American people is the least likely to cause them harm. They will pay the bankers and they will pay foreign nations and they will continue to bail out Wall Street for the mortgage-backed securities fraud by embezzling your retirement money you gave them in trust. The US Government is robbing you to save the private central bank! [i.e. the big banks. See this and this.] The debt crisis might be real … I’ve been warning about it for years (and see this and this). The potential downgrade to America’s credit is real … I’ve been warning about thatfor years, as well. But the way that the rating agencies and Wall Street are approaching the debt ceiling debate is a scam. See this, this and this. After all, they aren’t even discussing the spending cuts which must be enacted to reduce our debt: (1) Ending the imperial wars, which reduce – rather than strengthen – national security (and see this and this); (2) Ending the never-ending bailouts for Wall Street; (3) Prosecuting fraud and clawing back the ill-gotten gains; (4) Ending the Bush tax cuts, which are hurting the economy; and (5) Slashing pensions for public employees, at least when they are pegged to an artificially “spiked” final year’s salary. http://www.infowars.com/giant-banks-lobby-to-raise-the-debt-ceiling-and-slash-public-benefits-so-they-can-keep-sucking-at-the-public-teat/

We must put an end to these corrupt organizations that worked together to create a debt black hole that the world can never repay.

The Norman Dodd Interview In 1982, By G. Edward Griffin G. Edward Griffin Interviews 83 year-old Norman Dodd, Who Discloses The Plan, (by Banker-backed Mega-corporations) To Guide The United States Into a “New World Order.” (Below Is The Video of The 1982 “Reality Zone” Interview)

Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=YUYCBfmIcHM&feature=player_embedded NORMAN DODD: Rowan Gaither was at that time president of the Ford Foundation. Mr. Gaither had sent for me when I found it convenient to be in New York, asked me to call upon him at his office, which I did, and on arrival after a few amenities, Mr. Gaither said: “Mr. Dodd, we've asked you to come up here today because we thought that possibly, off the record, you would tell us why the Congress is interested in the activities of the foundations such as ourselves.” Before I could think of how I would reply to that statement, Mr. Gaither then went on and said: “Mr. Dodd, all of us who have a hand in the making of policies here, have had experience operating under directives, the substance of which, is that we shall use our grant-making power, so to alter life in the United States, that it can be comfortably merged with the Soviet Union.”

It’s important to know the history of our monetary system so we can figure out how to replace it.

Watch: “The Money Masters”

http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-515319560256183936#

“The Creature from Jekyll Island”

http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=6507136891691870450#

Audit of the Federal Reserve Reveals $16 Trillion in Secret Bailouts Posted on July 21st, 2011

The first ever GAO(Government Accountability Office) audit of the Federal Reserve was carried out in the past few months due to the Ron Paul, Alan Grayson Amendment to the Dodd-Frank bill, which passed last year. Jim DeMint, a Republican Senator, and Bernie Sanders, an independent Senator, led the charge for a Federal Reserve audit in the Senate, but watered down the original language of the house bill (HR1207), so that a complete audit would not be carried out. Ben Bernanke (pictured to the left), Alan Greenspan, and various other bankers vehemently opposed the audit and lied to Congress about the effects an audit would have on markets. Nevertheless, the results of the first audit in the Federal Reserve’s nearly 100 year history were posted on Senator Sander’s webpage earlier this morning: What was revealed in the audit was startling: $16,000,000,000,000.00 had been secretly given out to US banks and corporations and foreign banks everywhere from France to Scotland. From the period between December 2007 and June 2010, the Federal Reserve had secretly bailed out many of the world’s banks, corporations, and governments. The Federal Reserve likes to refer to these secret bailouts as an all-inclusive loan program, but virtually none of the money has been returned and it was loaned out at 0% interest. Why the Federal Reserve had never been public about this or even informed the United States Congress about the $16 trillion dollar bailout is obvious — the American public would have been outraged to find out that the Federal Reserve bailed out foreign banks while Americans were struggling to find jobs. To place $16 trillion into perspective, remember that GDP of the United States is only $14.12 trillion. The entire national debt of the United States government spanning its 200+ year history is “only” $14.5 trillion. The budget that is being debated so heavily in Congress and the Senate is “only” $3.5 trillion. Take all of the outrage and debate over the $1.5 trillion deficit into consideration, and swallow this Red pill: There was no debate about whether $16,000,000,000,000 would be given to failing banks and failing corporations around the world. In late 2008, the TARP Bailout bill was passed and loans of $800 billion were given to failing banks and companies. That was a blatant lie considering the fact that Goldman Sachs alone received 814 billion dollars. As is turns out, the Federal Reserve donated $2.5 trillion to Citigroup, while Morgan Stanley received $2.04 trillion. The Royal Bank of Scotland and Deutsche Bank, a German bank, split about a trillion and numerous other banks received hefty chunks of the $16 trillion. “This is a clear case of socialism for the rich and rugged, you’re-on-your-own individualism for everyone else.” – Bernie Sanders(I-VT) When you have conservative Republican stalwarts like Jim DeMint(R-SC) and Ron Paul(R-TX) as well as self identified Democratic socialists like Bernie Sanders all fighting against the Federal Reserve, you know that it is no longer an issue of Right versus Left. When you have every single member of the Republican Party in Congress and progressive

Congressmen like Dennis Kucinich sponsoring a bill to audit the Federal Reserve, you realize that the Federal Reserve is an entity onto itself, which has no oversight and no accountability. Americans should be swelled with anger and outrage at the abysmal state of affairs when an unelected group of bankers can create money out of thin air and give it out to megabanks and supercorporations like Halloween candy. If the Federal Reserve and the bankers who control it believe that they can continue to devalue the savings of Americans and continue to destroy the US economy, they will have to face the realization that their trillion dollar printing presses will eventually plunder the world economy. The list of institutions that received the most money from the Federal Reserve can be found on page 131 of the GAO Audit and are as follows.. Citigroup: $2.5 trillion ($2,500,000,000,000) Morgan Stanley: $2.04 trillion ($2,040,000,000,000) Merrill Lynch: $1.949 trillion ($1,949,000,000,000) Bank of America: $1.344 trillion ($1,344,000,000,000) Barclays PLC (United Kingdom): $868 billion ($868,000,000,000) Bear Sterns: $853 billion ($853,000,000,000) Goldman Sachs: $814 billion ($814,000,000,000) Royal Bank of Scotland (UK): $541 billion ($541,000,000,000) JP Morgan Chase: $391 billion ($391,000,000,000) Deutsche Bank (Germany): $354 billion ($354,000,000,000) UBS (Switzerland): $287 billion ($287,000,000,000) Credit Suisse (Switzerland): $262 billion ($262,000,000,000) Lehman Brothers: $183 billion ($183,000,000,000) Bank of Scotland (United Kingdom): $181 billion ($181,000,000,000) BNP Paribas (France): $175 billion ($175,000,000,000) and many, many more including banks in Belgium of all places View the 266-page GAO audit of the Federal Reserve (July 21st, 2011): http://www.scribd.com/doc/60553686/GAOFed-Investigation Source: http://www.gao.gov/products/GAO-11-696 FULL PDF on GAO server: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11696.pdf Senator Sanderâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Article: http://sanders.senate.gov/newsroom/news/?id=9e2a4ea8-6e73-4be2-a75362060dcbb3c3http://sanders.senate.gov/newsroom/news/?id=9e2a4ea8-6e73-4be2-a753-62060dcbb3c3

Its time to create a banking system that is not predatory, but instead helpful, to the people it serves. How about creating state run banks all across America?

People are ‘fed’ up! Posted on October 12, 2011

ACROSS THE COUNTRY MANY PEOPLE HAVE ACKNOWLEDGED THAT OUR COUNTRY “HAS BEEN LOOTED” BY THE FEDERAL RESERVE, WALL STREET AND THEIR PALS IN WASHINGTON! There are many now recognizing that Washington can’t be fixed. The Executive Branch has been under the control of both the banksters and Wall Street for a very long time. Congress has been bought by 1) AIPAC and other 2) special corporate and banking interests.

An Open Letter to Wall Street October 4, 2011 William Rivers Pitt, Truthout OpEd

Protesters, some dressed as zombies, walk the streets as part of the Occupy Wall Street protests, which began three weeks ago, in New York. (Photo: Damon Winter) Before anything else, I would like to apologize for the mess outside your office. It’s been three weeks since all those hippies and punk-rockers and students and union members and working mothers and single fathers and airline pilots and teachers and retail workers and military service members and foreclosure victims decided to camp out on your turf, and I’m sure it has been quite an inconvenience for you. How is a person supposed to spend their massive, virtually untaxed bonus money on a double latte and an eight-ball with all that rabble clogging the sidewalks, right? Your friends at JP Morgan Chase just donated $4.6 million to the New York City Police Foundation, the largest donation ever given to the NYPD. You’d think that much cheese would buy a little crowd control, but no. Sure, one of the “white shirt” commanding NYPD officers on the scene hosed down some defenseless women with pepper spray the other day, and a few other protesters have been roughed up here and there, and having any kind of recording device has proven to be grounds for immediate arrest, but seriously…for $4.6 million, you’d think the cops would oblige you by bulldozing these troublemakers right into the Hudson River. Better yet, pave them over with yellow bricks, so you can walk over them every day on your way in to work.

That’s what you do anyway, right? Every single day. I know it. You know it. We might as well be honest about it, and if some shiny golden bricks wind up serving as anonymous tombstones for your working-class doormats, well, that’s just what they call in Wisconsin “hard cheese.” You’re a Master of the Universe, after all, and this recess(depress)ion hasn’t touched you to any great degree. Sure, you have to shoulder your way through more homeless people these days, and damn if there aren’t a lot more potholes to tax the undercarriage of your Audi R8 GT, but your money is making money at a fantastic rate, and paying taxes is for other people; I mean, come on, your accountant bursts out laughing whenever he hears the words “capital gains tax,” so your egregious sense of entitlement is entirely understandable. Now is the time to bone up on your coping skills, because three weeks is nothing. The people camped out on Wall Street are not leaving unless and until they are cleared out by force. They look all kinds of silly in their outfits, and some of their statements don’t make a whole lot of sense to people like you, but they have put down roots, and you better get used to them. I’m sure the whole phenomenon is quite perplexing to you – really, why don’t they just go home? Don’t these people have jobs? I hate to be the Irony Police, but that’s pretty much the whole point. They can’t, and they don’t. Have homes and jobs, I mean. There was a guy out there a few days ago holding a sign in front of a mortgage-lending institution that read “These People Took My Parent’s Home.” There are all sorts of people walking around Wall Street yelling their lungs out at you because, well, they really would like the opportunity to find gainful employment, as well as a future, but that nifty shell game you and yours pulled off (on our dime) wound up immolating the economy of the common man/woman, and so the common man/woman has decided – in lieu of anything else better to do – to spend their you-created idle hours on your doorstep. Let’s face it: the mess outside your office is your doing. You and your friends bought this democracy wholesale – ah, yes, the irony of freedom is found in the way you were able to corrupt so many legislators with your money, always legally, because the legislators you bought are the ones writing the laws covering political contributions, and thus the wheel of corruption turns and turns – and now you want this democracy to do your bidding after the bill for your excess and fathomless greed has come due. You are always taken care of – see the Citizens United decision, which unleashed you in a way not seen since the dregs of the Roman empire – but, still, there are those pesky protesters, exercising their freedom of expression in order to expose you for the brigands that you are. They’re staying put, with many more on the way – to New York as well as every major city from sea to shining sea – and none of them are going anywhere else until people like you are taken from your citadels in handcuffs and made to pay for the ongoing rape of what was once quaintly called the American Dream…a dream that used to be something other than a dated metaphor, and can be something true and real and genuine once again, but only after we pave you under, and walk over you, on our way to a better, brighter future. http://anticorruptionsociety.com/2011/10/12/people-are-fed-up/ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STORY OF INTRIGUE, DECEPTION AND SECRECY

On November 17, 2009 some 3,000 e-mails, software files, and other documents from the University of East Anglia’s Climatic Research Unit were covertly released onto the Internet. In his November 28, 2009 telegraph.co.uk article “Climate Change: This is the Worst Scientific Scandal of Our Generation,” Christopher Booker summarized the far-reaching ramifications of what was exposed in these documents. Download the illustrated timeline: http://joannenova.com.au/global-warming/climategate-30-year-timeline/

25 Reasons To Absolutely Despise Bankers And Their Minions Video Rebelâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Blog July 25, 2011

1) Bankers, according to the London Times, launder about 400 billion dollars a year or more in illegal weapons sales. The next time you hear of an African war lord killing families so he can kidnap young boys to become child soldiers and young girls to become child sex slaves, please remember that this could not have happened without the active assistance and cooperation of the bankers and the politicians they own. 2) Bankers told American businessmen that entering World War I would make the Great War last longer which would be good for the United States because it would bankrupt England, France and Germany. Calvin Coolidge on Veterans Day in 1928 said America had lost only 30,000 soldiers during the war but another 100,000 since the war ended. Those men had died of their wounds after the Armistice was signed. Everyone who died after 1915 in WW I died for bankers and Israel. 3) Bankers have been laundering drug money at least since the Opium wars. Currently bankers launder a trillion dollars a year in drug money. That these illegal drugs are killing millions of people and destroying cities one family and one neighborhood at a time is of no concern to them. 4) Gordon Duff of Veterans Today tells us that the Global Hawk which is a pilotless drone version of the U2 Spy plane is frequently used to carry 3,000 pound payloads of opium paste out of Baluchistan Pakistan. This

lucrative opium trade is one reason why Afghanistan in Americaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s longest war. America has killed millions of innocent civilians for nothing. America will one day have to pay that debt. 5) On 9-10-2001 Donald Rumsfeld told us that he could not trace 2.3 trillion dollars in Pentagon spending. On 9-11-2001 four planes were electronically hijacked which together with pre-planted explosives killed 3,000 Americans that day and many more since in needless wars. 189 people died at the Pentagon. Most of these were auditors trying to find the missing trillions the bankers and their friends stole. American taxpayers are treated as indentured servants by the bankers. We are not allowed to audit the books and demand the return of the stolen money. Trillions more have gone missing since Rumsfeld promised on 911 to do a better job tracking down that money. 6) On March 22nd 2000 Susan Gaffney, the Housing and Urban Development Inspector General, testified before the House Governmental Affairs Committee detailing the 59.6 billion dollars that went missing from HUD during the previous two years. When asked if she did anything to recover the missing money she said No. If we were equal to a banker, we would have demanded audits. Years earlier Catherine Austin Fitts was at HUD under Bush I. She found one block in San Diego that had 20 million dollars in HUD guaranteed loans for buildings that never ever existed. All of these loans defaulted and were paid for by taxpayers who do not have the right to audit the books. 7) Max Keiser and Stacy Herbert are both American financial experts who now report on gross banking fraud from their base in Paris. They have made several trips to Dubai and have told us what multiple bankers told them. American contractors returning home from Iraq and Afghanistan have deposited suitcases full of money in Dubai banks. If we did not have a government owned and operated by the bankers, would any of this be possible? 8 ) Bankers financed the Soviet Revolution which allowed their Communist minions to kill over 60,000,000 real human beings. They deliberately starved 10,000,000 to death in the Ukraine. 9) The UN estimates that worldwide the slave trade traffics 250,000 mostly women and children a year. Many young children are killed for snuff films by Russian Jewish mobs. None of this could happen without the active participation and cooperation of bankers and the governments they own in the United States, England, Israel, Belgium, France, Portugal and elsewhere around the globe. 10) Several years ago documents revealed that the African slave trade was financed through front men like Aaron Lopez . The African slave trade resulted in the deaths of millions of human beings en route to North and South America. No estimate has been made of the numbers killed by the wars over 3 and one half centuries engendered by the desire to capture their fellow Africans to be sold to the bankers and their minions. The slave trade would not have been possible without the active participation and cooperation of the bankers and their governments. Did I neglect to mention the other end of the African slave trade? Every school book cites the trade of rum made in Newport Rhode Island by the 21 Jewish distillers for the slaves of Africa. What they do leave out is the fact that those distillers also sold rum to Indians who routinely massacred white settlers while in drunken rages. Then the settlers would take revenge so all sides except for the distillers and the bankers lost in this trade.

11) Asia Times told us that the big international banks launder 500 billion dollars a year in bribes for politicians. This does not include campaign contributions and cash payments. Remember the congressman in 2008 who said he had two types of calls from his constituents about the proposed Banker Bailout. He said some said No and the rest said Hell No. Yet the Bailout was passed by both Houses and approved by both Presidential candidates. Now you know why the Congress, the news media and the President do not listen to you and do not care what happens to you and your friends and your family. 12) Bernie Sanders revealed the Federal Reserve Bank created 16 trillion dollars in loans over the past couple of years. Many of these loans went overseas. But many of these sweetheart loans made at negative real interest rates (i.e. below the rate of inflation) were made to news organizations like NBC-MSNBC-Comcast. This company is owned by a defense contractor and two Zionist business partners. MSNBC, which is supposedly the most liberal news source in America, has been firing and disciplining liberal anti-war newscasters and hosts. This would be surprising to the casual observer if he or she was not aware of the loans made by the privately owned Federal Reserve bank. 13) Back to that 16 trillion dollar money bomb dropped on the people of the world by the Federal Reserve. Bankers were bundling up home mortgages into bonds and used MERS (Mortgage Electronic Registration System) to register their deeds. The bankers allowed their minions to sell one home mortgage into five different bonds in effect selling five different people a legal claim to your house. These bonds were worthless. The ratings agencies Standard and Poor, Fitch and Moodys gave these bonds triple A ratings in exchange for hefty fees. The banks did not do due diligence before selling them to banks overseas. They knew the loans were bad because they bought insurance (Credit Default Swaps) to cash in on the inevitable losses. More than 6 trillion dollars was paid by the FED to overseas banks. Why? Because they wanted to keep New York bankers out of jail. You see those bonds had to go into default and the bankers knew that. A bondholder whose underlying mortgage went bad would not ask for the return of his money. But if the mortgages were good, five different companies would come to collect from one homeowner and the courts might actually have to send bankers to jail. All the inflation you will see over the next few years will be due to the active participation of the Federal Reserve in financial fraud. Obviously those bankers in New York owe Zero Mostel and the writers of the movie script for the Producers a sizable bonus. 14) Do you remember the Presidential election of 2000? I knew Bush would become President years before. But I remember telling my friends that it was obvious to me that the Federal Reserve Board was spiking the election in Bushâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s favor so we could go to war. My reasoning was thus: the FED was raising interest rates and tightening credit so the stock market would go down before election day. If the market declines in an election year, the incumbents lose seats in both Houses of Congress and a couple million votes in the Presidential race. Alan Greenspan made George W Bush President of the United States allowing Bush to invade Iraq and Afghanistan for Israel. Can I prove Greenspan knew in advance 911 would happen? One of the Rockefellers told Aaron Russo 911 was coming years in advance. What Greenspan knew about 911 and when he knew it, we will not know until we have war crimes trials. 15) Letâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s revisit the North American Free Trade Act (NAFTA) of 1994. Since that date, America has lost 50,000 manufacturing plants. America has a little over 3,000 counties with an average population of 100,000. If you divide 4,000 into 50,000, you get an average loss of 13 to 14 manufacturing plants closing and going overseas

per county. This has destroyed local tax bases, government revenues and jobs resulting in millions of unemployed and millions of foreclosed homes. Instead of testifying before the Congress and telling the nation what would happen Greenspan covered it up by printing lots of money. There was no price inflation, because traditionally a manufacturing based economy has to bid workers and raw materials away from competitors. Not so since NAFTA. We had no manufacturing base left to create price inflation. All the monetary inflation went into the stock market. Greenspan crashed the stock markets to end the dot com bubble and elect the warmonger Bush. After the dot com bubble went pop, Greenspan ignited the Housing Bubble. Why do we have a Bubble economy? The Bankers and their minions sent all the jobs overseas so the only way to make money in America today is through the Subsidized Bubble Machine known as the Federal Reserve and the Federal government. Citizens are required to buy insurance under penalty of law. But the insurance companies who wrote the Obamacare bill are not required to treat you when you get sick. This is a subsidized medical system which when the Bubble pops will send wages down, down down for nurses, doctors, pharmacists, EMTs and others in the health care field. Local schools and police were in the subsidized Bubble economy but the implosion of the tax base is forcing layoffs in many cities and states. Providence Rhode Island gave pink slips to every teacher. Ashtabula county Ohio (population 102,000) laid off all of the Sheriff deputies save those working in foreclosures for the courts. This means they have one deputy per shift for the entire county. A local judge told the residents to buy a gun. We have reached the point where the only Bubbles left are war and other subsidized government endeavors. The next sucking sound you hear will be civil service and healthcare jobs evaporating. This will send the unemployment rate above 30% from its current 22%. By definition and by law, Bubbles cannot give the illusion of productive employment and real wealth without the participation and cooperation of the bankers and the politicians they own. 16) President John Fitzgerald Kennedy was killed on November 22nd 1963. He had issued Executive Order 11110 on June 4, 1963 which returned the power of the Sovereign to issue currency to the Treasury from the FED. JFK was killed and that Executive Order was never rescinded but his US Treasury Notes which were noninterest bearing were recalled. I keep making the point on public and in print everyone else fears to whisper in secret that Kennedy was murdered on the anniversary of the day the bankers first met in 1910 to draft the legislation their hired politicians would pass on December 23rd, 1913 during Christmas break. My point is that the bankers were giving us a message by killing JFK on the anniversary of their secret meeting. We are peasants and they were born to rule over us. They have the right to kill your President and you do not have the right to try them for their crimes. 17) Martin Luther King was killed on April 4th, 1968. He was killed on the first anniversary of his famous antiwar speech at Riverside church in New York City. King planned to have a Summer of Ant- War protest in Washington D.C. He was going to use passive resistance and civil disobedience to stop the Vietnam War. The Bankers, the Zionists and the Imperialists could not allow King to win so they killed him. The message to the American people was that you are peasants, we are the feudal lords and you cannot refuse to die in our wars. You do not have the right to say No. Robert Fitzgerald Kennedy and his nephew JFK Jr. were also killed by the same people though for different reasons. 18) Dr Alan Sabrosky is a former Director of Studies at the US Army War College. Dr Steve Pieczenik was deputy Secretary of State for three Presidents. They are both of Jewish descent. They both say 911 was an inside job and that Israel did it with the help of traitors inside the US government. Sabrosky has been telling

his former colleagues at the Army War College that Israel did 911. Do you for one minute believe that Israel could have done 911 and gotten away with it without the active participation and cooperation of Jewish Americans on Wall Street and in the government and news media? 19) When you go into a bank for a $10,000 loan, the bank is not lending you Mrs Jonses’ life savings. What the bank is doing is creating a $10,000 deposit in your checking account. There a few points of interest in this transaction. The banker only created enough money for you to pay the principal and not the interest on the loan. The interest on the debt can only be paid if the banker loans more money out and increases the total money supply so there is money to make the payments. This is called monetary inflation and usually leads to price inflation. Another point of interest is that the banker gets all of the benefit of making the loan and you, even if you are not part of this transaction, pay for it. How so, you ask? Because your purchasing power was diminished every time the banker made a loan. Years ago I remember reading a study of the loss of savings due to banker induced inflation. It was twice as great as the value of all Social Security payments received by the elderly. But a good deal for anyone involved except bankers who now want to cancel Social Security benefits but not the taxes you pay in so we can afford to continue to pay the Banker Bailouts. 20) The federal government under Presidents Kennedy and Lincoln issued non-interest bearing currencies. They saw no reason why the Treasury should not just issue a currency. They did not want to allow the bankers to create money (i.e. Federal Reserve Notes) they would trade for Treasury bonds which would require the taxpayers to pay interest on ever increasing national debts. Eventually, we would create what I have called a Debt Bomb of Unpayable Debts. The burden of those interest payments becomes unbearable and we all go in to bankruptcy at which point the bankers buy everything from us for pennies on the dollar in foreclosure sales with money they stole from us. Then we and our descendants are permanently reduced to the status of a landless serf. There is no reason for a national debt other than to transfer wealth from us to the bankers. 21) Since there is no reason for a national debt, there is no reason for Austerity Cuts so wages and benefits to be matched by taxes on the working and middle classes. The only reason for the European banks to bailout Greece is so that the banks can keep the Ponzi scheme going long enough to trade their Greek debts for euro bonds which they can sell and use to buy gold, silver and oil. All of our sacrifices are for nothing and only increase their ill gotten gain. 22) Harry Markopolos took in more than 300 pages of documented evidence to the SEC to prove to them that Bernie Madoff was stealing tens of billions of dollars from his mostly Jewish clients. The case was not hard to prove. Catherine Austin Fitts said the SEC had to do was to match Madoff’s bank transactions up with his brokerage accounts. So if he was moving lots of money around in his bank accounts but not buying stocks, then he was an obvious fraud who needed to be arrested in time for the Evening News. This is not the end of the story. Markopolos told us that a much greater fraud was waiting in the wings called Credit Default Swaps (CDS) which he valued at a potential loss of 600 trillion dollars. This is ten times the total output of the world’s goods and services. Yet to date neither the House nor the Senate nor the Obama nor Bush Departments of Justice and SEC have seen fit to ask Mr Markopolos to come and give evidence. Why? Because all politicians are frightened little cowards.

23) CDS were invented by a Jewish girl from England named Blythe Masters. She is the VP for Global Commodities at JP Morgan. Her boss is Jamie Dimon who is also Jewish. In 1999 Brooksley Born was Chairwoman of the CFTC and attempted to regulate CDS which are a hybrid between insurance and a derivative which is a bet on the future value of a bond or a commodity. Four Jewish men (Robert Rubin, Larry Summers, Alan Greenspan and Arthur Levitt) told her that she was not allowed to regulate CDS. That would spoil their fun. If you remember, I previously mentioned that the purchase of a CDS enabled the banks to sell bonds they knew to be worthless. It is illegal to do this. The purchase of a CDS gave the ratings agencies cover to give AAA ratings to zero value, fraudulently induced, no recourse bonds. Now remember the bailout of AIG. The banks knew AIG could not cover the losses they knowingly passed on when they bought CDS, because they both created the moral hazard of less than junk grade bonds and insured against it. They then went to their kept whores in the Congress and had them pass legislation that Bush, Obama and McCain approved of to cover AIGâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s losses. It must be so much fun to be a banker, to steal a nationâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s wealth, to start wars, to kill millions of people around the world and to make up assassination lists of honest politicians. 24) Jim Willie has a PhD in Statistics. He is so despised by the bankers that he, Bob Chapman and a few others can no longer safely live in the United States. He told Max Keiser that in the 1990s the US Treasury Department sold 2.2 trillion dollars more in Treasury bonds than were needed to fund the federal deficit. Remember that this was a deficit already swollen by missing trillions from HUD, Defense and other agencies. Did I tell you that Indira Singh who worked as a high level computer consultant for the Big Three New York banks until 911 said the bankers were even stealing from Social Security. They would enter say a million nonexistent recipients into the computers, give them monthly checks. Those frauds were not part of the 2.2 trillion the bankers put directly into their pockets from the sale of bonds. Nor does it count those gold bars at Fort Knox which were sold and replaced with gold plated tungsten. Nor does it include the gold bars the bankers leased from the government and sold as if the gold were theirs. 25) Do you remember the newscasters during the recent Egyptian uprising saying that they lived on two dollars day in Egypt? The reason for their poverty was that the bankers used the IMF and World Bank to stop the Egyptians from developing agriculture so they could raise their standard of living and they could say No to bankers. The banks have forced Africans to accept Genetically Modified Organisms knowing that they emit pesticides into your blood and also increase your risk of cancer and sterility. They also force poor nations like Bolivia to privatize their water resources. When the bankers did this in Africa, people died of cholera. The bankers grind every last dollar out of the poor before they kill them. They are taking all those trillions of dollars from the Bailouts and buying commodities and sending the price of food and energy higher. In fact prices in a year will be so high that people who used to have jobs will no longer have enough to pay their bills and buy food. Those already poor will simply just fie from starvation, or in riots and revolutions. Maybe the bankers will be kind to the poor and release a plague that will kill a billion or two billion people. Finally, I must tell you why I despise bankers. It might be one of the reasons why all decent and intelligent people everywhere should hate them. They serve no useful purpose. They have no redeeming qualities. They steal our money. They lie to us. They impoverish nations They ridicule our traditions and our way of life. They casually destroy countries. They destroyed my country America. America was on the road to ruin before I was born. The bankers are not real human beings. No real man or woman would look for honest, intelligent men and women who are well respected and then run to a phone to have them put on a Death List. When the

dollar collapses, the bankers will go down their lists of honest and intelligent and courageous men and women killing them until we say No More. Have I convinced you that bankers are pond scum? As the gladiators used to say in the Roman Coliseum, we are who about to die salute you. Get your affairs in order. If there is anything you wanted to do, do it now. My earlier prediction that Benyamin Netanyahuâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s plan to launch World War III in September by attacking Iran in order to prevent a UN vote on Palestinian statehood might be wrong. But my intuition still says No war now. Of course I am sticking by my earlier prediction that silver will skyrocket in price soon. I was writing a series of articles entitled Go Beyond Left and Right to an Anti-Banker Party. I was diverted though this essay should have been entitled Part III. I have decided to call the next entry Part IV. http://vidrebel.wordpress.com/2011/07/24/25-reasons-to-absolutrly-despise-bankers-and-their-minions/

Almost every problem found in our human society can be attributed to the bankers. Its time to abolish the Federal Reserve and rethink our entire economic system.

2012: What’s in Store… Adrian Salbuchi RT.com December 26, 2011

The Private Global Power Elite embedded in major governments is dead set on imposing World Government on us sooner rather than later. Let’s look at 12 mega-processes – veritable “Triggers” – that we infer they are using to achieve their goals.

All roads lead to World Government. This should come as no surprise. London’s Financial Times openly articulated this view in an article by their chief foreign affairs commentator, Gideon Rachman, published on 8 December 2009, whose title said it all: “And Now for a World Government.” These goals are echoed by the Trilateral Commission, CFR and Bilderberg insiders – even by the Vatican. Macro-managing planet Earth is no easy matter. It requires strategic and tactical planning by a vast think-tank network allied to major elite universities whereby armies of academics, operators, lobbyists, media players and government officers interface, all abundantly financed by the global corporate and banking superstructure. They do this holistically, knowing that they operate on different stages moving at very different speeds: - Financial Triggers move at lightning speed thanks to electronic information technology that can make or break markets, currencies and entire countries in just hours or days; - Economic Triggers move slower: manufacturing cars, aircraft, food, clothes, building plants and houses takes months; - Political Triggers tied to the “democratic system” put politicians in power for several years; - Cultural Triggers require entire generations to implement; this is where PsyWar has reached unprecedented “heights”. Risk-managing this whole process takes into account the many pitfalls and surprises in store. So each plan in every field counts, with “Plan B’s” – even Plans “C” and “D” – which can be implemented if needed.

Twelve Triggers for World Government Today, the Global Power Elite are wrapping up globalization and ushering in World Government. Paraphrasing the tightrope walker in German philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche’s “Thus Spake Zarathustra,” this implies “….a dangerous crossing, a dangerous wayfaring, a dangerous looking-back, a dangerous trembling and halting…” These 12 Triggers are interlinked and interlocked in a highly complex, holistic matrix, very flexible in its tactics but rigidly unbending in its strategic objectives. When read as a whole, the picture that unfolds shows that whole being far more than the sum of its parts. 1) Financial Meltdown. Since 2008, the Global Financial System continues on life-support. Ben Bernanke, Timothy Geithner and the US economic hit team – Robert Rubin, Larry Summers and Goldman Sachs, CitiGroup, JPMorganChase mega-bankers working with the Bank of England and the European Central Bank – have not and will not take any measures to help the populace and ailing economies. They just funnel trillions to the banking elite, imposing the media myth that certain banks are “too big to fail” (Orwellian Newspeak for “too damn powerful to fail”). Why? Because it’s not governments overseeing, supervising and controlling Goldman Sachs, CitiCorp, HSBC, Deutsche Bank, JPMorganChase, but exactly the other way around… 2) Economic Crises. Today, “Destructive Extreme Capitalism” is collapsing national and regional economies, reformatting them into international slave-labour Gulag-like entities that Joseph Stalin would envy. Our woes lie not with the world’s real economy (mostly intact), but with the fake world of finance, banks, and speculation; 3) Social Upheavals. Meltdowns in Greece, Ireland, Portugal, Iceland and – soon to come – Italy, Spain and others, trigger violent social uprisings, even in the US and UK; 4) Pandemics. Get ready for more “flu surprises” leading to mandatory vaccinations: a discreet opportunity to slip RFID chips into our bodies and test “intelligent viruses” targeting specific DNA strains. Racially and ethnically selective viruses as part of mass depopulation campaigns? 5) Global Warming. As the global economy sinks into zero growth mode, economic drivers shift from growth expansion to consumption contraction. Will coming “carbon credits” open the path to full societal control? 6) Terrorist “False Flag” Mega-Attacks. The Elite have this wildcard up their sleeve to jump-start new “crises” as shortcuts towards world government. Will new “attacks” dwarfing 9/11 justify further global wars, invasions and genocide? A nuclear weapon over a major city to be blamed on the Elite’s “enemies”? 7) Generalized War in the Middle East. As we speak, naval forces, bombers, entire armies are poised to attack and invade Syria, Iran… 8 ) Ecological/Environmental “Accidents”. The 1986 Chernobyl nuclear accident sparked the beginning of the end of the former USSR by showing the world and the Soviets themselves that their State could no longer manage their own nuclear facilities. April 2010 saw the BP “Deepwater Horizon” oil rig eco-catastrophe in the Gulf of Mexico; since March 2011, Japan and the world have been grappling with a much larger nuclear accident in the Fukushima Daiichi nuclear complex. Was foul play involved? 9) Assassination of a major political or religious figure to be blamed on an Elite enemy. Mossad, CIA, MI6 are really good at playing this type of dirty trick; 10) Attacks on “Rogue States” – Iraq, Libya… Who’s next? Iran? Syria? Venezuela? North Korea? 11) Staged “Religious” Event. The growing need of the masses for meaning in their lives makes them easy victims of a Hollywood-staged, 3D virtual reality hologram show, orchestrating a “second coming”. An electronically engineered “messianic figure” acting in sync with Elite global objectives? Who would dare go against God himself?

12) Staged “Alien Contact.” This too may be in the works. For decades, large sectors of world population have been programmed to believe in aliens. Here too, hologram technology could stage a “space vehicle landing” – on the White House lawn, of course – highlighting the “need” for Mankind to have “unified representation” in the face of extraterrestrials. Further justification for world government? What do such interlocking “crises” have in common? Global warming, pandemics, “international terrorism”, financial collapse, economic depression, even alien contacts? They all serve to show that they cannot be addressed by any single nation state, thus “justifying” the need for World Government. 2012: We must stay especially alert, understanding things the way they really are and not the way the global TV Masters want us to believe they are. http://www.infowars.com/2012-whats-in-store/

THREE MUST SEE, ONLINE VIDEO PRODUCTIONS 1) “The New World Order, A Wake Up Call” (2:29:55) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sLpWpxJl648 2) “The Creature From Jekyll Island: A Second Look at the Federal Reserve” (1:11:11) http://video.google.com/googleplayer.swf?docid=-8484911570371055528&hl=en 3) CAFR School: NWO and Fascism www.youtube.com/user/GnosticMedia#grid/user/DAFA028BC01CECDC

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A Message to the Environmental Movement Your movement has been hijacked! 25 November, 2009

The Corbett Report has released a video message to the environmental movement. Watch the video www.youtube.com/watch?v=uEggt0ldQUI

Reflections and Warnings ~ An Interview with Aaron Russo A Prison Planet TV Presentation: Reflections and Warnings - An Interview with Aaron Russo Watch the film: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Pv4ZdGnsUqY&feature=player_embedded In an historic final interview, filmmaker and music promoter Aaron Russo goes in depth on the insider-knowledge given to him by a member of the Rockefeller family. Russo was told-- prior to 9/11-- of plans to stage terror attacks, invade foreign nations, and kickstart a high-tech police state control grid that would track the populations' every move with implantable RFID microchips. This information-packed presentation is filled with never-before seen footage. Throughout the film, Alex Jones breaks down the latest activities of the New World Order and how it ties into what Russo predicted. Aaron explains how the elite created the women's liberation movement to break up the family and tax working women. Russo breaks down the deception of democracy-- which is nothing more than mob rule guaranteed to produce tyranny. www.infowars.com/, www.prisonplanet.tv/

"When a well-packaged web of lies has been sold gradually to the masses over generations, the truth will seem utterly preposterous and its speaker a raving lunatic." - Dresden James

INFOWARS STORE FEATURED PRODUCTS, visit: www.infowarsshop.com/-DVDs_c_34.html

Scientists Under Attack Exposes big agribusiness and their attempts to silence scientific research about the dangers of GMOs. $19.95

The American Dream

The Obama Deception

Animated film offers an entertaining but hard hitting look at America's economic collapse and reveals the ugly truth behind the Federal Reserve.

Your Price: $19.95

$9.95

Terrorstorm (Second Edition): A History of Government Sponsored Terrorism

The Secret Of Oz: Solutions For a Broken Economy

Your Price: $19.95

The Money Masters Your Price: $19.95

Subject: The Bankruptcy of The United States United States Congressional Record, March 17, 1993 Vol. 33, page H-1303 THIS IS IMPORTANT!!!!

Speaker-Rep. James Traficant, Jr. (Ohio) addressing the House: "Mr. Speaker, we are here now in chapter 11.. Members of Congress are official trustees presiding over the greatest reorganization of any Bankrupt entity in world history, the U.S. Government. We are setting forth hopefully, a blueprint for our future. There are some who say it is a coroner's report that will lead to our demise. It is an established fact that the United States Federal Government has been dissolved by the Emergency Banking Act, March 9, 1933, 48 Stat. 1, Public Law 89-719; declared by President Roosevelt, being bankrupt and insolvent. H.J.R. 192, 73rd Congress m session June 5, 1933 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Joint Resolution To Suspend The Gold Standard and Abrogate The Gold Clause dissolved the Sovereign Authority of the United States and the official capacities of all United States Governmental Offices, Officers, and Departments and is further evidence that the United States Federal Government exists today in name only. The receivers of the United States Bankruptcy are the International Bankers, via the United Nations, the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund. All United States Offices, Officials, and Departments are now operating within a de facto status in name only under Emergency War Powers. With the Constitutional Republican form of Government now dissolved, the receivers of the Bankruptcy have adopted a new form of government for the United States. This new form of government is known as a Democracy, being an established Socialist/Communist order under a new governor for America. This act was instituted and established by transferring and/or placing the Office of the Secretary of Treasury to that of the Governor of the International Monetary Fund. Public Law 94-564, page 8, Section H.R. 13955 reads in part: "The U.S. Secretary of Treasury receives no compensation for representing the United States." Gold and silver were such a powerful money during the founding of the united states of America, that the founding fathers declared that only gold or silver coins can be "money" in America. Since gold and silver coinage were heavy and inconvenient for a lot of transactions, they were stored in banks and a claim check was issued as a money substitute. People traded their coupons as money, or "currency." Currency is not money, but a money substitute. Redeemable currency must promise to pay a dollar equivalent in gold or silver money. Federal Reserve Notes (FRNs) make no such promises, and are not "money." A Federal Reserve Note is a debt obligation of the federal United States government, not "money?' The federal United States government and the U.S. Congress were not and have never been authorized by the Constitution for the united states of America to issue currency of any kind, but only lawful money, -gold and silver coin. It is essential that we comprehend the distinction between real money and paper money substitute. One cannot get rich by accumulating money substitutes, one can only get deeper into debt. We the People no longer have any "money." Most Americans have not been paid any "money" for a very long time, perhaps not in their entire life. Now do you comprehend why you feel broke? Now, do you understand why you are "bankrupt," along with the rest of the country? Federal Reserve Notes (FRNs) are unsigned checks written on a closed account. FRNs are an inflatable paper

system designed to create debt through inflation (devaluation of currency). when ever there is an increase of the supply of a money substitute in the economy without a corresponding increase in the gold and silver backing, inflation occurs. Inflation is an invisible form of taxation that irresponsible governments inflict on their citizens. The Federal Reserve Bank who controls the supply and movement of FRNs has everybody fooled. They have access to an unlimited supply of FRNs, paying only for the printing costs of what they need. FRNs are nothing more than promissory notes for U.S. Treasury securities (T-Bills) - a promise to pay the debt to the Federal Reserve Bank. There is a fundamental difference between "paying" and "discharging" a debt. To pay a debt, you must pay with value or substance (i.e. gold, silver, barter or a commodity). With FRNs, you can only discharge a debt. You cannot pay a debt with a debt currency system. You cannot service a debt with a currency that has no backing in value or substance. No contract in Common law is valid unless it involves an exchange of "good & valuable consideration." Un-payable debt transfers power and control to the sovereign power structure that has no interest in money, law, equity or justice because they have so much wealth already. Their lust is for power and control. Since the inception of central banking, they have controlled the fates of nations. The Federal Reserve System is based on the Canon law and the principles of sovereignty protected in the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. In fact, the international bankers used a "Canon Law Trust" as their model, adding stock and naming it a "Joint Stock Trust." The U.S. Congress had passed a law making it illegal for any legal "person" to duplicate a "Joint Stock Trust" in 1873. The Federal Reserve Act was legislated post-facto (to 1870), although post-facto laws are strictly forbidden by the Constitution. [1:9:3] The Federal Reserve System is a sovereign power structure separate and distinct from the federal United States government. The Federal Reserve is a maritime lender, and/or maritime insurance underwriter to the federal United States operating exclusively under Admiralty/Maritime law. The lender or underwriter bears the risks, and the Maritime law compelling specific performance in paying the interest, or premiums are the same. Assets of the debtor can also be hypothecated (to pledge something as a security without taking possession of it.) as security by the lender or underwriter. The Federal Reserve Act stipulated that the interest on the debt was to be paid in gold. There was no stipulation in the Federal Reserve Act for ever paying the principle. Prior to 1913, most Americans owned clear, allodial title to property, free and clear of any liens or mortgages until the Federal Reserve Act (1913) "Hypothecated" all property within the federal United States to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, -in which the Trustees (stockholders) held legal title. The U.S. citizen (tenant, franchisee) was registered as a "beneficiary" of the trust via his/her birth certificate. In 1933, the federal United States hypothecated all of the present and future properties, assets and labor of their "subjects," the 14th Amendment U.S. citizen, to the Federal Reserve System. In return, the Federal Reserve System agreed to extend the federal United States corporation all the credit "money substitute" it needed. Like any other debtor, the federal United States government had to assign collateral and security to their creditors as a condition of the loan. Since the federal United States didn't have any assets, they assigned the private property of their "economic slaves", the U.S. citizens as collateral against the un-payable federal debt. They also pledged the unincorporated federal territories, national parks forests, birth certificates, and nonprofit organizations, as collateral against the federal debt. All has already been transferred as payment to the international bankers. Unwittingly, America has returned to its pre-American Revolution, feudal roots whereby all land is held by a sovereign and the common people had no rights to hold allodial title to property. Once again, We the People are the tenants and sharecroppers renting our own property from a Sovereign in the guise of the Federal Reserve Bank. We the people have exchanged one master for another.

This has been going on for over eighty years without the "informed knowledge" of the American people, without a voice protesting loud enough. Now it's easy to grasp why America is fundamentally bankrupt. Why don't more people own their properties outright? Why are 90% of Americans mortgaged to the hilt and have little or no assets after all debts and liabilities have been paid? Why does it feel like you are working harder and harder and getting less and less? We are reaping what has been sown, and the results of our harvest is a painful bankruptcy, and a foreclosure on American property, precious liberties, and a way of life. Few of our elected representatives in Washington, D.C. have dared to tell the truth. The federal United States is bankrupt. Our children will inherit this un-payable debt, and the tyranny to enforce paying it. America has become completely bankrupt in world leadership, financial credit and its reputation for courage, vision and human rights. This is an undeclared economic war, bankruptcy, and economic slavery of the most corrupt order! Wake up America! Take back your Country." [ IS IT ANY WONDER THAT THE "ELITE" ARE OUT TO DESTROY REP TRAFICANT? He is hitting the Socialist CFR/TC and the Communist UN where it hurts! LMsr.] Image: United States Congressional Record, March 17, 1993 Vol. 33, page H-1303

http://www.apfn.net/DOC-100_bankruptcy.htm

Also see: Traficant The Imprisonment 2010 Congress (1/6) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Iu8nq9ahEqo&feature=BFp&list=FLct5vXRmd51FWim1lRafx_w

BANKERS GONE WILD!

A PRIMER ON HOW WALL STREET PULLED OFF THE GREATEST MORTGAGE INVESTMENT SWINDLE IN HISTORY WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE US GOVERNMENT! by Michael Rivero 1. SOME HISTORY This story begins back before the United States was the United States. The original thirteen colonies printed their own currency, and it worked very well at empowering commerce and turning the young America into a powerful growing economy, free of the poverty and unemployment that even then crippled London. But the bankers of Europe, long used to private banks issuing the public currencies, were horrified by the American approach and saw it as a threat to their deeply cherished religious belief that the gods intended for the bankers to have all the wealth of the world. So, the Bank of England lobbied King George III to impose the Currency Act on the colonies, which forbade the colonies to use their own money and required them to borrow their lawful tender from the Bank of England, at interest. It took only a few years for this scheme to reduce the formerly prosperous and productive colonies down to the poverty and unemployment typical of London at the same time period, as depicted in the literature of Charles Dickens, among others. While the state-run American schools teach that the revolution was about the Stamp act and the Tea tax, it was primarily the rage created by the enforced impoverishment of the Currency Act which fueled the rebellion. Why the Currency Act is not mentioned in the public schools will become apparent further on.

2. THE ORIGINAL AMERICAN ECONOMY Following the American Revolution, the Founding Fathers reverted back to the system which had worked so well before the Currency Act.

As the above diagram shows, the Founding Fathers of this nation set up a simple economic system that did not rely on a private central bank. Government issued the public currency and spent it into circulation where it was used by the public free of interest. Then the money was taxed back into the government's hands, then to be re-spent back into circulation. For each fiscal year the money issued equaled the money collected. Nothing was lost. The dollar was based on a weight measure of silver, which meant the value of a dollar was fixed and not subject to the whims of government or bankers.

3. THE FIRST BANK OF THE UNITED STATES This is a system which has worked very well for the civil population throughout history. It made the new nation immediately prosperous. This alarmed the European banking clans, which feared the American inspiration might spread to other nations (as it did to France in 1793). Where Britain's military might failed, politics succeeded and spurred on by Alexander Hamilton, the first Bank of the United States was granted a 20 year charter in 1791. Almost immediately, the spiraling debt in the government budget, championed as necessary for international commerce by Hamilton, began to drain the livelihood of ordinary Americans. The furor over the debt was one of many issues that led to the famous duel between Hamilton and Aaron Burr which resulted in Hamilton's death on July 11, 1804. As a side note, the pistols which were used in the duel are today in the possession of J. P. Morgan Chase & Co. Hamilton continues to be lionized by the private banking cartels he championed. "Everything predicted by the enemies of banks, in the beginning, is now coming to pass. We are to be ruined now by the deluge of bank paper. It is cruel that such revolutions in private fortunes should be at the mercy of avaricious adventurers, who, instead of employing their capital, if any they have, in manufactures, commerce, and other useful pursuits, make it an instrument to burden all the interchanges of property with their swindling profits, profits which are the price of no useful industry of theirs." --Thomas Jefferson By 1811, the owners of the First Bank of the United States had become rich while ruining the lives of ordinary Americans. Congress had prudently limited the charter of the bank to 20 years and it expired in 1811. A move to recharter the bank failed due to public opposition.

"The Bank of the United States is one of the most deadly hostilities existing, against the principles and form of our Constitution. An institution like this, penetrating by its branches every part of the Union, acting by command and in phalanx, may, in a critical moment, upset the government. I deem no government safe which is under the vassalage of any self-constituted authorities, or any other authority than that of the nation, or its regular functionaries. What an obstruction could not this bank of the United States, with all its branch banks, be in time of war! It might dictate to us the peace we should accept, or withdraw its aids. Ought we then to give further growth to an institution so powerful, so hostile?" --Thomas Jefferson

4. THE WAR OF 1812 The following year, with the conclusion of Britain's wars with Napoleon, the Bank of England demanded King George reinvade the United States to force them back into the clutches of private central banking, this time with the Bank of England. Thus was initiated the war of 1812, a war like any other war; created and waged for profit.

5. THE SECOND BANK OF THE UNITED STATES The war of 1812 failed, and again political and monetary pressure succeeded where military force had failed, and in 1816, President Madison chartered a Second Bank of the United States, in part to deal with the expenses created defending the nation from Britain a second time and the runaway inflation caused by private banks issuing their own banknotes without restraint. Like the First Bank of the United States, the second one was granted a 20 year charter. By the time the charter was due to expire, the nation was once again struggling with debt and poverty while the bankers were growing richer every day. As a result, Andrew Jackson opposed the renewal of the bank charter and made it a major platform of his campaign in 1832. "Gentlemen, I have had men watching you for a long time and I am convinced that you have used the funds of the bank to speculate in the breadstuffs of the country. When you won, you divided the profits amongst you, and when you lost, you charged it to the bank. You tell me that if I take the deposits from the bank and annul its charter, I shall ruin ten thousand families. That may be true, gentlemen, but that is your sin! Should I let you go on, you will ruin fifty thousand families, and that would be my sin! You are a den of vipers and thieves. I intend to rout you out, and by the Eternal God, I will rout you out." -- Andrew Jackson In 1835, an unemployed painter, Richard Lawrence, attempted to shoot President Jackson twice, with both pistols failing to fire. Lawrence gave as his reason for the attack that with the President dead, money would be more plentiful, an obvious reference to Jackson's veto of the re-chartering of the Second Bank of the United States. As a footnote, following the loss of its charter, the Second Bank of the United States attempted to continue as an ordinary bank, but went bankrupt in 1841.

6. THE PRIVATE CENTRAL BANK ECONOMY The following diagram shows the principle difference with the central bank system as opposed to the original economic system of the United States.

As you can see, the main difference between the economic system created by the Founding Fathers and the current system is that the control of the printing presses has been given over to the private central bank. The government no longer prints up and spends the money it needs to operate, but BORROWS the money from the private central bank, at interest! Then the money is spent into circulation and winds its way through the population, and is then collected back in taxes. But here is the problem. Taxes now have to collect back MORE money than the government spent in order to pay the interest back to the private central bank. Over time, relentlessly, the private central bank is acquiring wealth from the population, in essence charging the people a fee for doing what the government itself originally did for free. That is the major difference between the economic system created by the nation's founders (the reason we fought a war to be free of the Bank of England) and the system we have today. It is because we have been sold back into the debt slavery of a private central bank that the history of the Currency Act and its impact on the American Revolution is marginalized in the state-controlled schools. We are brainwashed into believing that the Revolution was about soggy tea! "If the debt which the banking companies owe be a blessing to anybody, it is to themselves alone, who are realizing a solid interest of eight or ten per cent on it. As to the public, these companies have banished all our gold and silver medium, which, before their institution, we had without interest, which never could have perished in our hands, and would have been our salvation now in the hour of war; instead of which they have given us two hundred million of froth and bubble, on which we are to pay them heavy interest, until it shall vanish into air... We are warranted, then, in affirming that this parody on the principle of 'a public debt being a public blessing,' and its mutation into the blessing of private instead of public debts, is as ridiculous as the original principle itself. In both cases, the truth is, that capital may be produced by industry, and accumulated by economy; but jugglers only will propose to create it by legerdemain tricks with paper." --Thomas Jefferson

7. SILVER MONEY VERSUS PAPER MONEY But the banks were still constrained by the Coinage Act of 1792, which defined a dollar as 371.25 grains of pure silver, matching the common silver currency in use around the world at the time, or that weight of gold which would match in value 371.25 grains of pure silver, 24.75 grains, 1/15 the weight of the silver in a silver dollar.

US Silver Dollar

US Gold Dollar (same scale)

It wasn't the coin that was the money, but the metal the coin contained. Of course, carrying around large amounts of silver was difficult, so paper certificates were issued, both silver and gold certificate, as a convenience. But those paper certificates were not the money. They were claim checks. They were accepted as items of value because you could walk down to the banks and turn the claim checks in for the appropriate amount of silver or gold. But the metal was the money, not the engraved coins and not the paper. The bankers could only loan out as much money, based on silver or gold, as they had the silver and gold to cover in their vaults. The adherence to gold and silver as a unit of value was a major limitation on the banker's activities.

8. CIVIL WAR AND LINCOLN'S GREENBACK Then in 1861, the Confederacy broke free of the United States. Abraham Lincoln sought financing from the bankers for the war effort, but balked at the usurious high interest rates the banks demanded. Declaring that he would not enslave the white people to the bankers to free the black people, Abraham Lincoln exercised his Presidential Authority to issue a new government currency; the greenback.

However in order to make the currency work and to cover the escalating costs of the War, Lincoln was forced to abandon convertibility, meaning that the paper notes became the money and were not convertible to silver or gold

(despite the flood of silver from the Comstock strike of 1857, which eventually led to Nevada's rapid statehood and Federal taxation in 1864). While there was inflation at the time, the government-issued currency, free of interest to a private bank, worked well during the war years, and Abraham Lincoln declared his intention to keep issuing the Greenbacks after the war's conclusion. This did not please the world's bankers at all. An 1865 London Times editorial directed against Lincoln's debt-free Greenbacks said it all: "If that mischievous financial policy which had its origin in the North American Republic during the late war in that country, should become indurated down to a fixture, then that Government will furnish its own money without cost. It will pay off its debts and be without debt. It will become prosperous beyond precedent in the history of the civilized governments of the world. The brains and wealth of all countries will go to North America. That government must be destroyed or it will destroy every monarchy on the globe." Following Abraham Lincoln's assassination, Congress voted to end the Greenbacks, but did not restore convertibility. Banks could issue notes without regard to actual bullion reserves and a period of intense post-war inflation and speculation resulted.

9. THE GOLD STANDARD In 1900 President McKinley kept a campaign promise to bring back convertibility by signing the Gold Standard Act, making the Gold Standard the basis for all US currency, even though much of the coinage issued remained silver. McKinley did this because of the public perception that the US Banking system was weak and corrupted, and because the gold strikes in California, Alaska, and Colorado bolstered the US Treasury's stock of that metal. One year later, President McKinley was assassinated by Leon Czolosz, who explained his attack at his execution saying,"I killed the President because he was the enemy of the good people – the good working people."

10. THE FEDERAL RESERVE In 1910, a group of private bankers met at a private island named Jekyll Island to plan the imposition of yet another private central bank on the people of the United States. As part of the ruse, they abandoned the unpopular name "Bank of the United States" and chose the name Federal Reserve to grant themselves the illusion that this was a government agency, when in point of fact it is just another privately owned central bank. Pretenses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Federal Reserve is no more "Federal" than Federal Express. It is a privately owned bank. Three years later, in 1913, Congress voted the Federal Reserve act and President Wilson signed it, redeeming a campaign promise to his financial backers. Six years later, as his Presidency came to a close, Woodrow Wilson wrote. “I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly ruined my country. A great industrial nation is now controlled by its system of credit.We are no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men.” -- Woodrow Wilson 1919 Because of the earlier disasters with 20 year charters, the Federal Reserve was granted a 100 year charter due to expire in 2013. A later Congress amended the Federal Reserve act to make the charter permanent.

11. THE CRASH OF 1929 For a while, the new Federal Reserve was still bound by the requirements of the Gold Standard. Under the law, they were required to have enough gold on hand to redeem 40% of the paper notes they had issued. The Federal Reserve claimed that this requirement limited their ability to deal with the financial crash of 1929, and after years of lobbying,

finally persuaded incoming President Franklin Roosevelt to abandon the gold standard entirely in 1933 and to confiscate all gold and gold certificates in order to make the gold available to the US Government for war funding purposes. In looking back at the crash of 1929 it became obvious that reckless speculation had created the over-valued market bubble, while easy credit for buying stocks on margin drew in working-class people; people who did not have risk capital to play with, to form each succeeding layer of a rapidly-building pyramid doomed to eventual collapse. In the wake of the melt-down, Congress passed the Banking Act of 1933, otherwise known as the Glass-Steagall Act, which created the FDIC to restore public confidence in the banks and stop the runs. Glass-Steagall also included a ban on bank holding companies from owning other financial institutions, which was seen as a major contributing factor to the reckless speculation which precipitated the crash.

12. JOHN F. KENNEDY The Federal Reserve completed their plan for the economic subjugation of the American people in 1964, one year after the assassination of President John F. Kennedy. Silver coin and certificates were still in general use; money that came from the government and was used free of interest. Since the money was something of value and owned by whoever held it, the banks made no profit off of the use of that money and more to the point, could not manipulate its value. Then President John F. Kennedy signed Executive Order 11110 on June 4th, 1963. This order authorized the Treasury to issue a new government currency, the US Note, based on silver in Fort Knox, recycled from the huge magnets used in early Uranium enrichment at Oak Ridge. This allowed the Kennedy administration to purchase four billion dollars-worth of goods and services without having to borrow the money from the Federal Reserve, and signaled Kennedy's intention to restore the nations' economic system to the model used by the Founding Fathers.

John F. Kennedy's United States Note. Five months later, John Kennedy was assassinated and his US Notes withdrawn from circulation. The Warren Commission, now widely acknowledged to have been a cover-up, included as a member John J. McCloy, President of Chase Manhattan Bank and President of the World Bank.

13. THE END OF SILVER MONEY. The following year, all silver coins and silver certificates were withdrawn from circulation. The media proclaimed the new clad coinage and the Federal Reserve Notes to be just as good as the silver money, and the entrapment of the American people was complete. From then on, all currency in circulation was worth what the private central bank said it was worth, and over time, it has been declared worth less and less. Just see how many "dollar" notes it takes to buy an original US Silver Dollar today!

14. THE TRAP OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE Unlike the economic system of value instituted by the Founding Fathers, the Federal Reserve System is a debt-based economy. All money, whether issued through the government, or by member banks to the public, is the result of a loan from that Private Central Bank. And therein lies the trap, because the moment that first Federal Reserve Note went into circulation, more money is owed to the banking system than actually exists! The debt can never be paid off. The system perpetuates only so long as an ever-larger group of new borrowers can be found to create new money to pay the interest on the old money. That is what makes it a pyramid. More money is created out of thin air in response to a loan, but the total debt still exceeds the total money supply. That is why the government and media always talk about the “growth” of the economy. “Growth” may sound like a good thing to the unenlightened, but in a debt-based economy, “growth” means “nation and its people deeper in debt-slavery". And because it is a pyramid, if the economy does not grow, that is, if more new debt cannot be created to service the interest on the old debt, the pyramid collapses, which is what is happening now. The Federal Reserve System is designed to suck the real wealth out of the nation and put it in the pockets of the bankers, and now that they have succeeded, the system is breaking down, too cash-poor to operate efficiently, just as it did in the colonies in the early 1770s under the Bank of England. The system is broken because the bankers have all the wealth, and absent a new source of wealth to pay the bankers’ interest charges and fees, the system is locking up. Of course, it is all paper debts and make-believe obligations. The money owed to the bankers by the government never existed in the first place. It’s just part of the scam by which the bankers enslave the world, which is the real essence of banking; to hold nations and people perpetually in debt-servitude or indentured service, with the government bribed to not take action to ameliorate the situation! “This is the very essence of the banking industry; to make us all, whether we be nations or individuals, slaves to debt!” Watch the video: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2B_SxGmSJP0&feature=player_embedded

15. DEREGULATION AS THE DOORWAY TO DISASTER In 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Blily repealed the provision of the Glass-Steagall act that prohibited bank holding companies from owning other financial institutions, and dropped the barrier that separated banks and investment houses, allowing them to engage in each other’s business. This created a repeat of the exact same financial environment that had led to the crash of 1929. Those politicians who had championed deregulation, like Senator John McCain (a veteran of the Keating S&L Scandal of the 1980s), avoided keeping any oversight over the recently unchained financial system to ensure that past crimes were not being repeated. As a result, almost immediately after the repeal of Glass-Steagall, the banks and investment houses began to acquire and "flip" homes, to drive the prices up. The reason for the flipping should be obvious. Banks make their money off of interest on loans. The more people are forced to borrow, the more they have to work to pay the banks back. From a bank's point of view, a house that sells for only a few thousand dollars is useless. The ideal is that same house costing so much that a borrower will spend 30 years working off that paper debt, often paying the banks many times more in interest than the house itself originally cost. From 1999 through 2006 housing prices soared. Adjustable-rate mortgages became the norm, with low lead-in teaser rates to draw in new borrowers. Aiding the process was the US Government itself, which baited the trap with an $8000 tax credit for first-time home buyers.

16. MORTGAGES AS INVESTMENT DEVICES Let us start by looking at how Mortgage companies worked up into the mid 2000s.

Click for larger image In a normal mortgage, the lender, who is a member bank of the Federal Reserve system, prints up a bunch of cash (or enters the amount of the loan into a computerized bank account) to loan to the mortgage applicant. This is not a joke; the money the bank hands to you to buy a house, or car, or iPod, is created out of thin air the moment you sign the loan agreement, credit card slip, or mortgage papers. Admit it; you thought the money for loans came from the bank's depositors, didn't you! Because after all, that's what you were taught in the state-controlled schools as a child! And they would never lie to you, would they? "If the people understood the rank injustice of our money and banking system, there would be a revolution before morning" -- President Andrew Jackson The mortgage lender, who is allowed to print up the money they loan out (up to a legally defined limit), makes their profit from the borrower, who is not allowed to print up the money he or she hands back to the bank, but must trade their labor for money with which to pay the banker. Because of compound interest, the mortgage borrower actually repays the banker many times the original cost of the home! Let us say that you take out a $100,000 mortgage over 30 years at 8% interest. That works out to $733.76 per month, which does not seem too bad (until you start adding in insurance and property taxes, but that is another story). $733.76 per month is $8,805.12 per year. Over 30 years that comes out to $264,153.60 paid out to the banker! In other words, while the builder of the house earns $100,000 after buying the land. buying materials. and building the house, the banker earns $164,153.60 purely for having the right, granted by the US Government, to run a printing press! If you or I created money the same way, we would be thrown in jail for counterfeiting! Remember that from an investor's point of view, the value of a home is not the home itself, but the debt the home creates and shackled the homeowner to, worth many times the cost of the actual house! That debt, which is pure profit, is sold to Americans as the "American Dream"; to work 30 years to pay the bankers many times what the house actually cost! (Some dream). Fortunes were being made and the politicians were neck deep in the greed. But there was a new wrinkle.

Click for larger image Starting in 2006, Wall Street operators got the ideas of taking debt obligations, and collecting them together to sell to other investors. The mortgage lenders would take their mortgages and "bundle" them, then sell the entire bundle for a flat fee. The advantage was that the mortgage lender recovered his money in a single large lump, while the investor buying the bundled mortgages would accept their return on investment over the lifetime of the mortgages. For longterm investors such as investment banks and pension funds, this was an ideal investment so long as all the mortgages were paid on time every month. The investment looked sound as long as real-estate prices kept soaring, and nobody was taking too close a look at the individual mortgages. Because the banks and mortgage companies were passing the mortgages onto outside parties, there was little incentive to look too closely at the borrowers, while financial incentives encouraged the mortgage writers to over-inflate earnings and home values on the applications to push the deals through. The mortgage bundlers, drunk on the instant profits falling like manna from heaven, started taking some reckless steps. Mortgage analysis companies like Clayton Holdings were reporting to the clients at the big banks that many of the socalled sub-prime mortgages did not meet basic underwriting requirements, either for the private banks or for the three "F"s, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and FHA. But the mortgage bundlers blended the sub prime with prime mortgages and sold off the bundles as "Mortgage Backed Securities" or "Collateralized Debt Obligations". In other words, the mortgage bundlers knew many of the mortgages in those bundles were not going to perform well, but did not tell the investors who bought them, then invested in "derivatives", basically betting those MBS and CDOs would fail!

17. IT ISN'T THE FORECLOSURES, IT'S THE FRAUD! "I suddenly realized I had joined the wrong mob." -- Lucky Luciano, comparing Wall Street to the Mafia

Click for larger image The problem is that some of the mortgage bundlers were greedy! They needed more mortgages to feed the giant mortgage-backed-security bubble they were inflating. So they started luring in borrowers with borderline credit into "sub-prime" mortgages. Since members of the US Congress were invested in the very companies that were reaping giant profits on those mortgage-backed-securities, Congress voted through an $8000 tax credit for first-time home buyers to bait them into the scheme! But still there were not enough new mortgages. Investors were clamoring for more mortgage-backed-securities to buy. Then the bankers had an inspiration. They realized that while you can only sell a house to one owner at a time, you can in theory sell the mortgage over and over, since it is a piece of easily copied paper or more likely a computer record in MERS, the Mortgage Electronic Registration System, a computer system created to evade title transfer fees and to speed up the churning of the mortgages as they shuffled from one investment company to another! MERS initially helped conceal the over-selling of mortgages, but eventually the scam became known, and numerous major banks have been exposed for selling the same mortgage into multiple mortgage-backed securities, generating vast profits for the bundlers. Now, from the point of view of the mortgage bundlers, they might not have seen this as a fraud. Nobody wants to see themselves as a villain, and the bundlers may have decided they were simply following the reserve system of banking to the next level. Under the reserve system of banking, for every real dollar in deposits you have in the vaults, you can create and loan out 8, or 10, or 30, depending on the current reserve requirement imposed by the top bank, the Federal Reserve System. The mortgage bundlers may have decided that for every real mortgage they held, they could create 3, or 4 , or in one case 20 out of thin air with which to collateralize the investment package. As long as everyone does not come in to get the actual mortgages at the same time, the system would work the way the reserve money supply does in the banks, in which only enough real money is on hand to cover expected transactions with customers, and the rest for the bankers to play without in investment land. While this "reserve" approach to mortgages may have looked okay to the bankers, who saw the world through moneycolored glasses, it is in fact a crime! In February 2009 CNBC broke the story that many of the mortgage bundlers had pledged individual mortgages as collateral over and over into different CDOs, when legally, they can be pledged as collateral only once. Watch the video: http://whatreallyhappened.com/WRHARTICLES/wildbankers.php

Chris Whalen tells CNBC's Larry Kudlow that Bear Stearns will be exposed as having sold the same loan to different investors on numerous occasions. This is why many homes are being foreclosed on by more than one bank at a time.

Click for larger image But there is another problem with over-selling mortgages. For every copy of a mortgage bundled into an investment, there is an investor expecting a mortgage payment every month. Obviously the home buyer, who has signed only one mortgage, is making only one mortgage payment. For the extra copies of that mortgage there are no monthly payments coming in. As long as only a few mortgages in the bundle are underperforming, nobody noticed, but as the jobs left America and more and more home buyers started to fall behind, the risk that the over-selling scheme would be exposed to public scrutiny and condemnation (not to mention arrest and prosecution) began to be apparent!

18. MERS Because mortgages were changing hands so many times, the regulatory fees for a transfer became a major cost factor for the mortgage bundlers. To get around the fees and generally speed up the process, a system was created called the Mortgage Electronic Registration System, or MERS. All notes were transferred into MERS legal ownership and then could be assigned and reassigned willy-nilly all over the financial system without the usual paperwork and fees. By mid 2008 the wheels were starting to come off the boom times. The automatic interest rate increases on those adjustable-rate mortgages started kicking in, and due to the high prime-rate at the time, those increases in monthly payments were enormous, with no increases in salaries and wages to cover them! The US Government, at the same time it had taken the chains off of Wall Street had continued a policy of tax credits that encouraged American corporations to offshore high-paying manufacturing jobs. Caught between a rock and a hard place, between higher mortgage payments and declining wages and salaries, Americans started defaulting and the banks started foreclosing.

19. THE MELT-DOWN And here is where the system began to really break down. Because the mortgages and titles had been traded around in the creation of the mortgage-backed securities, the companies servicing the mortgages (i.e. collecting the payments) could not locate the actual mortgage note. In the cases where the same mortgage had been pledged as collateral on more than one mortgage-backed security, the paperwork trail led to more than one owner-of-record.

By the end of the year, it had become apparent that a massive fraud had been committed by the mortgage bundlers, and that a great many of the mortgage-backed securities held by investors and pension funds were in fact without collateral. While the mortgages were being paid and returns on the investment paid, nobody noticed. But as homes started to default it became apparent that investors did not in fact have any collateral behind most of those collateralized debt obligations! Lawsuits followed by investors trying to recover money from the banks. In a telling move, the US Government has moved to protect the banks!

Click for larger image

20. TARP AND THE BAILOUTS Those mortgage-backed securities with multiply-assigned mortgages ARE the "Toxic Assets" Congress was screaming about when they forced the Troubled Asset Relief Program through Congress in the fall of 2008, despite overwhelming public opposition. The mortgage bundlers had stuck key financial institutions with fraudulent mortgage-backed securities, and Congress voted to loot the public to purchase the useless paper and hide it from public scrutiny. Why? Because the members of the US Congress had their own fortunes invested in those fraudulent mortgage-backed securities. Had the institutions collapsed, members of Congress would have been ruined as well. So they saved their own investments by dropping the losses on the American people! This is why, even though the public opposed TARP, members of Congress were so happy when the bill finally was forced through the Congress.

Commercial real estate was caught up in the mortgage-backed securities mania, and eventually the US Government used $3 trillion in taxpayer funds to deal with that growing catastrophe! In other cases, the Federal Government has been exposed as intentionally concealing the scale of the losses from the American taxpayer, even to the point of hiding billions in bailout payments, further fueling speculation that the major "Too Big To Fail" banks have indeed already failed and are technically insolvent. We are not talking about a few crooked bankers, but a system-wide culture of criminality that makes Bernie Madoffwith-the-loot, the NASDAQ founder who swindled his own investors for $65 billion, look like a choir boy! This brings us to the interesting sidebar of John McCain's candidacy for President. All seemed to be going well for him until in a move that surprised many political observers, McCain chose as his Vice President Alaska Governor Sarah Palin. McCain's claim that he needed a female Vice President seemed reasonable, but there were far more qualified women out there such as Hawaii's Governor Linda Lingle, who was not even contacted by McCain's campaign. In hindsight, it almost seemed McCain was intentionally destroying the credibility of his own campaign, and now a possible motive surfaces. If it was already known that the mortgage-back securities had become toxic assets, and that the taxpayer was going to be made to foot the bill, what better plan for the Republicans that had created the mess to drop the task of screwing the American people onto the Democrats, including a man willing to do anything to be America's first black President! And it appears to have worked as the same Republicans that created this financial mess appear poised for a mid-term return to control of the White House.

21. FORECLOSURE-GATE But while the US Government using taxpayer money was buying back the fraudulent uncollateralized mortgage bundles, the holders of the genuine mortgages were still faced with a problem. The trail of documents through MERS was a hopeless rats' nest! Mortgage Service companies were forced to go into court without all the required documents, and judges, failing to see the actual debt note or title before them,. were starting to throw foreclosure cases out! Representative Marcy Kaput got up in Congress advising homeowners to demand the foreclosers to prove they owned the actual loan! So a new creature came into being, the "Foreclosure Document Mill", small start-up companies which for a fee would "re-create" missing paperwork to allow the foreclosures to pass a judge's scrutiny. But the foreclosure mills were also faced with the confusion in the MERS system and under pressure to perform, were hiring virtually anybody willing to engage in a little "gray" paperwork, hiring Wall Mart floor walkers, former beauticians, factory workers, and putting them in offices with no formal training to process foreclosure paperwork. According to one whistle blower, workers who produced large amounts of "re-created" documents were rewarded with cars and jewelry! Computerized processing systems cranked out foreclosure lawsuit paperwork by the reams! The problem was that nobody was checking to see if the documents were actually correct or accurate, or if the people being foreclosed were actually behind in their payments. Even worse, lawyers were walking into court with foreclosure documents they knew were forged! The rush was on to file as quickly as possible ahead of the expected backlog of cases hitting the courts. In at least two known cases, foreclosure proceedings were started against home owners who did not even have mortgages! Companies that contracted to serve the legal papers on the homeowners never delivered those papers and many people were unaware they had been foreclosed on until the Sheriff showed up to change the locks!

22. INTENTIONAL FRAUD The corporate media is still trying to say this is all a bunch of simple errors for which nobody should be held accountable, but already testimony is surfacing that major banks like Citicorp knew exactly what they were doing and that very well the investments they were selling at huge profit were really junk! MERS itself has come under scrutiny, both because it is clearly a device to evade government fees and regulation, and secondly because no legislative body approved its creation and implementation into the home mortgage system. There has been no review of the system by any outside party. That massive fraud did take place is beyond doubt, and the US Government in connivance with the bankers, conspired both to conceal the true nature of the cause of the economic crash and to dump trillions in dollars in losses on the American taxpayer. And behind it all remains the core problem that lenders and home-owners often do not know where the notes and titles are to be found! But with individual mortgages being sold out as many as 20 different times, the mortgage bundlers faced a huge problem. Every home payment made has to be repaid to the investor in the MBS for every time that mortgage was resold, that is to say for every dollar paid by the home-owner, the mortgage bundler is on the hook for up to $20 owed to the holders of the mortgage backed securities. In that context, the banks have a huge motive to foreclose on homes to limit the losses on those oversubscribed mortgage backed securities! Once the home is foreclosed, payments on those over-subscribed mortgage backed securities stop and the criminals who over-sold those mortgages are off the hook. It is not unlike the Mel Brooks movie "The Producers" in which the producers intentionally choose what they think is a terrible script, "Springtime for Hitler", which they hope will close the first night. The producers then over-subscribe the investment in the play by 1000%. 100% is spent producing the show, with the other 900% to be pocketed after the show fails and the investors, unaware of the extra shares in the show, accept their losses and leave. In the film, the play is a surprise hit and the producers go to jail. Hopefully, the same thing will happen to the financial companies who played the same game. If the over-selling of mortgages into mortgage backed securities was intentional, and given how many different financial companies did it, this seems certain, then the same financial institutions that profited from the selling of mortgage backed securities intended to crash the housing market to cover their escape. They took mortgages and sold them as mortgage-backed securities over and over again, then foreclosed the properties to end their obligations to the over-subscribed mortgage backed securities. This is why nobody cared whether home buyers were actually qualified for the mortgages, as the mortgages were never intended to be repaid, only foreclosed on! However, the investors and especially the foreign banks that bought those over-subscribed mortgage-backed-securities are not quietly accepting their losses! Bank of America is being sued by PIMCO, the New York Fed, and several European banks. Two class-action suits have been filed against the owners of MERS. Sooner or later the fraudulent over-selling of those bundled mortgages must come out. And the bankers will stand exposed as the criminals they really are.

23. SEARCHING FOR A WAY OUT So, how do we fix this mess? MERS is a Gordian Knot of trails between lender and borrower and holder of the titles. Sorting through the mess, even if possible, will take years both in the computer files and in the courts.

The only solution I can think of (short of armed rebellion and guillotining the culprits) is rather drastic, and not even original with me. In Tom Clancy's book "Debt of Honor" a stock market crash is exacerbated when the computer systems used to track transactions are sabotaged. That seems a good metaphor for the runaway mortgage-backed Securities market compounded by MERS allowing (or fraudulent bankers causing) mortgages to be placed in multiple investment bundles. The inspiration in the book is a phrase heard often in science;"If you didn't write it down, it did not happen!" And in the book, the solution is to simply discard everything that happened after the last good record and restart the machinery at that point. The stock market re-opens with the last good trade before the computers were sabotaged and everybody goes home happy, eventually. Of course, real life will not be that simple. The mortgage bundlers have made fortunes off of these deals. If they can claim innocent victim of a computer error, then they will not be willing to surrender the fortunes they made; they will resist any solution that involves losing their profits, no matter how ill-gotten they may be. They are quite happy with the world as it is now. The Government will not, indeed cannot ever admit error, even though, like the Gulf Oil Disaster and the Bernie Madoff scandal, the government's job was to prevent this from happening, not bait more victims into the scam with a tax credit.But having swindled the American people out of trillions of dollars to buy back and conceal the fraudulent noncollateralized mortgage securities, the US Government is now clearly an accessory to the crime, if after-the-fact. The original fraud with the mortgage-backed securities was covered up ahead of the 2008 election, and it appears Obama is trying to do the same for the 2010 elections, announcing a Federal criminal investigation which will supposedly look into the bankers' possible illegal activity, but in reality is intended to block criminal investigations already underway in all 50 states. CNBC reports that Congress may simply retro-actively declare the fraud to be legal, ending all investigations and indemnifying the bankers from criminal prosecutions. That the relentless looting of the public treasury to cover-up this disaster has harmed the nation is beyond doubt. Trillions that might have paid for new schools and roads and hospitals has vanished into the black hole of Wall Street, to buy up bad paper and feed it to the shredder before the public finds out that once again, as is typical of a fascist economy, the poor are made to pay for all! People without mortgages, people who have never bought a home, are all harmed by this disaster. We are all victims of the rampant and reckless greed that consumes the money addicts in the halls of power. 43 million Americans are on food Stamps, and according to Barron's Magazine (October 11, 2010), unemployment is at 22%, which is depression levels. Meanwhile, Wall Street executives will collect bonuses this year totaling 8% of all the US cash in circulation! Ultimately, the homes taken by MERS must be restored to their rightful owners. The people who bought what they thought were honestly foreclosed homes in good faith must of course be compensated and provided with equivalent properties. Beyond that, it is time to take a close look at the true nature of banks, especially the Federal Reserve, and to understand that banks do not serve the public, they serve only themselves! http://whatreallyhappened.com/WRHARTICLES/wildbankers.php

The NaturalNews Network is a non-profit collection of public education websites covering topics that empower individuals to make positive changes in their health, environmental sensitivity, consumer choices and informed skepticism. Visit NaturalNews.com

Thomas Jefferson said in 1802: I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies. If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks and corporations that will grow up around the banks will deprive the people of all property - until their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

â&#x20AC;&#x153;It is natural to man, to indulge in the illusions of hope ... We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth and listen to the song of that siren, till she transforms us into beasts. ... For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it might cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst, and to provide for it.â&#x20AC;? ~ Patrick Henry ~

The People vs. Goldman Sachs Matt Taibbi: A Senate committee has laid out the evidence. Now the Justice Department should bring criminal charges

Goldman Sachs CEO Lloyd Blankfein tesifies before the Senate in April 2010 Mark Wilson/Getty Images They weren't murderers or anything; they had merely stolen more money than most people can rationally conceive of, from their own customers, in a few blinks of an eye. But then they went one step further. They came to Washington, took an oath before Congress, and lied about it. Thanks to an extraordinary investigative effort by a Senate subcommittee that unilaterally decided to take up the burden the criminal justice system has repeatedly refused to shoulder, we now know exactly what Goldman Sachs executives like Lloyd Blankfein and Daniel Sparks lied about. We know exactly how they and other top Goldman executives, including David Viniar and Thomas Montag, defrauded their clients. America has been waiting for a case to bring against Wall Street. Here it is, and the evidence has been gift-wrapped and left at the doorstep of federal prosecutors, evidence that doesn't leave much doubt: Goldman Sachs should stand trial. This article appears in the May 26, 2011 issue of Rolling Stone. The issue is available now on newsstands and will appear in the online archive May 13. The great and powerful Oz of Wall Street was not the only target of Wall Street and the Financial Crisis: Anatomy of a Financial Collapse, the 650-page report just released by the Senate Subcommittee on Investigations, chaired by Democrat Carl Levin of Michigan, alongside Republican Tom Coburn of Oklahoma. Their unusually scathing bipartisan report also includes case studies of Washington Mutual and Deutsche Bank, providing a panoramic portrait of a bubble era that produced the most destructive crime spree in our history — "a million fraud cases a year" is how one former regulator puts it. But the mountain of evidence collected against Goldman by Levin's small, 15-desk office of investigators — details of gross, baldfaced fraud delivered up in such quantities as to almost serve as a kind of sarcastic challenge to the curiously impassive Justice Department — stands as the most important symbol of Wall Street's aristocratic impunity and prosecutorial immunity produced since the crash of 2008. Photo Gallery: How Goldman top dogs defrauded their clients and lied to Congress

To date, there has been only one successful prosecution of a financial big fish from the mortgage bubble, and that was Lee Farkas, a Florida lender who was just convicted on a smorgasbord of fraud charges and now faces life in prison. But Farkas, sadly, is just an exception proving the rule: Like Bernie Madoff, his comically excessive crime spree (which involved such lunacies as kiting checks to his own bank and selling loans that didn't exist) was almost completely unconnected to the systematic corruption that led to the crisis. What's more, many of the earlier criminals in the chain of corruption — from subprime lenders like Countrywide, who herded old ladies and ghetto families into bad loans, to rapacious banks like Washington Mutual, who pawned off fraudulent mortgages on investors — wound up going belly up, sunk by their own greed. Read Matt Taibbi on Goldman Sachs, the 'great vampire squid' But Goldman, as the Levin report makes clear, remains an ascendant company precisely because it used its canny perception of an upcoming disaster (one which it helped create, incidentally) as an opportunity to enrich itself, not only at the expense of clients but ultimately, through the bailouts and the collateral damage of the wrecked economy, at the expense of society. The bank seemed to count on the unwillingness or inability of federal regulators to stop them — and when called to Washington last year to explain their behavior, Goldman executives brazenly misled Congress, apparently confident that their perjury would carry no serious consequences. Thus, while much of the Levin report describes past history, the Goldman section describes an ongoing? crime — a powerful, well-connected firm, with the ear of the president and the Treasury, that appears to have conquered the entire regulatory structure and stands now on the precipice of officially getting away with one of the biggest financial crimes in history. Read Taibbi's 2010 piece on how bailed-out banks are recreating the conditions for a crash Defenders of Goldman have been quick to insist that while the bank may have had a few ethical slips here and there, its only real offense was being too good at making money. We now know, unequivocally, that this is bullshit. Goldman isn't a pudgy housewife who broke her diet with a few Nilla Wafers between meals — it's an advanced-stage, 1,100-pound medical emergency who hasn't left his apartment in six years, and is found by paramedics buried up to his eyes in cupcake wrappers and pizza boxes. If the evidence in the Levin report is ignored, then Goldman will have achieved a kind of corrupt-enterprise nirvana. Caught, but still free: above the law. To fully grasp the case against Goldman, one first needs to understand that the financial crime wave described in the Levin report came on the heels of a decades-long lobbying campaign by Goldman and other titans of Wall Street, who pleaded over and over for the right to regulate themselves. Before that campaign, banks were closely monitored by a host of federal regulators, including the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the FDIC and the Office of Thrift Supervision. These agencies had examiners poring over loans and other transactions, probing for behavior that might put depositors or the system at risk. When the examiners found illegal or suspicious behavior, they built cases and referred them to criminal authorities like the Justice Department. This system of referrals was the backbone of financial law enforcement through the early Nineties. William Black was senior deputy chief counsel at the Office of Thrift Supervision in 1991 and 1992, the last years of the S&L crisis, a disaster whose pansystemic nature was comparable to the mortgage fiasco, albeit vastly smaller. Black describes the regulatory MO back then. "Every year," he says, "you had thousands of criminal referrals, maybe 500 enforcement actions, 150 civil suits and hundreds of convictions." But beginning in the mid-Nineties, when former Goldman co-chairman Bob Rubin served as Bill Clinton's senior economic-policy adviser, the government began moving toward a regulatory system that relied almost exclusively on voluntary compliance by the banks. Old-school criminal referrals disappeared down the chute of history along with floppy disks and scripted television entertainment. In 1995, according to an independent study, banking regulators filed 1,837 referrals. During the height of the financial crisis, between 2007 and 2010, they averaged just 72 a year.

But spiking almost all criminal referrals wasn't enough for Wall Street. In 2004, in an extraordinary sequence of regulatory rollbacks that helped pave the way for the financial crisis, the top five investment banks — Goldman, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Lehman Brothers and Bear Stearns — persuaded the government to create a new, voluntary approach to regulation called Consolidated Supervised Entities. CSE was the soft touch to end all soft touches. Here is how the SEC's inspector general described the program's regulatory army: "The Office of CSE Inspections has only two staff in Washington and five staff in the New York regional office." Among the bankers who helped convince the SEC to go for this ludicrous program was Hank Paulson, Goldman's CEO at the time. And in exchange for "submitting" to this new, voluntary regime of law enforcement, Goldman and other banks won the right to lend in virtually unlimited amounts, regardless of their cash reserves — a move that fueled the catastrophe of 2008, when banks like Bear and Merrill were lending out 35 dollars for every one in their vaults. Goldman's chief financial officer then and now, a fellow named David Viniar, wrote a letter in February 2004, commending the SEC for its efforts to develop "a regulatory framework that will contribute to the safety and soundness of financial institutions and markets by aligning regulatory capital requirements more closely with well-developed internal risk-management practices." Translation: Thanks for letting us ignore all those pesky regulations while we turn the staid underwriting business into a Charlie Sheen house party. Goldman and the other banks argued that they didn't need government supervision for a very simple reason: Rooting out corruption and fraud was in their own self-interest. In the event of financial wrongdoing, they insisted, they would do their civic duty and protect the markets. But in late 2006, well before many of the other players on Wall Street realized what was going on, the top dogs at Goldman — including the aforementioned Viniar — started to fear they were sitting on a time bomb of billions in toxic assets. Yet instead of sounding the alarm, the very first thing Goldman did was tell no one. And the second thing it did was figure out a way to make money on the knowledge by screwing its own clients. So not only did Goldman throw a full-blown "bite me" on its own self-righteous horseshit about "internal risk management," it more or less instantly sped way beyond inaction straight into craven manipulation. "This is the dog that didn't bark," says Eliot Spitzer, who tangled with Goldman during his years as New York's attorney general. "Their whole political argument for a decade was 'Leave us alone, trust us to regulate ourselves.' They not only abdicated that responsibility, they affirmatively traded against the entire market." By the end of 2006, Goldman was sitting atop a $6 billion bet on American home loans. The bet was a byproduct of Goldman having helped create a new trading index called the ABX, through which it accumulated huge holdings in mortgage-related securities. But in December 2006, a series of top Goldman executives — including Viniar, mortgage chief Daniel Sparks and senior executive Thomas Montag — came to the conclusion that Goldman was overexposed to mortgages and should get out from under its huge bet as quickly as possible. Internal memos indicate that the executives soon became aware of the host of scams that would crater the global economy: home loans awarded with no documentation, loans with little or no equity in them. On December 14th, Viniar met with Sparks and other executives, and stressed the need to get "closer to home" — i.e., to reduce the bank's giant bet on mortgages. Sparks followed up that meeting with a seven-point memo laying out how to unload the bank's mortgages. Entry No. 2 is particularly noteworthy. "Distribute as much as possible on bonds created from new loan securitizations," Sparks wrote, "and clean previous positions." In other words, the bank needed to find suckers to buy as much of its risky inventory as possible. Goldman was like a car dealership that realized it had a whole lot full of cars with faulty brakes. Instead of announcing a recall, it surged ahead with a two-fold plan to make a fortune: first, by dumping the dangerous products on other people, and second, by taking out life insurance against the fools who bought the deadly cars. The day he received the Sparks memo, Viniar seconded the plan in a gleeful cheerleading e-mail. "Let's be aggressive distributing things," he wrote, "because there will be very good opportunities as the markets [go] into what is likely to be even greater distress, and we want to be in a position to take advantage of them." Translation: Let's find as many suckers as we can as fast as we can, because we'll only make more money as more and more shit hits the fan.

By February 2007, two months after the Sparks memo, Goldman had gone from betting $6 billion on mortgages to betting $10 billion against them — a shift of $16 billion. Even CEO Lloyd "I'm doing God's work" Blankfein wondered aloud about the bank's progress in "cleaning" its crap. "Could/should we have cleaned up these books before," Blankfein wrote in one e-mail, "and are we doing enough right now to sell off cats and dogs in other books throughout the division?" How did Goldman sell off its "cats and dogs"? Easy: It assembled new batches of risky mortgage bonds and dumped them on their clients, who took Goldman's word that they were buying a product the bank believed in. The names of the deals Goldman used to "clean" its books — chief among them Hudson and Timberwolf — are now notorious on Wall Street. Each of the deals appears to represent a different and innovative brand of shamelessness and deceit. In the marketing materials for the Hudson deal, Goldman claimed that its interests were "aligned" with its clients because it bought a tiny, $6 million slice of the riskiest portion of the offering. But what it left out is that it had shorted the entire deal, to the tune of a $2 billion bet against its own clients. The bank, in fact, had specifically designed Hudson to reduce its exposure to the very types of mortgages it was selling — one of its creators, trading chief Michael Swenson, later bragged about the "extraordinary profits" he made shorting the housing market. All told, Goldman dumped $1.2 billion of its own crappy "cats and dogs" into the deal — and then told clients that the assets in Hudson had come not from its own inventory, but had been "sourced from the Street." Hilariously, when Senate investigators asked Goldman to explain how it could claim it had bought the Hudson assets from "the Street" when in fact it had taken them from its own inventory, the bank's head of CDO trading, David Lehman, claimed it was accurate to say the assets came from "the Street" because Goldman was part of the Street. "They were like, 'We are the Street,'" laughs one investigator. Hudson lost massive amounts of money almost immediately after the sale was completed. Goldman's biggest client, Morgan Stanley, begged it to liquidate the investment and get out while they could still salvage some value. But Goldman refused, stalling for months as its clients roasted to death in a raging conflagration of losses. At one point, John Pearce, the Morgan Stanley rep dealing with Goldman, lost his temper at the bank's refusal to sell, breaking his phone in frustration. "One day I hope I get the real reason why you are doing this to me," he told a Goldman broker. Goldman insists it was only required to liquidate the assets "in an orderly fashion." But the bank had an incentive to drag its feet: Goldman's huge bet against the deal meant that the worse Hudson performed, the more money Goldman made. After all, the entire point of the transaction was to screw its own clients so Goldman could "clean its books." The crime was far from victimless: Morgan Stanley alone lost nearly $960 million on the Hudson deal, which admittedly doesn't do much to tug the heartstrings. Except that quickly after Goldman dumped this near-billion-dollar loss on Morgan Stanley, Morgan Stanley turned around and dumped it on taxpayers, who within a year were spending $10 billion bailing out the sucker bank through the TARP program. It is worth pointing out here that Goldman's behavior in the Hudson scam makes a mockery of standards in the underwriting business. Courts have held that "the relationship between the underwriter and its customer implicitly involves a favorable recommendation of the issued security." The SEC, meanwhile, requires that broker-dealers like Goldman disclose "material adverse facts," which among other things includes "adverse interests." Former prosecutors and regulators I interviewed point to these areas as potential avenues for prosecution; you can judge for yourself if a $2 billion bet against clients qualifies as an "adverse interest" that should have been disclosed. But these "adverse interests" weren't even the worst part of Hudson. Goldman also used a complex pricing method to turn the deal into an impressive triple screwing. Essentially, Goldman bought some of the mortgage assets in the Hudson deal at a discount, resold them to clients at a higher price and pocketed the difference. This is a little like getting an invoice from an interior decorator who, in addition to his fee for services, charges you $170 a roll for brand-name wallpaper he's actually buying off the back of a truck for $63. To recap: Goldman, to get $1.2 billion in crap off its books, dumps a huge lot of deadly mortgages on its clients, lies about where that crap came from and claims it believes in the product even as it's betting $2 billion against it. When its

victims try to run out of the burning house, Goldman stands in the doorway, blasts them all with gasoline before they can escape, and then has the balls to send a bill overcharging its victims for the pleasure of getting fried. Timberwolf, the most notorious of Goldman's scams, was another car whose engine exploded right out of the lot. As with Hudson, Goldman clients who bought into the deal had no idea they were being sold the "cats and dogs" that the bank was desperately trying to get off its books. An Australian hedge fund called Basis Capital sank $100 million into the deal on June 18th, 2007, and almost immediately found itself in a full-blown death spiral. "We bought it, and Goldman made their first margin call 16 days later," says Eric Lewis, a lawyer for Basis, explaining how Goldman suddenly required his client to put up cash to cover expected losses. "They said, 'We need $5 million.' We're like, what the fuck, what's going on?" Within a month, Basis lost $37.5 million, and was forced to file for bankruptcy. In many ways, Timberwolf was a perfect symbol of the insane faith-based mathematics and blackly corrupt marketing that defined the mortgage bubble. The deal was built on a satanic derivative structure called the CDO-squared. A normal CDO is a giant pool of loans that are chopped up and layered into different "tranches": the prime or AAA level, the BBB or "mezzanine" level, and finally the equity or "toxic waste" level. Banks had no trouble finding investors for the AAA pieces, which involve betting on the safest borrowers in the pool. And there were usually investors willing to make higher-odds bets on the crack addicts and no-documentation immigrants at the potentially lucrative bottom of the pool. But the unsexy BBB parts of the pool were hard to sell, and the banks didn't want to be stuck holding all of these risky pieces. So what did they do? They took all the extra unsold pieces, threw them in a big box, and repeated the original "tranching" process all over again. What originally were all BBB pieces were diced up and divided anew — and, presto, you suddenly had new AAA securities and new toxic-waste securities. A CDO, to begin with, is already a highly dubious tool for magically converting risky subprime mortgages into AAA investments. A CDO-squared doubles down on that lunacy, taking the waste products of the original process and converting them into AAA investments. This is kind of like taking all the kids who were picked last to play volleyball in every gym class of every public school in the state, throwing them in a new gym, and pretending that the first 10 kids picked are varsity-level players. Then you take all the unpicked kids left over from that process, throw them in a gym with similar kids from all 50 states, and call the first 10 kids picked All-Americans. Those "All-Americans" were the assets in the Timberwolf deal. These were the recycled nightmare dregs of the mortgage craze — to quote Beavis and Butt-Head, "the ass of the ass." Goldman knew the deal sucked long before it dinged the Aussies in Basis Capital for $100 million. In February 2007, Goldman mortgage chief Daniel Sparks and senior executive Thomas Montag exchanged e-mails about the risk of holding all the crap in the Timberwolf deal. MONTAG: "CDO-squared — how big and how dangerous?" SPARKS: "Roughly $2 billion, and they are the deals to worry about." Goldman executives were so "worried" about holding this stuff, in fact, that they quickly sent directives to all of their salespeople, offering "ginormous" credits to anyone who could manage to find a dupe to take the Timberwolf AllAmericans off their hands. On Wall Street, directives issued from above are called "axes," and Goldman's upper management spent a great deal of the spring of 2007 "axing" Timberwolf. In a crucial conference call on May 20th that included Viniar, Sparks oversaw a PowerPoint presentation spelling out, in writing, that Goldman's mortgage desk was "most concerned" about Timberwolf and another CDO-squared deal. In a later e-mail, he offered an even more dire assessment of such deals: "There is real market-meltdown potential." On May 22nd, two days after the conference call, Goldman sales rep George Maltezos urged the Australians at Basis to hurry up and buy what the bank knew was a deadly investment, suggesting that the "return on invested capital for Basis is over 60 percent." Maltezos was so stoked when he first identified the Aussies as a target in the scam that he subjectlined his e-mail "Utopia." "I think," Maltezos wrote, "I found white elephant, flying pig and unicorn all at once."

The whole transaction can be summed up by the now-notorious e-mail that Montag wrote to Sparks only four days after they sold $100 million of Timberwolf to Basis. "Boy," Montag wrote, "that timeberwof [sic] was one shitty deal." Last year, in the one significant regulatory action the government has won against the big banks, the SEC sued Goldman over a scam called Abacus, in which the bank "rented" its name to a billionaire hedge-fund viper to fleece investors out of more than $1 billion. Goldman agreed to pay $550 million to settle the suit, though no criminal charges were brought against the bank or its executives. But in light of the Levin report, that SEC action now looks woefully inadequate. Yes, it was a record fine — but it pales in comparison to the money Goldman has taken from the government since the crash. As Spitzer notes, Goldman's reaction was basically, "OK, we'll pay you $550 million to settle the Abacus case — that's a small price to pay for the $12.9 billion we got for the AIG bailout." Now, adds Spitzer, "everybody can just go home and pretend it was only $12.4 billion — and Goldman can smile all the way to the bank. The question is, now that we've seen this report, there are a bunch of story lines that seem to be at least as egregious as Abacus. Are they going to bring cases?" Here is where the supporters of Goldman and other big banks will stand up and start wanding the air full of confusing terms like "scienter" and "loss causation" — legalese mumbo jumbo that attempts to convince the ignorantly enraged onlooker that, according to American law, these grotesque tales of grand theft and fraud you've just heard are actually more innocent than you think. Yes, they will say, it may very well be a prosecutable crime for a corner-store Arab to take $2 from a customer selling tap water as Perrier. But that does not mean it's a crime for Goldman Sachs to take $100 million from a foreign hedge fund doing the same thing! No, sir, not at all! Then you'll be told that the Supreme Court has been limiting corporate liability for fraud for decades, that in order to gain a conviction one must prove a conscious intent to deceive, that the 1976 ruling in Ernst and Ernst clearly states.... Leave all that aside for a moment. Though many legal experts agree there is a powerful argument that the Levin report supports a criminal charge of fraud, this stuff can keep the lawyers tied up for years. So let's move on to something much simpler. In the spring of 2010, about a year into his investigation, Sen. Levin hauled all of the principals from these rotten Goldman deals to Washington, made them put their hands on the Bible and take oaths just like normal people, and demanded that they explain themselves. The legal definition of financial fraud may be murky and complex, but everybody knows you can't lie to Congress. "Article 18 of the United States Code, Section 1001," says Loyola University law professor Michael Kaufman. "There are statutes that prohibit perjury and obstruction of justice, but this is the federal statute that explicitly prohibits lying to Congress." The law is simple: You're guilty if you "knowingly and willfully" make a "materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation." The punishment is up to five years in federal prison. When Roger Clemens went to Washington and denied taking a shot of steroids in his ass, the feds indicted him — relying not on a year's worth of graphically self-incriminating e-mails, but chiefly on the testimony of a single individual who had been given a deal by the government. Yet the Justice Department has shown no such prosecutorial zeal since April 27th of last year, when the Goldman executives who oversaw the Timberwolf, Hudson and Abacus deals arrived on the Hill and one by one — each seemingly wearing the same mask of faint boredom and irritated condescension — sat before Levin's committee and dodged volleys of questions. Before the hearing, even some of Levin's allies worried privately about his taking on Goldman and other powerful interests. The job, they said, was best left to professional prosecutors, people with experience building cases. "A senator's office is not an enormous repository of expertise," one former regulator told me. But in the case of this particular senator, that concern turned out to be misplaced. A Harvard-educated lawyer, Levin has a long record of using his subcommittee to spend a year or more carefully building cases that lead to criminal prosecutions. His 2003 investigation into abusive tax shelters led to 19 indictments of individuals at KPMG, while a 2006 probe fueled insidertrading charges against the notorious Wyly brothers, a pair of billionaire Texans who manipulated offshore investment trusts. The investigation of Goldman was an attempt to find out what went wrong in the years leading up to the financial crash, and the questioning of the bank's executives was not one of those for-the-cameras-only events where

congressmen wing ad-libbed questions in search of sound bites. In the weeks leading up to the hearing, Levin's team carefully rehearsed the moment with committee members. They knew the possible answers that Goldman might give, and they were ready with specific counter questions. What ensued looked more like a good old-fashioned courtroom grilling than a photo-op for grinning congressmen. Sparks, who stepped down as Goldman's mortgage chief in 2008, cut a striking figure in his testimony. With his severe crew cut, deep-set eyes and jockish intransigence, he looked like a cross between H.R. Haldeman and John Rocker. He repeatedly dodged questions from Levin about whether or not the bank had a responsibility to tell its clients that it was betting against the same stuff it was selling them. When asked directly if he had that responsibility, Sparks answered, "The clients who did not want to participate in that deal did not." When Levin pressed him again, asking if he had a duty to disclose that Goldman had an "adverse interest" to the deals being sold to clients, Sparks fidgeted and pretended not to comprehend the question. "Mr. Chairman," he said, "I'm just trying to understand." OK, fine — non-answer answers. "My guess is they were all pretty well coached up," says Kaufman, the law professor. But then Sparks had a revealing exchange with Sen. Jon Tester of Montana. Tester calls the Goldman deals "a wreck waiting to happen," noting that the CDOs "were all downgraded to junk in very short order." At which point, Sparks replies, "Well, senator, at the time we did those deals, we expected those deals to perform." Tester then cannily asks if by "perform," Sparks means go to shit — which would have been an honest answer. "Perform in what way?" Tester asks. "Perform to go to junk so that the shorts made out?" Unable to resist the taunt, Sparks makes a fateful decision to defend his honor. "To not be downgraded to junk in that short a time frame," he says. Then he pauses and decides to dispense with the hedging phrase "in that short a time frame." "In fact," Sparks says, "to not be downgraded to junk." So Sparks goes before Congress and, under oath, tells a U.S. senator that at the time he was selling Timberwolf, he expected it to "perform." But an internal document he approved in May 2007 predicted exactly the opposite, warning that Goldman's mortgage desk expected such deals to "underperform." Here are some other terms that Sparks used in e-mails about the subprime market affecting deals like Timberwolf around that same time: "bad and getting worse," "get out of everything," "game over," "bad news everywhere" and "the business is totally dead." And we indicted Roger Clemens? Another extraordinary example of Goldman's penchant for truth avoidance came when Joshua Birnbaum, former head of structured-products trading for the bank, gave a deposition to Levin's committee. Asked point-blank if Goldman's huge "short" on mortgages was an intentional bet against the market or simply a "hedge" against potential losses, Birnbaum played dumb. "I do not know whether the shorts were a hedge," he said. But the committee, it turned out, already knew that Birnbaum had written a memo in which he had spelled out the truth: "The shorts were not a hedge." When Birnbaum's lawyers learned that their client's own words had been used against him, they hilariously sent an outraged letter complaining that Birnbaum didn't know the committee had his memo when he decided to dodge the question. They also submitted a "supplemental" answer. Birnbaum now said, "Having reviewed the document the staff did not previously provide me" — his own words! — "I can now recall that ... I believed ... these short positions were not a hedge." (Goldman, for its part, dismisses Birnbaum as a single trader who "neither saw nor knew the firm's overall risk positions.") When it came time for Goldman CEO Lloyd Blankfein to testify, the banker hedged and stammered like a brain-addled boxer who couldn't quite follow the questions. When Levin asked how Blankfein felt about the fact that Goldman collected $13 billion from U.S. taxpayers through the AIG bailout, the CEO deflected over and over, insisting that Goldman would somehow have made that money anyway through its private insurance policies on AIG. When Levin

pressed Blankfein, pointing out that he hadn't answered the question, Blankfein simply peered at Levin like he didn't understand. But Blankfein also testified unequivocally to the following: "Much has been said about the supposedly massive short Goldman Sachs had on the U.S. housing market. The fact is, we were not consistently or significantly net-short the market in residential mortgage-related products in 2007 and 2008. We didn't have a massive short against the housing market, and we certainly did not bet against our clients." Levin couldn't believe what he was hearing. "Heck, yes, I was offended," he says. "Goldman's CEO claimed the firm 'didn't have a massive short,' when the opposite was true." First of all, in Goldman's own internal memoranda, the bank calls its giant, $13 billion bet against mortgages "the big short." Second, by the time Sparks and Co. were unloading the Timberwolves of the world on their "unicorns" and "flying pigs" in the summer of 2007, Goldman's mortgage department accounted for 54 percent of the bank's risk. That means more than half of all the bank's risk was wrapped up in its bet against the mortgage market â&#x20AC;&#x201D; a "massive short" by any definition. Indeed, the bank was betting so much money on mortgages that its executives had become comically blasĂŠ about giant swings on a daily basis. When Goldman lost more than $100 million on August 8th, 2007, Montag circulated this e-mail: "So who lost the hundy?" This month, after releasing his report, Levin sent all of this material to the Justice Department. His conclusion was simple. "In my judgment," he declared, "Goldman clearly misled their clients, and they misled the Congress." Goldman, unsurprisingly, disagreed: "Our testimony was truthful and accurate, and that applies to all of our testimony," said spokesman Michael DuVally. In a statement to Rolling Stone, Goldman insists that its behavior throughout the period covered in the Levin report was consistent with responsible business practice, and that its machinations in the mortgage market were simply an attempt to manage risk. It wouldn't be hard for federal or state prosecutors to use the Levin report to make a criminal case against Goldman. I ask Eliot Spitzer what he would do if he were still attorney general and he saw the Levin report. "Once the steam stopped coming out of my ears, I'd be dropping so many subpoenas," he says. "And I would parse every potential inconsistency between the testimony they gave to Congress and the facts as we now understand them." I ask what inconsistencies jump out at him. "They keep claiming they were only marginally short, that it was more just servicing their clients," he says. "But it sure doesn't look like that." He pauses. "They were $13 billion short. That's big â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 50 percent of their risk. It was so completely disproportionate." Lloyd Blankfein went to Washington and testified under oath that Goldman Sachs didn't make a massive short bet and didn't bet against its clients. The Levin report proves that Goldman spent the whole summer of 2007 riding a "big short" and took a multibillion-dollar bet against its clients, a bet that incidentally made them enormous profits. Are we all missing something? Is there some different and higher standard of triple- and quadruple-lying that applies to bank CEOs but not to baseball players? This issue is bigger than what Goldman executives did or did not say under oath. The Levin report catalogs dozens of instances of business practices that are objectively shocking, no matter how any high-priced lawyer chooses to interpret them: gambling billions on the misfortune of your own clients, gouging customers on prices millions of dollars at a time, keeping customers trapped in bad investments even as they begged the bank to sell, plus myriad deceptions of the "failure to disclose" variety, in which customers were pitched investment deals without ever being told they were designed to help Goldman "clean" its bad inventory. For years, the soundness of America's financial system has been based on the proposition that it's a crime to lie in a prospectus or a sales brochure. But the Levin report reveals a bank gone way beyond such pathetic little boundaries; the collective picture resembles a financial version of The Jungle, a portrait of corporate sociopathy that makes you never want to go near a sausage again. Upton Sinclair's narrative shocked the nation into a painful realization about the pervasive filth and corruption behind America's veneer of smart, robust efficiency. But Carl Levin's very similar tale probably will not. The fact that this evidence comes from a U.S. senator's office, and not the FBI or the SEC, is itself an element in the worsening tale of

lawlessness and despotism that sparked a global economic meltdown. "Why should Carl Levin be the one who needs to do this?" asks Spitzer. "Where's the SEC? Where are any of the regulatory bodies?" This isn't just a matter of a few seedy guys stealing a few bucks. This is America: Corporate stealing is practically the national pastime, and Goldman Sachs is far from the only company to get away with doing it. But the prominence of this bank and the high-profile nature of its confrontation with a powerful Senate committee makes this a political story as well. If the Justice Department fails to give the American people a chance to judge this case — if Goldman skates without so much as a trial — it will confirm once and for all the embarrassing truth: that the law in America is subjective, and crime is defined not by what you did, but by who you are. http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-people-vs-goldman-sachs-20110511?print=true

Watch The Forgotten Man - Jon McNaughton at www.youtube.com/watch?v=4KGlBHyVeYU

“The division of the United States into two federations of equal force was decided long before the civil war by the high financial power of Europe. These bankers were afraid that the United States, if they remained in one block and as one nation, would attain economical and financial independence, which would upset their financial domination over the world. The voice of the Rothschilds predominated. They foresaw the tremendous booty if they could substitute two feeble democracies, indebted to the financiers, to the vigorous Republic, confident and self-providing. Therefore they started their emissaries in order to exploit the question of slavery and thus dig an abyss between the two parts of the Republic.” Otto Von Bismarck, 1876

To compel a man to subsidize with his taxes the propagation of ideas which he disbelieves and abhors is sinful and tyrannical. Thomas Jefferson

Communist Goals (1963) Documentation below Congressional Record--Appendix, pp. A34-A35 January 10, 1963 Current Communist Goals EXTENSION OF REMARKS OF HON. A. S. HERLONG, JR. OF FLORIDA IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES Thursday, January 10, 1963 Mr. HERLONG. Mr. Speaker, Mrs. Patricia Nordman of De Land, Fla., is an ardent and articulate opponent of communism, and until recently published the De Land Courier, which she dedicated to the purpose of alerting the public to the dangers of communism in America. At Mrs. Nordman's request, I include in the RECORD, under unanimous consent, the following "Current Communist Goals," which she identifies as an excerpt from "The Naked Communist," by Cleon Skousen: [From "The Naked Communist," by Cleon Skousen] CURRENT COMMUNIST GOALS 1. U.S. acceptance of coexistence as the only alternative to atomic war. 2. U.S. willingness to capitulate in preference to engaging in atomic war. 3. Develop the illusion that total disarmament [by] the United States would be a demonstration of moral strength. 4. Permit free trade between all nations regardless of Communist affiliation and regardless of whether or not items could be used for war. 5. Extension of long-term loans to Russia and Soviet satellites. 6. Provide American aid to all nations regardless of Communist domination. 7. Grant recognition of Red China. Admission of Red China to the U.N. 8. Set up East and West Germany as separate states in spite of Khrushchev's promise in 1955 to settle the German question by free elections under supervision of the U.N. 9. Prolong the conferences to ban atomic tests because the United States has agreed to suspend tests as long as negotiations are in progress. 10. Allow all Soviet satellites individual representation in the U.N. 11. Promote the U.N. as the only hope for mankind. If its charter is rewritten, demand that it be set up as a oneworld government with its own independent armed forces. (Some Communist leaders believe the world can

be taken over as easily by the U.N. as by Moscow. Sometimes these two centers compete with each other as they are now doing in the Congo.) 12. Resist any attempt to outlaw the Communist Party. 13. Do away with all loyalty oaths. 14. Continue giving Russia access to the U.S. Patent Office. 15. Capture one or both of the political parties in the United States. 16. Use technical decisions of the courts to weaken basic American institutions by claiming their activities violate civil rights. 17. Get control of the schools. Use them as transmission belts for socialism and current Communist propaganda. Soften the curriculum. Get control of teachers' associations. Put the party line in textbooks. 18. Gain control of all student newspapers. 19. Use student riots to foment public protests against programs or organizations which are under Communist attack. 20. Infiltrate the press. Get control of book-review assignments, editorial writing, policymaking positions. 21. Gain control of key positions in radio, TV, and motion pictures. 22. Continue discrediting American culture by degrading all forms of artistic expression. An American Communist cell was told to "eliminate all good sculpture from parks and buildings, substitute shapeless, awkward and meaningless forms." 23. Control art critics and directors of art museums. "Our plan is to promote ugliness, repulsive, meaningless art." 24. Eliminate all laws governing obscenity by calling them "censorship" and a violation of free speech and free press. 25. Break down cultural standards of morality by promoting pornography and obscenity in books, magazines, motion pictures, radio, and TV. 26. Present homosexuality, degeneracy and promiscuity as "normal, natural, healthy." 27. Infiltrate the churches and replace revealed religion with "social" religion. Discredit the Bible and emphasize the need for intellectual maturity which does not need a "religious crutch." 28. Eliminate prayer or any phase of religious expression in the schools on the ground that it violates the principle of "separation of church and state." 29. Discredit the American Constitution by calling it inadequate, old-fashioned, out of step with modern needs, a hindrance to cooperation between nations on a worldwide basis. 30. Discredit the American Founding Fathers. Present them as selfish aristocrats who had no concern for the "common man." 31. Belittle all forms of American culture and discourage the teaching of American history on the ground that it was only a minor part of the "big picture." Give more emphasis to Russian history since the Communists took over. 32. Support any socialist movement to give centralized control over any part of the culture--education, social agencies, welfare programs, mental health clinics, etc. 33. Eliminate all laws or procedures which interfere with the operation of the Communist apparatus. 34. Eliminate the House Committee on Un-American Activities. 35. Discredit and eventually dismantle the FBI. 36. Infiltrate and gain control of more unions. 37. Infiltrate and gain control of big business.

38. Transfer some of the powers of arrest from the police to social agencies. Treat all behavioral problems as psychiatric disorders which no one but psychiatrists can understand [or treat]. 39. Dominate the psychiatric profession and use mental health laws as a means of gaining coercive control over those who oppose Communist goals. 40. Discredit the family as an institution. Encourage promiscuity and easy divorce. 41. Emphasize the need to raise children away from the negative influence of parents. Attribute prejudices, mental blocks and retarding of children to suppressive influence of parents. 42. Create the impression that violence and insurrection are legitimate aspects of the American tradition; that students and special-interest groups should rise up and use ["]united force["] to solve economic, political or social problems. 43. Overthrow all colonial governments before native populations are ready for self-government. 44. Internationalize the Panama Canal. 45. Repeal the Connally reservation so the United States cannot prevent the World Court from seizing jurisdiction [over domestic problems. Give the World Court jurisdiction] over nations and individuals alike. The quote starts on page 259. California State University at San Jose, Clark Library stacks call number: Naked Communist Skousen, W. Cleon. Naked Communist Salt Lake City, Utah: Ensign Publishing Co. C. 1961 , 9th edition July 1961.

I am concerned for the security of our great nation, not so much because of any threat from without, but because of the insidious forces working from within. ~ General Douglas MacArthur

John Perkins on Alex Jones Tv (HD)

"Confessions of an Economic Hit Man" 1/5 TheAlexJonesChannel Uploaded by TheAlexJonesChannel on May 19, 2009

John Perkins's classic exposĂŠ, Confessions of an Economic Hit Man, spent over 70 weeks on the New York Times bestseller list and is published in more than 30 languages. His follow-up, The Secret History of the American Empire, provides a plan for creating a sustainable, just, and peaceful world. He is the author of Shapeshifting, The World Is As You Dream It, and other books on indigenous cultures and personal transformation; is a founder and board member of Dream Change and The Pachamama Alliance, nonprofit organizations devoted to establishing a world our children will want to inherit; and has lectured at universities in many countries.

Watch the video:

www.youtube.com/user/TheAlexJonesChannel#p/search/0/yCZCA5ZinNwwww.johnperkins.org/

http://prisonplanet.tv/

Get a PDF copy: A Game as Old as Empire â&#x20AC;&#x201C; The Secret World of Economic Hit Men and the Web of Global Corruption www.4shared.com/get/X9XQNK3h/John_Perkins_and_Steven_Hiatt_.html

Read online: http://www.scribd.com/doc/14707097/A-Game-As-OldAs-Empire-The-Secret-World-of-Economic-Hit-Men-and-the-Web-ofGlobal-Corruption

Our Politicians Are Selling off Pieces of America to Foreign Investors – And Goldman Sachs is Helping Them Do It The American Dream July 6, 2011

All over the United States, politicians are selling off key pieces of infrastructure to foreign investors and big Wall Street banks like Goldman Sachs are helping them do it. State and local governments across the country that are drowning in debt and that are desperate for cash are increasingly turning to the “privatization” of public assets as the solution to their problems. Pieces of infrastructure that taxpayers have already paid for such as highways, water treatment plants, libraries, parking meters, airports and power plants are being auctioned off to the highest bidder. Most of the time what happens is that the state or local government receives a huge lump sum of cash up front for a long-term lease (usually 75 years or longer) and the foreign investors come in and soak as much revenue out of the piece of infrastructure that they possibly can. The losers in these deals are almost always the taxpayers. Pieces of America are literally being auctioned off just to help state and local governments minimize their debt problems for a year or two, but the consequences of these deals will be felt for decades. Sadly, this trend continues to accelerate. Just this week, a bill that will allow the state government of Ohio to proceed with plans to lease the Ohio Turnpike to investors was approved. The state government of Ohio will soon receive a one-time injection of cash and everyone in the area that uses the Ohio Turnpike will end up paying much higher tolls for decades to come. Highways have also been auctioned off (most of the time to foreign investors) in Indiana, the city of Chicago, Florida, Virginia and Texas. Amazingly, many politicians continue to insist that selling off pieces of infrastructure that have already been fully paid for by taxpayers is a wonderful thing. In fact, there are actually some politicians that have the gall to call it a “conservative” thing to do. For example, Rick Perry has been at the forefront of the effort to “privatize” the highways of Texas. You would think that the people of Texas would have gotten rid of him by now, but considering the fact that he may be running for the Republican nomination in 2012, he just might be our next president. What makes the selling off of our infrastructure even worse is that big Wall Street banks such as Goldman Sachs are helping our corrupt politicians do it.

In fact, Wall Street sees a tremendous opportunity in the “distressed assets” of our broke state and local governments. The fact that Goldman Sachs is making millions auctioning off our public infrastructure should make the blood of all red-blooded Americans boil. The following is a brief excerpt from a recent article posted on dylanratigan.com…. On Wall Street, setting up and running “Infrastructure Funds” is big business, with over $140 billion run by such banks as Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, and Australian infrastructure specialist Macquarie. Goldman’s 2010 SEC filing should give you some sense of the scope of the campaign. Goldman says it will be involved with “ownership and operation of public services, such as airports, toll roads and shipping ports, as well as power generation facilities, physical commodities and other commodities infrastructure components, both within and outside the United States.” While the bank sees increased opportunity in “distressed assets” (ie. Cities and states gone broke because of the financial crisis), the bank also recognizes “reputational concerns with the manner in which these assets are being operated or held.” Why does Goldman Sachs always seem to be at the heart of so many things that are wrong with our financial system? Unfortunately, Goldman Sachs is not the only one seeking to make a quick buck these days. Foreign investors in particular seem to have an affinity for pieces of U.S. infrastructure, and Wall Street banks such as Goldman Sachs love to help them gobble it up. The sovereign wealth funds of nations such as Saudi Arabia, China, Kuwait, Libya, Singapore and the United Arab Emirates are eagerly investing in highways, ports, toll roads and even parking meters all across America. So precisely what is a sovereign wealth fund? In a previous article I defined it as “a huge mountain of state-owned money that roams about the countryside looking for assets to gobble up.” The combination of sovereign wealth funds with huge piles of money to burn and state and local governments that are desperate to raise cash has created something of a “perfect storm”. In an article for Rolling Stone, Matt Taibbi documented some of the key pieces of infrastructure that these sovereign wealth funds have been gobbling up…. A toll highway in Indiana. The Chicago Skyway. A stretch of highway in Florida. Parking meters in Nashville, Pittsburgh, Los Angeles, and other cities. A port in Virginia. And a whole bevy of Californian public infrastructure projects, all either already leased or set to be leased for fifty or seventy-five years or more in exchange for one-off lump sum payments of a few billion bucks at best, usually just to help patch a hole or two in a single budget year.

As Taibbi noted, the money that is raised from these long-term leases usually only helps fix budget problems for a year or two, but the pieces of infrastructure that are being auctioned off will be in the hands of foreigners for decades to come. Sadly, much of our own infrastructure is not even built in this country anymore. For example, a 2,050 foot bridge that is going to connect San Francisco and Oakland is actually being built in China and is being shipped over to the U.S. piece by piece. This bridge is being constructed by the China State Construction Engineering Group, and according to an article in The Telegraph, they have been building a whole lot of major projects all over the United States…. CSCEC has already built seven schools in the US, apartment blocks in Washington DC and New York and is in the middle of building a 4,000-room casino in Atlantic City. In New York, it has won contracts to renovate the subway system, build a new metro platform near Yankee stadium, and refurbish the Alexander Hamilton Bridge over the Harlem river. Massive corporations that are either fully or partially owned by the Chinese government are deeply integrating themselves into the U.S. economy. For much more on this phenomenon, please see a previous article I authored entitled “The Chinese Government Is Buying Up Economic Assets And Huge Tracts Of Land All Over The United States“. Sadly, as our state and local governments get even deeper into debt, the amount of infrastructure that is being auctioned off to foreigners will continue to grow. Most Americans don’t realize how desperate many state and local governments have become. For example, things have gotten so tight that New York City is now actually rationing toilet paper at Coney Island. The United States is drowning in debt from coast to coast and pieces of the country are literally being auctioned off. The looting and the “privatization” are only going to intensify as our state and local government debt problems get even worse. Perhaps on all future maps of the world we should just put a big “for sale” sign on the United States. What in the world has happened to this country? http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/our-politicians-are-selling-off-pieces-of-america-to-foreign-investors-and-goldman-sachs-is-helping-them-do-it

Visit www.dailypaul.com/

Purloining the People’s Property Ralph Nader Infowars August 5, 2009

Every week, Marcia Carroll collects examples of privatization (that is, corporatization of the peoples’ assets). Looking at her website, privatizationwatch.org, will either make you laugh helplessly or make your blood boil. The “off the wall” giveaways at bargain-basement prices of what you and other Americans own eclipses imagination. The latest escapes from responsible government are called “public-private partnerships” and are designed to enable the likes of Morgan Stanley and Goldman Sachs to take over highways, meter-collecting, and public buildings in deals that are loaded with complex tax advantages for the investors. Here are two of her latest entries. Arizona lawmakers and Governor Jan Brewer are moving to fill a $3.4 billion budget shortfall by selling state-owned buildings. These include not only prisons, but also the House and Senate buildings. That’s the state legislature, fellow Americans! Metaphor becomes reality! The proposed sale has bipartisan support and will require a leaseback by the buying corporation to the lawmakers with the right to repurchase the premises within twenty years. The Arizona Republic reports that the deal, which includes 32 state properties, would bring in $735 million in upfront money and entail state lease payments totaling $60-70 million a year.

Arizona lawmakers and Governor Jan Brewer are moving to fill a $3.4 billion budget shortfall by selling state-owned buildings.

“We need the money,” State Minority Whip Linda Lopez, a Tuscon Democrat said, adding, “You’ve got to find it somewhere.” Well, why not rent out the backs of the state legislators to their favorite corporate funders? At least the public would get full disclosure of ownership. “I look at it as taking out a mortgage,” practical Arizona House Majority Leader John McCormish, a Republican, told the Wall Street Journal. The second item comes from the Denver Post, which reports that the foreign consortium, auto-estradas de Portugal (Brisa), operating the toll road Northwest Parkway under a 99-year lease, objected to improvements on a nearby public road. Under the complex leasing contract, the company could cite the improvements as an “adverse action” reducing toll revenue and the number of vehicles using the parkway. This action would presumably entitle this foreign company to compensation from Colorado taxpayers.

Last year, Pennsylvania Governor Ed Rendell tried to push through the legislature a complex, 75-year lease of the storied Pennsylvania Turnpike in exchange for $12.8 billion up front. All kinds of tax breaks and trap-door evasions filled the 686 page lease. The Governor was prepared, for example, to agree to pay the consortium of foreign investors if new safety measures or emergency vehicles entered the toll road and affected the flow of traffic. Fortunately, the legislature rebelled and blocked the deal. The Indiana Toll Road was turned over to private companies in 2006. The 75-year lease was for $3.8 billion, which is a little more than the cost to repair the Woodrow Wilson bridge over the Potomac River between Virginia and Washington, DC. Tolls on the Indiana Toll Road have already doubled and are expected to double again within ten years, according to the Dallas Morning News. Last year, Mayor Richard Daley of Chicago privatized the city’s parking meters. Chicago’s inspector general concluded that the meters were worth nearly twice as much to the city as the $1.15 billion that the city received under an agreement rushed through the City Council with no civic input. A fourfold increase in meter rates this year has driven many motorists to residential neighborhoods in search of free parking spaces. Indiana, a leader in outsourcing governmental functions to private corporations, gave the servicing of the state’s welfare program to IBM. According to the Indianapolis Star, error rates since corporatization have risen 17.5 percent last November and 21.4 percent in December. The myth that corporatization is “better, faster, and cheaper” is falling apart. This year, the IRS announced that it will end the use of private tax collectors after consumer groups argued that taxpayers were subjected to immediate payment demands by private collectors while IRS employees would offer citizens an array of options to help pay their tax debt. Then there are the corporatized water systems where the companies deliver poorer service at higher cost. Since the 19th century, privatizing public functions has opened the doors to kickbacks, price fixing, and collusive bidding. New depths of corruption were reached in Pennsylvania recently when two state judges pleaded guilty to taking bribes in return for sending youths to privately-owned jails. After reading report after report about the vast, relentless waste, fraud, and abuse arising out of corporate contractors to the Pentagon in Iraq, why should readers be surprised at this domestic scene whereby taxpayers pay through the nose for corporations to govern them? So, you’re not surprised. But are you indignant? Are you ready to make sure the politicians hear from you in no uncertain terms, hear from you to stop this recklessness and restore public control of the public infrastructure under accountable government? If the state politicos try to pull a fast one, demand public hearings with thorough reviews of the proposed contracts or leasebacks. Better yet, in states like Arizona or Colorado, require any such proposals go through the open, state-wide referendum voting process. Corporatizations such as the above just pass on to our children the burdens that our generation should have assumed itself to run government within its means funded by fair taxation.

www.infowars.com/purloining-the-peoples-property/

Our mission is to promote and defend the great American principles of individual liberty, constitutional government, sound money, free markets, and a noninterventionist foreign policy, by means of educational and political activity.

Statement of Principles Americans inherit from our ancestors a glorious tradition of freedom and resistance to oppression. Our country has long been admired by the rest of the world for her great example of liberty and prosperityâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;a light shining in the darkness of tyranny. But many Americans today are frustrated. The political choices they are offered give them no real choice at all. For all their talk of "change," neither major political party as presently constituted challenges the status quo in any serious way. Neither treats the Constitution with anything but contempt. Neither offers any kind of change in monetary policy. Neither wants to make the reductions in government that our crushing debt burden demands. Neither talks about bringing American troops home not just from Iraq but from around the world. Our country is going bankrupt, and none of these sensible proposals are even on the table. This destructive bipartisan consensus has suffocated American political life for many years. Anyone who tries to ask fundamental questions instead of cosmetic ones is ridiculed or ignored. That is why the Campaign for Liberty was established: to highlight the neglected but common-sense principles we champion and reinsert them into the American political conversation. The U.S. Constitution is at the heart of what the Campaign for Liberty stands for, since the very least we can demand of our government is fidelity to its own governing document. Claims that our Constitution was meant to be a "living document" that judges may interpret as they please are fraudulent, incompatible with republican government, and without foundation in the constitutional text or the thinking of the Framers. Thomas Jefferson spoke of binding our rulers down from mischief by the chains of the Constitution, and we are proud to follow in his distinguished lineage. With our Founding Fathers, we also believe in a noninterventionist foreign policy. Inspired by the old Robert Taft wing of the Republican Party, we are convinced that the American people cannot remain free and prosperous with 700 military bases around the world, troops in 130 countries, and a steady diet of war propaganda. Our military overstretch is undermining our national defense and bankrupting our country. We believe that the free market, reviled by people who do not understand it, is the most just and humane economic system and the greatest engine of prosperity the world has ever known. We believe with Ludwig von Mises, Henry Hazlitt, and F.A. Hayek that central banking distorts economic decisionmaking and misleads entrepreneurs into making unsound investments. Hayek won the Nobel Prize for

showing how central banks' interference with interest rates sets the stage for economic downturns. And the central bank's ability to create money out of thin air transfers wealth from the most vulnerable to those with political pull, since it is the latter who receive the new money before the price increases it brings in its wake have yet occurred. For economic and moral reasons, therefore, we join the great twentieth-century economists in opposing the Federal Reserve System, which has reduced the value of the dollar by 95 percent since it began in 1913. We oppose the dehumanizing assumption that all issues that divide us must be settled at the federal level and forced on every American community, whether by activist judges, a power-hungry executive, or a meddling Congress. We believe in the humane alternative of local self-government, as called for in our Constitution. We oppose the transfer of American sovereignty to supranational organizations in which the American people possess no elected representatives. Such compromises of our country's independence run counter to the principles of the American Revolution, which was fought on behalf of self-government and local control. Most of these organizations have a terrible track record even on their own terms: how much poverty have the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund actually alleviated, for example? The peoples of the world can interact with each other just fine in the absence of bureaucratic intermediaries that undermine their sovereignty. We believe that freedom is an indivisible whole, and that it includes not only economic liberty but civil liberties and privacy rights as well, all of which are historic rights that our civilization has cherished from time immemorial. Our stances on other issues can be deduced from these general principles. Our country is ailing. That is the bad news. The good news is that the remedy is so simple and attractive: a return to the principles our Founders taught us. Respect for the Constitution, the rule of law, individual liberty, sound money, and a noninterventionist foreign policy constitute the foundation of the Campaign for Liberty. Will you join us?

An Open Letter to Congress Whereas: Congress, the Federal Reserve, and the U.S. Treasury have put the American taxpayer on the hook for over $16 trillion in bailouts and loans; and Whereas: The Federal Reserve continues to refuse to fully disclose the details of its emergency lending; and Whereas: Allowing the Fed to operate our nation's monetary system in almost complete secrecy leads to abuse, inflation, and a lower quality of life for every American; and Whereas: HR 459 and S 202, the Federal Reserve Transparency Act, would require a complete audit of the Fed for the first time in its history and would provide answers to the American people about how our money is being spent; Therefore: It's time to hold the Federal Reserve accountable to Congress and the American People. I urge you to do everything in your power to pass the Audit the Fed bill! Submit the information below to sign the petition and join the Audit the Fed coalition. Copies will be sent to your representatives in Congress: http://www.auditthefed.com/

Friday, June 24, 2011

Agenda 21, Population Control and Obama's Rural Council: A New World Order Coming Fast It is absolutely unbelievable how quickly we are headed into a "New World Order" as led by the globalists, the UN and now the U.S. president. Things are happening very fast now and the Tribulation is almost within reach. There is no doubt about that. Al Gore, Agenda 21 and Population Control So exactly what is Agenda 21? The following is how the United Nations defines Agenda 21.... Agenda 21 is a comprehensive plan of action to be taken globally, nationally and locally by organizations of the United Nations System, Governments, and Major Groups in every area in which human impacts on the environment. When you start doing deep research into Agenda 21, you will find that describing it as a "comprehensive plan" is an understatement. Virtually all forms of human activity impact the environment. The rabid "environmentalists" behind the green agenda intend to take all human activity and put it into a box called "sustainable development". The following is language from a UN resolution that was adopted by the UN General Assembly that was designed to further the implementation of Agenda 21.... "â&#x20AC;Ś.population growth rates have been declining globally, largely as a result of expanded basic education and health care. That trend is projected to lead to a stable world population in the middle of the twenty-first centuryâ&#x20AC;Ś The current decline in population growth rates must be further promoted through national and international policies that promote economic development, social development, environmental protection, and poverty eradication, particularly the further expansion of basic education, with full and equal access for girls and women, and health care, including reproductive health care, including both family planning and sexual health, consistent with the report of the International Conference on Population and Development." Most Americans don't grasp it yet, but the truth is that the global elite are absolutely obsessed with population control. In fact, there is a growing consensus among the global elite that they need to get rid of 80 to 90 percent of us. Sadly, this philosophy is now regularly being reflected in official UN documents. For example, the March 2009 U.N. Population Division policy brief begins with the following shocking statement.... What would it take to accelerate fertility decline in the least developed countries?

If these items weren't in plain English, in "black and white" it would be almost impossible to believe. But the fact is - these items are in plain English, in black and white: This agenda showed up again when the United Nations Population Fund released its annual State of the World Population Report for 2009 entitled "Facing a Changing World: Women, Population and Climate". 1) "Each birth results not only in the emissions attributable to that person in his or her lifetime, but also the emissions of all his or her descendants. Hence, the emissions savings from intended or planned births multiply with time." 2) "No human is genuinely "carbon neutral," especially when all greenhouse gases are figured into the equation. Therefore, everyone is part of the problem, so everyone must be part of the solution in some way." 3) "Strong family planning programes are in the interests of all countries for greenhouse-gas concerns as well as for broader welfare concerns." There is much much more contained in this article, but lets move on to this even more ominous article: Agenda 21 and Obama's Rural Council? On June 9, 2011, an Executive Order established the White House Rural Council with 25 executive branch departments including Defense, Justice, Homeland Security, National Drug Control, Environmental Quality, Labor, Commerce, Interior, EPA, Housing, Health, Education to name just a few. The order covers 16% of the American population who lives in rural counties because they “supply our food, fiber, and energy, safeguard our natural resources, and are essential in the development of science and innovation." Where is this taking us? Communist “social engineering” confiscated land and homes for agriculture. People were forced to move into many-storied, tiny cinder block apartments without any compensation for the land or homes bulldozed. They were forced to commute by bicycles or public transit. A handful of environmentalists, the EPA, and the United Nation’s dictators, using faulty debunked data from the University of East Anglia or phony research are trying to separate Americans from their land use, cars, trucks, and the open-wide roads It is obvious that “smart growth plans” or Agenda 21 designed by United Nations will affect our future choices in how we live and where. By the time Americans realize the implications of Agenda 21“smart growth,” they will lose their homes and

lands with no compensation. At least people who lost property under Eminent Domain have been compensated. On to Agenda 21: Agenda 21 sets up the global infrastructure to manage, count, and control assets. “Social equity” is the new euphemism for “social justice” the Marxists in our government have been using a lot lately. Who gave them the authority and the mandate to initiate such change? I do not remember the American people being asked through a referendum whether we wanted our way of life to be fundamentally changed according to mandates set up by the United Nations. How will population growth control be achieved in order to protect the precious environment. Along with this, we see the ICLEI as a big part of Agenda 21: The International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) is a conglomerate of 600 national, regional, and local government associations who promote “sustainable development” and protection of the environment because of man-made global warming that does not exist. “Sustainable development” is the United Nations effort to contain and limit economic development in developed countries and thus control population growth. It is “sustainable de-growth,” plain and simple. The focus is “low-income agriculture” and to set limits on the developed world Unfortunately, this (below) is conveniently being ignored: Article I, Section 10 of the Constitution states clearly, “No State shall enter into any Treaty, Alliance, or Confederation, ...No State shall,... enter into an Agreement or Compact with another State or with a foreign power…” The counties and cities that are members of ICLEI in the U.S. through its national organization are attempting to implement foreign policy, which our Constitution forbids. What mayors and municipal governments are doing is plain unconstitutional. Also see: Alert! New Executive Order - Agenda 21 Obama's Rural Council Obama is surrendering our Sovereignty, our country to the UN. On June 9, 2011, an Executive Order established the White House Rural Council with 25 executive branch departments including Defense, Justice, Homeland Security, National Drug Control, Environmental Quality, Labor, Commerce, Interior, EPA, Housing, Health, Education to name just a few. It ensures Rural America will participate in Agenda 21 goals of Globalization. The ICLEI non-governmental UN organization gets a partner to reach into Rural America.

1. Federal Control of Rural American Resources (Food, Health, Energy, Education/Schools, Property, Water and Lives). 2. Increased Federal Regulation through Executive Order (Legislation from the Oval Office) 3. More Regulation of Food production 4. More Regulation of Land use 5. Agenda 21 implementation accelerates in Rural America 6. Implementation of Cap and Trade 7. No definitions of what “Rural America” is. Matter of fact, no definitions at all. 8. More Lawmaking through Regulation (State and Local levels) 9. More State/County Control over your city/town due to grant money distribution 10. Less Local participation due to Regionalization 11. More Federal Jobs funded at Tax Payer Expense Also see this: Obama Signs Agenda 21-Related Executive Order President Obama signed his 86th executive order (13575) on June 9, which established the White House Rural Council (WHRC). According to The Blaze, the Executive Order seems to be in line with the United Nations radical Agenda 21, as it is designed “to begin taking control over almost all aspects of the lives of 16 percent of the American people.” As the Executive Order references “sustainable rural communities,” it raises a few eyebrows, since that is one of the key phrases found in the UN plan for sustainable development known as Agenda 21. The order admits that it intends to seize greater power over “food, fiber, and energy,” items that are key to human sustenance. The order also states that the WHRC will “coordinate and increase the effectiveness of Federal engagement with rural stakeholders, including agricultural organizations, small businesses, education and training institutions, healthcare providers, telecommunications services providers, research and land grant institutions, law enforcement, State, local, and tribal governments, and nongovernmental organizations regarding the needs of rural America.”

In other words, the federal government will seemingly control every aspect of rural America. The connections to Agenda 21 are obvious: Even more notable than the levels of power being achieved by the creation of this new council is the various connections to Agenda 21. For example, Valerie Jarrett served as a member on the board of the Local Initiatives Support Coalition (LISC), which uses the language of Agenda 21 and ICLEI [International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives] as their webpage descriptively explains the organization’s work to build “sustainable communities.” Likewise, Melody Barnes is the former Vice President of the George Soros-funded Center for American Progress. Soros is a prime advocate of Agenda 21 and in fact, his Open Society provided $2,147,415 to ICLEI. Fortunately, Americans are becoming increasingly aware of the radical agenda being pushed by the U.N. and supported by this government, and have hosted a number of anti-ICLEI rallies this week, with more planned in the future. Obama complies with Agenda 21 and expands federal power This is not only unbelievable, but the fact that the MSM is keeping this hidden is even more amazing. We are losing our freedoms in leaps and bounds, and no one barely notices. Not only in America, but we are watching the EU countries losing their sovereignty nation by nation, with Greece leading the charge. We are rapidly evolving into a one world government - a concept that seemed absurd only a couple of decades ago. But we are almost there. http://prophecyupdate.blogspot.com/2011/06/agenda-21-population-controland-obamas_3430.html ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Download a free illustrated PDF copy:

Final Warning--A History of the New World Order (90 mbs): www.scribd.com/doc/6491259/FinEdial-Warning-A-History-of-the-NewWorld-Order-Illustrated-Edition

ATTACK OF THE NGOs

by Tom DeWeese June 14, 2011, NewsWithViews.com One rarely hears of it. Few elected officials raise an eyebrow. The media makes no mention of it. But power is slowly slipping away from our elected representatives. In much the same way Mao Tse-tung had his Red Guards, so the UN has its NGOs They may well be your masters of tomorrow, and you don’t even know who or what they are. There are, in fact, two parallel, complimentary forces operating in the world, working together to advance the global Sustainable Development agenda, ultimately heading toward UN global governance. Those two forces are the UN itself and non-governmental organizations (NGOs.) Beginning with the United Nations, the infrastructure pushing the Sustainable Development agenda is a vast, international matrix. At the top of the heap is the United Nations Environmental Program (UNEP). Created in 1973 by the UN General Assembly, the UNEP is the catalyst through which the global environmental agenda is implemented. Virtually all of the international environmental programs and policy changes that have occurred globally in the past three decades are the result of UNEP efforts. But the UNEP doesn’t operate on its own. Influencing it and helping to write policy are thousands of non- governmental organizations (NGOs). These are private groups which seek to implement a specific political agenda. Through the UN infrastructure, particularly through the UNEP, they have great power. The phrase “non-governmental organization” came into use with the establishment of the United Nations Organization in 1945 with provisions in Article 71 of Chapter 10 of the United Nations Charter. The term describes a consultative role for organizations that are neither government nor member states of the UN. NGOs are not just any private group hoping to influence policy. True NGOs are officially sanctioned by the United Nations. Such status was created by UN Resolution #1296 in 1948, giving NGOs official “Consultative” status to the UN.

That means they can not only sit in on international meetings, but can actively participate in creating policy, right alongside government representatives. There are numerous classifications of NGO’s. The two most common are “Operational” and “Advocacy.” Operational NGOs are involved with designing and implementing specific projects such as feeding the hungry or organizing relief projects. These groups can be religious or secular. They can be community-based, national or international. The International Red Cross falls under the category of an operational NGO. Advocacy NGOs are promoting a specific political agenda. They lobby government bodies, use the news media and organize activist-oriented events, all designed to raise awareness and apply pressure to promote their causes which include environmental issues, human rights, poverty, education, children, drinking water, and population control – to name a few. Amnesty International is the largest human rights advocacy NGO in the world. Organized globally, it has more than 1.8 million members, supporters and subscribers in over 150 countries. Today these NGOs have power nearly equal to member nations when it comes to writing U.N. policy. Just as civil service bureaucrats provide the infrastructure for government operation, so to do NGOs provide such infrastructure for the U.N. In fact, most U.N. policy is first debated and then written by the NGOs and presented to national government officials at international meetings for approval and ratification. It is through this process that the individual political agendas of the NGO groups enter the international political arena. The policies sometimes come in the form of international treaties or simply as policy guidelines. Once the documents are presented to and accepted by representatives of member states and world leaders, obscure political agendas of private organizations suddenly become international policy, and are then adopted as national and local laws by U.N. member states. Through this very system, Sustainable Development has grown from a collection of ideas and wish lists of a wide variety of private organizations to become the most widely implemented tool in the U.N.’s quest for global governance. Who are the NGOs? The three most powerful organizations influencing UNEP policy are three international NGOs. They are the World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF), the World Resources Institute (WRI) and the International Union for Conservation and Nature (IUCN). These three groups provide the philosophy, objectives and methodology for the international environmental agenda through a series of official reports and studies such as: World Conservation Strategy, published in 1980 by all three groups; Global Biodiversity Strategy, published in 1992; and Global Biodiversity Assessment, published in 1996. These groups not only influence UNEP’s agenda, they also influence a staggering array of international and national NGOs around the world. Jay hair, former head of the National Wildlife Federation, one of the U.S.’s largest environmental organizations, was also the president of the IUCN. hair later turned up as co-chairman of the President’s Council on Sustainable Development. The WWF maintains a network of national chapters around the world, which influence, if not dominate, NGO activities at the national level. It is at the national level where NGOs agitate and lobby national governments to implement the policies that the IUCN, WWF and WRI get written into the documents that are advanced by the UNEP. In this manner, the world grows ever closer to global governance.

Other than treaties, how does UNEP policy become U.S. policy? Specifically, the IUCN has an incredible mix of U.S. government agencies along with major U.S. NGOs as members. Federal agencies include the Department of State, Department of Interior, Department of Agriculture, Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the National Park Service (NPS) the U.S. Forest Service (USFS) and the Fish and Wildlife service. These agencies send representatives to all meetings of the UNEP. Also attending those meetings as active members are NGO representatives. These include activist groups such as the Environmental Defense Fund, National Audubon Society, The Nature Conservancy, National Wildlife Federation, Zero Population growth, Planned Parenthood, the Sierra Club, the National Education Association, and hundreds more. These groups all have specific political agendas they desire to become law. Through their official contact with government agencies working side-by-side with the UNEP, their political wish lists become official government policy. How the NGO wish list becomes law how can this be, you ask? How can private organizations control policy and share equal power to elected officials? Here’s how it works. When the dust settled over the 1992 Rio Earth Summit, five major documents were forced into international policy that will change forever how national policy is made. More importantly, the Rio Summit produced the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED). UNCED outlined a new procedure for shaping policy. The procedure has no name, nor is it dictatorial. It is perhaps best described as “controlled consensus” or “affirmative acquiescence.” Put in simple street language, the procedure really amounts to a collection of NGOs, bureaucrats and government officials, all working together toward a predetermined outcome. They have met together in meetings, written policy statements based on international agreements, which they helped to create and now they are about to impose laws and regulations that will have dire effects on people’s lives and national economies. Yet, with barely a twinge of conscience they move forward with the policy, saying nothing. No one objects. It’s understood. Everyone goes along, because this is a barbaric procedure that insures their desired outcome without the ugliness of bloodshed, or even debate. It is the procedure used to advance the radical, global environmental agenda. The UNCED procedure utilizes four elements of power: international government (UN); national governments; nongovernmental organizations, and philanthropic institutions. The NGOs are the key to the process. They create policy ideas from their own private agendas. The policy idea is then adopted by one or more U.N. organizations for consideration at a regional conference. Each conference is preceded by an NGO forum designed specifically to bring NGO activists into the debate. There they are fully briefed on the policy and then trained to prepare papers and lobby and influence the official delegates of the conference. In this way, the NGOs control the debate and assure the policy is adopted. The ultimate goal of the conference is to produce a “Convention,” which is a legally- drawn policy statement on specific issues. Once the “Convention” is adopted by the delegates, it is sent to the national governments for official ratification. Once that is done, the new policy becomes international law. Then the real work begins. Compliance must be assured. Again, the NGOs come into the picture. They are responsible for pressuring Congress to write national laws in order to comply with the treaty. One trick used to assure compliance is to write into the laws the concept of third-party lawsuits.

NGOs now regularly sue the government and private citizens to force policy. Their legal fees and even damage awards are paid to them out of the government treasury. Through a coordinated process, hundreds of NGOs are at work in Congress, in every state government and in every local community, advancing some component of the global environmental agenda. However, the United States Constitution’s Tenth Amendment bars the Federal Government from writing laws that dictate local policy. To bypass this roadblock, NGOs encourage Congress to include special grants to help states and communities to fund the new policy, should they want to “voluntarily” comply. Should a community or state refuse to participate “voluntarily,” local chapters of the NGOs are trained to go into action. They begin to pressure city councils or county commissioners to accept the grants and implement the policy. Should they meet resistance, they begin to issue news releases telling the community their elected officials are losing millions of dollars for the community. The pressure continues until the grant is finally taken and the policy becomes local law. Americans must begin to understand that the debate over environmental issues have very little to do with clean water and air and much more to do with the establishment of power. NGOs are gaining it, locally elected officials are losing it, as the structure of American government changes to accommodate the private agendas of NGOs. © 2011 Tom DeWeese - All Rights Reserved Tom DeWeese is one of the nation’s leading advocates of individual liberty, free enterprise, private property rights, personal privacy, back-to-basics education and American sovereignty and independence. A native of Ohio, he’s been a candidate for the Ohio Legislature, served as editor of two newspapers, and has owned several businesses since the age of 23. In 1989 Tom led the only privately-funded election-observation team to the Panamanian elections. In 2006 Tom was invited to Cambridge University to debate the issue of the United Nations before the Cambridge Union, a 200 year old debating society. Today he serves as Founder and President of the American Policy Center and editor of The DeWeese Report For 40 years Tom DeWeese has been a businessman, grassroots activist, writer and publisher. As such, he has always advocated a firm belief in man’s need to keep moving forward while protecting our Constitutionally-guaranteed rights. The DeWeese Report , 70 Main Street, Suite 23, Warrenton Virginia. (540) 341-8911 E-Mail: admin@americanpolicy.org E-Mail: ampolicycenter@hotmail.com Website: www.americanpolicy.org http://www.newswithviews.com/DeWeese/tom198.htm

Download a free digital copy at: www.scribd.com/doc/40575332/Tyranny-Comes-to-America

â&#x20AC;&#x153;The United States Must Stop Resisting The Orderly Decline of The Dollar, The Coming Global Currency And The New World Orderâ&#x20AC;? George Soros

Soros: China Must Be Part of the New World Order In a recent interview Soros spills the beans, talks about the new world order and describes the current and future managed and well plot out destruction of the American dollar, all though he warns it might spin out of control.

Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=TOjckJWqb0A&feature=player_embedded

Regarding: The Public Private Partnership form of ‘government’ Please see The Sheriff Who Sold His County. Clint Richardson wrote: We cannot afford to ignore this! Please watch and pass on this video about Special Tax Districts and Service Areas, posted on my blog at the link below, or on YouTube at: Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=6_-XMTauRsA

A look into the third layer of government called special districts: http://realitybloger.wordpress.com/2011/06/28/special-districts-and-service-areas/

Instead of an official forum, we found a sales pitch costing many $10′s of thousands of dollars in taxpayer money, with the purpose of selling a property tax increase to pay for the new district, despite continuing to pay the same taxes we always have. I was so upset that I checked out the library conference room next door and invited the disappointed people to come listen to what is really going on… And many people came…

â&#x20AC;&#x201C;Clint Richardson (realitybloger.wordpress.com), Tuesday, June 28, 2011 Response from AL Whitney, the Anti-Corruption Society Clint, With much respect Under the terms of the bankruptcy of '33 the government was completely altered. Who is running America: www.barefootsworld.net/usfraud.html We are still living under the terms of the bankruptcy. When they took the people's gold they forced the people into using their fiat currency . . . the Federal Reserve Note. It is not real money, it is funny money that the private Federal Reserve owns. All property was put up as collateral at that time. The Constitutional government was laid aside to create a debtor/creditor system. In addition, Roosevelt declared a state of emergency that still stands today. Then in 1992, using this state of emergency authority, George Bush Sr signed a order for state, county, local governments to sell their assets. This was the same year that Bush announced the New World Order. As you will discover all states and Congress abides by the President's Executive Orders - because we are still under a state of emergency. Obama proved this is correct recently by issuing an Executive Order to create rural councils You are right that there is a Public Private Partnership system in place. In fact, without the public's consent it has become the new form of government. (See below) http://anticorruptionsociety.com/2011/06/13/the-public-privatepartnership-form-of-government/

My guess is that it started as a policy in '92 with the Bush decree to privatize public assets. A fraud has been perpetrated on the public for a long time. The Freemasons have aided and supported the NWO and contributed to massive corruption. The Rothschilds, the bankers and the Zionists infiltrated the Masons long time ago. Without understanding the changes that took place under FDR, you can't really determine Who is Running America. There are Congressional records that document what I've just explained. More info: Patriot Clay Douglas explains the bankruptcy The Federal Reserve banking cartel stole the people's gold In '33 we the people were made Enemies of the State

The Federal Reserve is a Criminal Cartel 1933 Congressional Record In the 30's Lewis McFadden attempted to get the criminal Federal Reserve participants impeached. The papers he prepared were never implemented or eliminated. McFadden did his best to stop the criminals of the Federal Reserve. Many believe it was they who poisoned him. This perpetual "national emergency" was confirmed by the Senate in their report 93-549 This explains why the President can continue to issue Executive Orders that violate the Constitution, like instructing state, county and local governments to sell the peoples assets/infrastructure. Again without adding the events of 1933 to the picture, we are at risk of distorting what is going on. Currently local government 'officials' are a part of the new Public Private Partnership form of government that Bush launched. They don't even understand that there are many ongoing conflicts of interest. I've talked to many of them. Again Joan Veon does an excellent job explaining how it works. She notes when Al Gore announced it. The International Bankers have gained control of America. Bill Still did an excellent job explaining it back in '96 in his The Money Masters documentary. Griffin exposed it in The Creature from Jekyl Island. Without understanding who/what the Federal Reserve really is, we won't get too far. I believe Dr True Ott researched Lewis McFadden and his writings. I bet he'd be glad to discuss it with you. He can also explain the fiat currency and Money is Debt system. In my experience with peak oil and global warming, once someone has committed to a position, no amount of evidence seems to change their mind. In fact, when they have written books, made videos or given talks they just seem to dig in further. Bill Still's work, The Money Masters, is accurate and important. It has been a piece of cake for those who run the printing presses of a worthless fiat currency to bribe everyone. In '33 they created the Money is Debt system. If they had to use their own gold as bribes things would have turned out differently. Of course this is why Rothschild made this statement:

”Give me control over a nation’s currency, and I care not who makes its laws.” Mayer Amshel Rothschild (1743-1812)

I do not wish to just stop paying taxes, I wish to take back control of my local government. They are doing awful things that affect us all and are currently completely deaf to the concerns of the public. They are

constantly taking bribes (grants and incentives) to restructure our community. And when we go to talk to them, they just give us 'platitudes'. They are extremely well educated in corporate-speak plausible deniability and the Delphi Technique. They are also up to their necks in the new Public Private Partnership form of government and are completely indoctrinated into believing it is a good thing. Currently they are all being bribed to promote Smart Meters and the Smart Grid. Here's a brilliant interview by Walt McGinnis as to how the PPP government is deaf to the public when it comes to health and privacy risks of Smart Meters: Public Private Partnerships and Smart Meters We need to take back control of our local governments and start dismantling the PPPs. This won't be easy because those running it have been thoroughly indoctrinated and brainwashed. See if you think this article describes the local government folks that you have been attempting to work with: http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=25388 They have been 'corporatized' and are totally acceptant of their positions as 'human resources'. AL Anti-Corruption Society

The Public Private Partnership form of ‘government’ Posted on June 13, 2011 by anticorruptionsociety AL Whitney (C) copyright 2011 Permission is granted for redistribution if linked to original and the AntiCorruption Society is acknowledged PPPs ARE NOTHING MORE THAN THE CORPORATIZATION OF GOVERNMENT AND THE PRIVATIZATION OF PUBLIC ASSETS In 1992 George Bush Sr signed an executive order instructing all state and local governments to sell public assets. This formally launched a new form of government called the Public Private Partnership. Executive order 12803 of April 30, 1992 For purposes of this order: (a) “Privatization” means the disposition or transfer of an infrastructure asset, such as by sale or by long-term lease, from a State or local government to a private party. (b) “infrastructure asset” means any asset financed in whole or in part by the Federal Government [this includes federal 'grant money'] and needed for the functioning of the economy. Examples of such assets include, but are not limited to: roads, tunnels, bridges, electricity supply facilities, mass transit, rail transportation, airports, ports, waterways, water supply facilities, recycling and wastewater treatment facilities, solid waste disposal facilities, housing, schools, prisons, and hospitals.

Joan Veon explains what the Public Private Partnership form of government actually is: Part 1; http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C-qKcWtcbQ0&feature=player_embedded Part 2; http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lZsLvoSyu00&feature=player_embedded The ‘authority’ George Bush Sr used to institute such an action came from the abuse of the “National Emergency”. Dr. Schroder proves with the government’s own documents that the Constitution has been effectively set aside since 1933. Eleven presidents, both Democrat and Republican, have used emergency powers for the last 67 years to regulate our daily lives without the inconvenience of Congressional approval. The definition of “emergencies” has been stretched to include economic problems, social imbalances, and perceived threats to the US by any foreign country’s actions, even those on other continents. Senate Report 93-549, written in 1973, says “Since March 9, 1933, the United States has been in a state of declared national emergency…Under the powers delegated by these statutes, the president may: seize property;…seize commodities; assign military forces abroad; institute martial law; seize and control all transportation and communication; restrict travel; and, in a plethora of particular ways, control the lives of all American citizens.” The president can act through Executive Order, Presidential Proclamation, or through his many agencies, which include most of the alphabet agencies. [All agencies are headed by political appointees of the Executive Branch and implement his policies. NONE of them answer to the general population.] The people of our country are being robbed by the very folks they elect into public office. Once they are elected, these politicians represent the government “corporations” (The Corporation Nation) they work for. They seek profit for themselves, the city, county or state at the expense of the public. The PPP ‘SCAM’ is never explained to the general population so there is no INFORMED CONSENT. It is merely betrayal of the public by stupid and/or corrupt politicians. In fact, many politicians and government ‘agency’ directors hire aides to perform the job of ‘gatekeepers’, thus avoiding public questions about their relentless ongoing conflicts of interest. Other important players in this public theft are regional planning commissions. Mid-Ohio Regional Planning Commission – PPP They pass bribe money (grants and/or incentives) from the federal government (taxpayers) to local governments, private ‘companies’ and/or trade organizations on a regular basis. While the public is invited to

‘comment’ on the projects these commissions chose to fund, these comments are filed away and for the most part ignored. The ‘comment’ stage is perfunctory and represents yet one more ‘perception management’ strategy, as do the endless public meetings that are run by ‘facilitators’. Facilitators are merely polished ‘perception manager/manipulators’ used by many political or non-profit organizations to ‘manage’, deceive and placate the public. Another layer in the ongoing Psywar against the American public. Actual experience: At one time I actually made an appointment with the Director of a Planning Commission to discuss the possibility of a new program. I was greeted by the agency’s public ‘perception manager’ who managed the meeting to placate me and prevent any real thoughtful conversation from taking place. This ‘perception manager’ was a twenty-something female with little experience or knowledge of anything but . . . ‘managing the public’s perception’. This goes on daily across the country. Look up the Delphi Technique of ‘group management’ which is nothing more than a well-organized way to shut down all criticism of the PPP form of corporate government. This new ‘system’ has replaced both the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. And the public was never asked . . . and therefore never gave INFORMED CONSENT. Feel free to test the responsiveness of this new form of government for yourself. For the most part it is completely unresponsive to the ‘peoples’ concerns/complaints. Those who work in it have been thoroughly indoctrinated into corporatism. They all speak corporate-speak. They write in corporate-speak aka double-talk. Nowadays they sign their letters as — Team. They have been stripped of their individual identities. They are indeed Human Resources and have no understanding that being reduced to a Human Resource is an insult to their humanity. They are like the proverbial fish that can recognize everything but . . . the water. These are the people that are the foot soldiers for the globalists and their one world corporate government and either they don’t know it or they think it is a good thing. It hasn’t yet occurred to them that no one has any rights under world government . . . only privileges that can be taken away without provocation. It hasn’t occurred to them that this includes them. After all, they have agreed to go-along-to-get-along, give up their human identities and become just a human resource on the team of the dead-legal fiction known as the corporation. But, these minions are so much more than nameless ‘team members’. They are wondrous and amazing individual human beings with potential we are all just discovering! Once the foot soldiers recognize that, it will be game, set and match. Humanity wins . . . the dead-legal fiction, The Corporation, loses. After all, The Corporation is just a business model. Visit the website: http://anticorruptionsociety.com/2011/06/13/the-public-private-partnership-form-of-government/

“We are at present working discreetly, but with all our might, to wrest this mysterious force called sovereignty out of the clutches of the local national states of the world. And all the time we are denying with our lips what we are doing with our hands.” - Arnold Toynbee, Fabian Society – City Of London

Psywar: History of American propaganda for political, corporate control of Americans

Psywar interlaces historical development of US governmental and corporate propaganda with interviews of current leading social scientists to explain the US government as a psychopathic oligarchy committed to its own enrichment at the expense of any consideration for the public good. The 100-minute film focuses on the inception of US propaganda that resulted from media exposure to Robber Baron corporate labor practices, and government/oligarchic interest for US involvement in World War 1. This history extends into our world of the present with US corporate media dominated by pure propaganda in all key policy areas for money and power. This is obvious because an independent media would expose the Orwellian unlawful US wars, the paper-thin lies propagandized as “reasons” for war that were all known to be lies as they were told, and the unprecedented transfer of trillions of American tax-payer dollars to the oligarchy through rigged-casino economics. Watch: PSYWAR: The Real Battlefield for the Mind: www.archive.org/details/Psywar_277

Get Shadow Masters: Daniel Estulin’s award winning book about the international network of governments and secret-service agencies who work together with drug dealers and terrorists for mutual benefit and profit. Get The True Story of the Bilderberg Group. In 1954, many of the world's most powerful men met for the first time under the sponsorship of the Dutch royal family and the Rockefeller family at the luxurious Hotel Bilderberg in the small Dutch town of Oosterbeck. Throughout the weekend they discussed the future of the world. At the end of the conference, they decided to meet annually to exchange ideas and analyze international developments. They christened themselves the Bilderberg Club and since then, they meet every year at a hotel somewhere in the world to decide the future of humanity. To order these insightful books, visit www.trineday.com/.

COMFORTABLY NUMB Posted on November 28, 2011 by JimQ

Hello? Is there anybody in there? Just nod if you can hear me. Is there anyone at home? Come on, now, I hear you’re feeling down. Well I can ease your pain And get you on your feet again. Relax. I need some information first. Just the basic facts Can you show me where it hurts? Pink Floyd – Comfortably Numb

As I observe the zombie like reactions of Americans to our catastrophic economic highway to collapse, the continued plundering and pillaging of the national treasury by criminal Wall Street bankers, non-enforcement of existing laws against those who committed the largest crime in history, and reaction to young people across the country getting beaten, bludgeoned, shot with tear gas and pepper sprayed by police, I canâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t help but wonder whether there is anyone home. Why are most Americans so passively accepting of these calamitous conditions? How did we become so comfortably numb? Iâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ve concluded Americans have chosen willful ignorance over thoughtful critical thinking due to their own intellectual laziness and overpowering mind manipulation by the elite through their propaganda emitting media machines. Some people are awaking from their trance, but the vast majority is still slumbering or fuming at erroneous perpetrators. Both the Tea Party movement and the Occupy Wall Street movement are a reflection of the mood change in the country, which is a result of government overreach, political corruption, dysfunctional economic policies, and a financial system designed to enrich the few while defrauding the many. The common theme is anger, frustration and disillusionment with a system so badly broken it appears unfixable through the existing supposedly democratic methods. The system has been captured by an oligarchy of moneyed interests from the financial industry, mega-corporations, and military industrial complex, protected by their captured puppets in Washington DC and sustained by the propaganda peddling corporate media. The differences in political parties are meaningless as they each advocate big government solutions to all social, economic, foreign relations, and monetary issues. There is confusion and misunderstanding regarding the culprits in this drama. It was plain to me last week when I read about a small group of concerned citizens in the next town over who decided to support the Occupy movement by holding a nightly peaceful march to protest the criminal syndicate that is Wall Street and a political system designed to protect them. My local paper asked for peopleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s reaction to this Constitutional exercising of freedom of speech and freedom of assembly. Here is a sampling of the comments:

“What are those Occupy people thinking?! The whole concept is foreign to me. There are always going to be the haves and the have nots. Get over it. Blame yourself for not paying more attention in school or not working hard enough. Just wish people would take responsibility.” “If they worked half as hard actually working as they do being a pain in everyone else’s ass, they’d be rich! Being born does not guarantee success or wealth. Only hard work does. Maybe we should let them all occupy a jail cell or two.” “If the goal is to irritate hardworking suburban commuters on their way home, that sounds like the perfect time and location.” “Let’s hope they don’t pitch tents and trash Lansdale. They need to look for a job, not occupy the streets.” “I work, and even if I wasn’t working I wouldn’t (march); I would be out looking for a JOB!” I was dumbfounded at the rage directed towards mostly young people who haven’t even begun their working careers and have played no part in the destruction of our economic system underway for the last 30 years. The people making these statements are middle aged, middle class suburbanites. They seem to be just as livid as the OWS protestors, but their ire is being directed towards the only people who have taken a stand against Wall Street greed and Washington D.C. malfeasance. I’m left scratching my head trying to understand their animosity towards people drawing attention to the enormous debt based ponzi scheme that is our country, versus their silent acquiescence to the transfer of trillions in taxpayer dollars to the criminal bankers that have destroyed the worldwide financial system. I can only come to the conclusion the average American has become so apathetic, willfully ignorant of facts and reality, distracted by the techno-gadgets that run their lives, uninterested in anything beyond next week’s episode of Dancing with the Stars or Jersey Shore, and willing to let the corporate media moguls form their opinions for them through relentless propaganda, the only thing that will get their attention is an absolute collapse of our economic scheme. Uninformed, unconcerned, intellectually vacant Americans will get exactly that in the not too distant future. Greater Depression Hidden from View “Look at the orators in our republics; as long as they are poor, both state and people can only praise their uprightness; but once they are fattened on the public funds, they conceive a hatred for justice, plan intrigues against the people and attack the democracy.” – Aristophanes, Plutus

The anger and vitriol directed at OWS protestors by middle class Americans is a misdirected reaction to a quandary they can’t quite comprehend. They know their lives are getting more difficult but aren’t sure why. They are paying more for energy, food, tuition, and real estate taxes, while the price of their houses decline and their wages stagnate. More than a quarter of all homeowners are underwater on their mortgage and many are drowning in credit card and student loan debt. At the same time, government drones tell them the

economy is in its second year of recovery and corporate profits are at all-time highs. Government statistics, false storylines, and entitlement programs are designed to confuse the public and obscure the fact we are in the midst of another Depression. Everyone has seen the pictures of the Great Depression breadlines, farmers forced off their land during the dustbowl, and downtrodden Americans in soup kitchens. The economic conditions today are as bad as or worse than the Great Depression. This Depression is hidden from plain view because there are no unemployment lines, bread lines, or soup lines. We are experiencing an electronic Great Depression, as food stamps, unemployment compensation, Social security payments and welfare benefits are electronically delivered to millions of recipients. There have been over 12 million foreclosure actions since 2007, with millions of Americans losing their homes. Another 16 million homeowners are underwater on their mortgages as home prices continue to fall and the economy sinks further by the day. The value of household real estate has fallen from $22.7 trillion in 2006 to $16.2 trillion today, a loss of $6.5 trillion concentrated among the middle class. In contrast, mortgage debt has only decreased by $600 billion mostly due to write-offs by the banks that created fraudulent mortgage products to lure Americans into debt.

The unemployment rate in the United States reached 25% during the Great Depression. The government manipulated fictional unemployment rate reported to the public by drones at the BLS is currently 9.0%. They conveniently ignore the millions of people who have given up looking for work and those who have taken jobs as part-time pickle ploppers at McDonalds, when they previously assembled automobiles at GM. The true number of unemployed/underemployed is 23%.

Since 2007, unemployment has officially gone up by 7 million. In reality, the same percentage of the working age population should be employed today as in 2007 (63%). Since only 58.4% of the working age population is employed today (lowest since 1983), another 4 million needs to be added to the official unemployment tally. The fact is there are 240 million working age Americans and only 140 million are employed. This means there are 100 million working age Americans not working, but our government only classifies 14 million of them as unemployed. There is certainly millions of stay at home moms, students, and legitimately disabled among the 86 million people classified as not in the labor force, but you can’t tell me that another 20 to 30 million of these people couldn’t or wouldn’t work if given the opportunity. The deception in government reported figures is borne out by the most successful government program of the Obama administration, which has been adding participants at an astounding rate. The Food Stamp program has been a smashing success as we’ve added 13.8 million Americans to this fine program since Obama’s inauguration, a mere 43% increase in less than three years. There are now 45.8 million Americans dependent upon food stamps for survival, 14.7% of the U.S. population. This program began in 1969 and enrollment always surges during recessions and declines during recoveries. But a funny thing happened during our current “recovery”. The government reported our recession over in December 2009. It was certainly over for the Wall Street psychopaths as they rewarded themselves with $43 billion of bonuses in 2009/2010. The number of Americans on food stamps has risen by 6.8 million during this government sponsored “recovery”. You’ll be happy to know that Obama’s good buddy – Jamie Dimon – and his well run machine at JP Morgan earns hundreds of millions administering the SNAP program.

Since 2007, Federal government transfer payments have increased from $1.7 trillion annually to $2.3 trillion, a 35% increase in four years. This is surely a sign of a recovering economy. Bernanke’s zero interest rate policy has stolen $400 billion per year from senior citizens and savers and handed it to the very bankers who caused the pain and suffering of millions. Personal interest income has declined from $1.4 trillion to $1.0 trillion, while Wall Street faux profits have soared. The game plan of the oligarchy has been to transfer hundreds of billions from taxpayers to bankers, report profits through accounting entries reducing loan loss reserves, pump up their stock prices and convince clueless lemming investors to buy newly issued shares at inflated valuations. The plan has failed. The zero interest rate policy’s unintended consequences have caused revolutions throughout the Middle East and massive food inflation across the developing world. The single biggest reason the middle class feel frustrated, angry and like they are falling behind is due to the Federal Reserve and the relentless never ending inflation they produce in order to support their masters on Wall Street and provide cover for the trillions in debt spending by politicians in Washington DC. It is no surprise that beginning in 1980 when government spending began to accelerate much more rapidly than government revenues, the government decided to “tweak” how it measured inflation. The government reports inflation at 3.5% today. The truth is inflation is running in excess of 10% if measured exactly as it was in 1980. That’s right, we have a recession and we have inflation in double digits. No wonder the masses are restless.

The reason middle class Americans are being methodically exterminated and driven into poverty is the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve. Since 1971, when Nixon extinguished the last vestiges of the gold standard and unleashed politicians to spend borrowed money without immediate consequence, the U.S. dollar has lost 82% of its purchasing power using the government manipulated CPI. In reality, it has lost over 90% of its purchasing power. The average American, after decades of being dumbed down by government sanctioned education, is incapable of understanding the impact of inflation on their lives. As their wages rise 2% to 3% per year and inflation rises 5% to 10% per year, they get poorer day by day. The Wall Street banks, who own the Federal Reserve, step in and convince the average American to substitute debt for real wealth in order to keep living the modern techno-lifestyle sold to them by mainstream corporate media.

The oligarchy of moneyed interests have done a spectacular job convincing the working middle class they should be angry at 20 year old OWS protestors, illegal immigrants and the inner city welfare class, rather than the true culprits â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the Federal Reserve, Wall Street banks and mega-corporations. This is a testament to the power of propaganda and the intellectual slothfulness of the average American. U.S. based mega-corporations fired 864,000 higher wage American workers between 2000 and 2010, while hiring almost 3 million workers in low wage foreign countries, using their billions in cash to buy back their own stocks, and paying corporate executives shamefully excessive compensation. The corporate mainstream media treats corporate CEOâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s like rock stars as if they deserve to be compensated at a level 243 times the average worker. The S&P 500 consists of the 500 biggest companies in America and while the executives of these companies have reaped millions in compensation, the stock index for these companies is at the exact level it was on July 9, 1998. Over the last thirteen years workers were fired by the thousands, shareholders earned 0% (negative 39% on an inflation adjusted basis), and executives got fabulously rich.

Man made inflation has stealthily devastated millions of lives over the last four decades. When the weekly wages of the average worker are adjusted for inflation, they are making 12% less than they did in 1971. Using a real non-manipulated measure of inflation, the average worker is making 30% less than they did in 1971. Sadly, our math challenged populace only comprehend their wages have doubled in the last forty years, without understanding the true impact of inflation. Thankfully, the Wall Street debt dealers with a helping hand from Madison Avenue propaganda peddlers stepped up to the plate and imprisoned the middle class with the shackles of $2.5 trillion in consumer debt. So, while real wages have fallen 30% since 1971, consumer debt has increased by 1,700%.

Americans have been snookered into renouncing their citizenship and converting to being mindless consumers. Citizenship requires a person to be actively engaged in the community with obligations to fellow citizens and future generations. Consumerism requires people to love things, embrace debt, worry about what others have, and become driven by the accumulation of possessions and the appearance of wealth. The disgusting exhibition that Madison Avenue maggots have coined Black Friday is the ultimate display of consumerism. In a nauseating display of senseless spending driven by retail conglomerates, Americans act like Pavlov’s salivating dogs by lining up for hours to stampede over and pepper spray other consumers to get the ultimate deal on that Chinese made toaster oven, Vietnamese made laptop, Korean made HDTV, or Mexican made tortilla maker. They don’t seem to grasp the irony of going deeper into debt buying cheap crap made in foreign countries by the workers who took their jobs. The mainstream media proclaims a hugely successful Black Friday as millions bought crap they didn’t need with money they don’t have, while millions more ate their Thanksgiving meals in food shelters – unreported by the media.This repulsive manifestation of consumerism is applauded and encouraged by our government, as described by George Monbiot: “Governments are deemed to succeed or fail by how well they make money go round, regardless of whether it serves any useful purpose. They regard it as a sacred duty to encourage the country’s most revolting spectacle: the annual feeding frenzy in which shoppers queue all night, then stampede into the shops, elbow, trample and sometimes fight to be the first to carry off some designer junk which will go into landfill before the sales next year. The madder the orgy, the greater the triumph of economic management.” The masses have been brainwashed by those in power into thinking consumer spending utilizing debt is essential for a strong economy, when the exact opposite is the truth. Saving and investment are the essential ingredients to a strong economy. Debt based spending only benefits bankers, mega-corporations, and politicians. Mass Manipulation through Propaganda “The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country. …We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of. This is a logical result of the way in

which our democratic society is organized. Vast numbers of human beings must cooperate in this manner if they are to live together as a smoothly functioning society. In almost every act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons…who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires which control the public mind.” – Edward Bernays, Propaganda, 1928 Edward Bernays, the father of propaganda to control the masses, would be so proud of his disciples running our country today. He clearly believed only an elite few were intellectually capable of running the show. Essentially, he hit upon the concept of the 1% telling the 99% what they should think and believe over eighty years ago. The mechanisms for controlling the thoughts, beliefs, and actions of the population are so much more efficient today. The conditioning begins when we are children, as every child will be bombarded with at least 30,000 hours of propaganda broadcast by media corporations by the time they reach adulthood. Their minds are molded and they are instructed what to believe and what to value. Those in control of society want to keep the masses entertained at an infantile level, with instant gratification and satisfying desires as their only considerations. The elite have achieved their Alpha status through intellectual superiority, control of the money system, and control of the political process. Their power emanates from eliminating choices, while giving the illusion of choice to the masses. People think they are free, when in reality they are slaves to a two party political system, a few Wall Street banks, and whatever our TVs tell us to buy. Our entire system is designed to control the thoughts and actions of the masses. In many ways it is done subtly, while recently it has become more bold and blatant. It is essential for the ruling elite to keep control of our minds through media messages and the educational system. It is not a surprise that our public education system has methodically deteriorated over the last four decades. The government gained control over education and purposely teaches our children selected historical myths, social engineering gibberish and only the bare essentials of math and science. The government creates the standardized tests and approves the textbooks. We are left with millions of functionally illiterate children that grow into non-critical thinking adults. This is the exact result desired by the 1%. If too many of the 99% were able to ignore the media propaganda and think for themselves, revolution would result. This is why the moneyed interests have circled the wagons, invoked police state thug tactics, and used all the powers of their media machine to squash the OWS movement. It threatens their power and control. “Experience has shown that even under the best forms of government those entrusted with power have, in time, and by slow operations, perverted it into tyranny.” – Thomas Jefferson A highly educated engaged citizenry would be a danger to the existing social order. The 1%, educated at our finest universities, does not want average Americans to obtain a great education for a reasonable price. They want them to get a worthless diploma at an excessively high price tag and become debt slaves to the Wall Street 1%. They want uneducated, indebted consumers, not educated productive citizens. Our republic has been slowly perverted since the time of its inception. The insidious process had been slow and methodical until 1913. The establishment of the Federal Reserve by an elite group of bankers and their politician friends and the establishment of a personal income tax created the conditions that have allowed a small cabal of powerful men to dictate the course of our economic, political, social, and military policies for the last 98 years. Anyone that chooses to open their eyes and awake from the propaganda induced stupor can see the result of allowing a small group of corrupt authoritarian men using their power to pervert our government into tyranny. The majority remains oppressed, buried under trillions of debt, while the shysters reap obscene profits, poison the worldwide economic system, and walk away unscathed in the aftermath of their crimes.

The ruling oligarchy has become so brazen in the last few years that it has attracted the attention of the critical thinking minority. The advent of the internet has allowed these critical thinking few to analyze the unsanitized facts, discuss the issues, and provide truth amidst a blizzard of lies. The proliferation of truth telling websites (Zero Hedge, Mish, Financial Sense, Naked Capitalism) has allowed truth seekers to bypass the government sanctioned corporate media. The pillaging of society by the politically powerful, corrupt 1% is plain to see in the graphs below.

The divergence in household income was not the result of hard work, superior intellectual firepower, or the media touted entrepreneurial spirit of the rich. It was the result of the 1% capturing the economic and political system of the United States and using it to ransack the wealth of the formerly working middle class. The fatal flaw which will ultimately result in a fitting end for the powerful elitists is their egos. They are psychopaths, unable to feel empathy for their fellow man. Enough is never enough. They always want more. Life is a game to them. They truly believe they can pull the right strings and continue to accumulate more riches. But they are wrong. They are blinded by their hubris. There are limits to growth based solely on debt and weâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ve reached that limit. The world is crumbling under the weight of crippling debt created by these Wall Street psychopaths, while the corrupted bought off politicians try to shift the losses from the bankers who incurred them to the citizens who have already been fleeced. Nomi Prins captures the essence of our current situation:

“Today, the stock prices of the largest US banks are about as low as they were in the early part of 2009, not because of euro-contagion or Super-committee super-incompetence (a useless distraction anyway) but because of the ongoing transparency void surrounding the biggest banks amidst their central-bank-covered risks, and the political hot potato of how many emergency loans are required to keep them afloat at any given moment. Because investors don’t know their true exposures, any more than in early 2009. Because US banks catalyzed the global crisis that is currently manifesting itself in Europe. Because there never was a separate US housing crisis and European debt crisis. Instead, there is a worldwide, systemic, unregulated, uncontained, rapacious need for the most powerful banks and financial institutions to leverage whatever could be leveraged in whatever forms it could be leveraged in. So, now we’re just barely in the second quarter of the game of thrones, where the big banks are the kings, the ECB, IMF and the Fed are the money supply, and the populations are the powerless serfs. Yeah, let’s play the ECB inflation game, while the world crumbles.” Those in power are beginning to lose control. You can sense their desperation. Their propaganda is losing its impact as the pain for millions of Americans has become acute. The outrage and anger flaring across the country on a daily basis, reflected in the OWS movement, is just the beginning of a revolutionary period descending upon this nation. The existing social order will be swept away, but they will not go without a fight. They will use their control of the police, military and media to try and crush the coming rebellion. The Dream is Gone “The more corrupt the state, the more numerous the laws.” – Tacitus, The Annals of Imperial Rome In addition to controlling the monetary system and brainwashing the inhabitants with relentless propaganda, the ruling class has used their control of the political process to impose thousands of laws, statutes, rules, and regulations upon the citizens. Again, an apathetic, distracted, trusting populace has been easily convinced that more laws will make them safe and secure. They have willingly sacrificed liberty, freedom and self reliance for the façade of safety, security and protection. The overwhelming number of government rules and regulations are designed to control you and insure your compliance and obedience to those in power. In a non-corrupt society inhabited by citizens willing to honor their obligations, government’s function is to insure property rights and defend the country from foreign invaders. Citizens don’t need to be herded like sheep with threats of imprisonment to do what is right. We don’t need 90,000 pages of regulations telling us the difference between right and wrong.

There were 400 pages of Federal Tax rules when the 1% personal income tax was implemented in 1913. Did the 18,000% increase in tax rules since 1913 benefit the average American or did they benefit the 1% who hires the lobbyists to write the rules which are passed into law by the politicians who receive their campaign contributions from the 1%? Do you ever wonder why you pay more taxes than a billionaire Wall Street hedge fund manager? Do you think our tax system is designed to benefit billionaires and mega-corporations when corporations with billions of income pay little or no taxes? Complexity and confusion benefits those who can create and take advantage of the complexity and confusion. Corporations and special interests have used their wealth to bribe politicians to design loopholes, credits, and exemptions that benefit their interests. The corruption of the system is terminal.

“The mistake you make, don’t you see, is in thinking one can live in a corrupt society without being corrupt oneself. After all, what do you achieve by refusing to make money? You’re trying to behave as though one could stand right outside our economic system. But one can’t. One’s got to change the system, or one changes nothing. One can’t put things right in a hole-and-corner way, if you take my meaning.” – George Orwell The American people are paying the price for allowing a few evil men to gain control of our government. The American people cowered in fear as the 342 page Patriot Act was somehow written in a few weeks after 9/11, introduced in Congress on October 23, passed the House on October 24 with no debate, passed the Senate on October 25 with no debate, and signed into law on October 26 by George Bush. A law passed by the ruling elite that stripped Americans of their freedoms and liberties was passed using fear mongering false patriotism propaganda to squelch dissent and the American people had no say in the matter. The government has used fear to keep the American people under control. We now unquestioningly accept being molested in airports. We shrug as our intelligence agencies eavesdrop on our telephone conversations and emails without the need for a court order. It is now taken for granted that we imprison people without charging them with a crime and assassinate suspected terrorists in foreign countries with predator drones. Invading countries and going to war no longer requires a declaration of war by Congress as required by the Constitution. The State grows ever more powerful. Therefore, it is no surprise that Americans sit idly by, watching their 52 inch HDTVs, as young people across the country are beaten, pepper sprayed, shot with rubber bullets and tear gas, and scorned and ridiculed by

corporate media pundits for exercising their free speech rights to peacefully protest our corrupt system. The American tradition of civil disobedience is considered domestic terrorism by those in authority. Our beloved protectors in the Orwellian named Department of Homeland Security write reports classifying Ron Paul supporters and returning Iraq veterans as potential terrorists. If the powers that be get their way, the internet will be locked down and controlled, as it poses a huge threat to their thought control endeavors. Freedom to think, learn, question and organize resistance is unacceptable in the eyes of the elite. The country has reached a tipping point. Will enough right thinking Americans stand up and fight to bring down this corrupt system, or will we be herded silently to slaughter. The truth is there is something terribly wrong in this country. We are facing a myriad of problems that will require courage and common sense to overcome. We need only look in the mirror to find the guilty party. It is time to stop letting fear dictate our actions. Conflict is coming to this country due to the evil sanctioned by our corrupt leaders and the upright men and women who will bear the burden of destroying that evil. Our civilization has adopted the worst aspects of the two most famous dystopian novels in history – Orwell’s 1984 and Huxley’s Brave New World. The question is whether the population of this country is too far gone to recover. The answer to that question will determine whether the country chooses authoritarian dictatorship or a renewal of our founding principles. Aldous Huxley understood the three pillars of Western civilization fifty years ago and that their destruction would result in a collapse of our economic system: “Armaments, universal debt, and planned obsolescence – those are the three pillars of Western prosperity. If war, waste, and moneylenders were abolished, you’d collapse. And while you people are over-consuming the rest of the world sinks more and more deeply into chronic disaster.” The three pillars sustaining the American empire edifice of never ending war, ever accumulating debt and excessive consumerism are crumbling. The growing corruption and weight of un-payable debt have weakened the very foundation of our grand experiment. The existing structure will surely collapse. My entire adult life has tracked the decline of the American empire. I had become comfortably numb. I came to my senses and began to question all the Federal government/Wall Street/Corporate Media sponsored truths about eight years ago. Many others have also awoken and begun to challenge the false storylines dictated by those in power.

The young people leading the protests across this land are showing tremendous courage and a tenacity of spirit that has been dormant for decades among the lethargic, distracted, over-medicated public. Despite

being subjected to government education conditioning, these young people have zeroed in on the enemy. They may not have all the solutions, but they have correctly identified the corrupt banking system as the central nervous system of this vampire squid sucking the life out of our nation. I will support any effort to shine a light on our crooked system. My three young sons deserve a chance at a better life than they will get under the thumb of this oligarchic criminal enterprise. As a child I caught a fleeting glimpse of the American Dream. I turned to look, but it was gone. I choose not to become comfortably numb. I choose to do whatever it will take to renew the opportunity for my sons to achieve the American Dream. When I was a child I caught a fleeting glimpse Out of the corner of my eye I turned to look but it was gone I cannot put my finger on it now The child is grown, The dream is gone. I have become comfortably numb. Pink Floyd â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Comfortably Numb

http://www.washingtonsblog.com/2011/11/comfortably-numb.html

Exclusive: Military to Designate U.S. Citizens as Enemy During Collapse FEMA Continuity of Government Plans Prep Total Takeover of Society, Dispatching Military Domestically Under Economic Collapse Emergency Aaron Dykes and Alex Jones Infowars.com December 21, 2011 Infowars has discovered new FEMA documents that confirm information received from DoD sources that show military involvement in a FEMA-led takeover within the United States under partially-classified Continuity of Government (COG) plans. It involves not only operations for the relocation of COG personnel and key officials, population management, emergency communications and alerts but the designation of the American people as ‘enemies’ under a live military tracking system known as Blue Force Situational Awareness (BFSA). Further, this Nov. 18, 2011 FEMA-released plan National Continuity Programs (NCP) Program and Mission Support Services (PAMSS) [PDF] linked at the FedBizOpps.gov website outlines a scenario that overlays with eerie accuracy the bigger picture sketched out by concurrent calls for troops to keep order in the streets of places like New Orleans, as well as other bombshell documents like those released from KBR seeking to activate contracted staff for emergency detention centers and for services like fencing and barricades, as well as numerous agencies and think tanks who’ve prepared for civil unrest and economic breakdown in America. Hold onto your seats. The plan for the takeover of the United States has not only been drafted, but activated. Our sources and independent research make this abundantly clear. Martial law scenarios preparing for a breakdown of order under the ongoing economic collapse are underway, even as pretexts for control are initiated in locales across the country. Bold individuals like Ron Paul have warned that dangerous legislation like the NDAA designate the American population as potential enemies. Now, there is more evidence this targeting of the people is sadly taking place. A laundry list of operations organized under FEMA’s National Continuity Programs (NCP) provides a base of technical support for the deployment of national emergency plans and the logistical tracking of all personnel incorporated under what Homeland Security chief Janet Napolitano has lovingly termed the big “federal family.” “Friendly” military and FEMA personnnel, along with their contracted employees and those of other federal agencies, will carry transponder ID badges, like those described here, to designate their “blue”

inclusive status. As our military sources have confirmed, under the Blue Force Situational Awareness (BFSA) all other American citizens and civilians are designated under the “red” category and treated as an enemy or potential unfriendly. Throughout his past investigative work including witnessing numerous military drills, Alex Jones has also witnessed the technology and the use of this alarming code branding ordinary Americans as battlefield enemies. The plan includes drone and other high-tech tools to monitor and target individuals designated under the “enemy” status. The military’s blue force tracking technology has been adopted since 2003 in Iraq and used in theaters like Afghanistan to quickly distinguish “Blue” friendlies (including U.S. forces and allies like tribal forces) from “Red” enemies. However, on the U.S. homeland battlefield, it is the American people who will be designated under “red,” whereas cleared occupying personnel are tracked as “blue” friendlies by their ID transponder badges. The designation was set-up to reduce “friendly fire” incidents. Blue Force and other related programs like Geospatial Information Systems (GIS), Continuity Analysis and the Command, Control, Communications and Computing (C4) operations named in the document electronically track and verify the location and clearance of COG-related personnel, the usage of emergency shelter facilities and their components as well as the military’s friendly/enemy designations– creating a matrix for live monitoring and control coordinating with FEMA databases during martial law or national emergency scenarios. For instance, FEMA acknowledges in its documents the use of Blue Force tracking systems and other geospatial information systems to monitor the capacity and usage of its facilities under the National Shelter System and other programs. Preparations for the orderly control of the masses have already been put into place. In particular, the Mt. Weather Emergency Operations Center outside Washington, D.C. is empowered to “coordinate, track, and synchronize the relocation of key leadership and staff from the DHS and FEMA Emergency Relocation Groups (ERG) members to perform their essential functions” during a declared national emergency using the Blue Force and other related tracking programs managed under the established joint relocation operations control center and emergency relocation programs referenced in the document. Section 1.3.4 further details the minimum ID requirements for contractor employee identification and verification.

The FEMA National Shelter System (NSS) is a comprehensive, Web-based database created to support Federal, State and local government agencies and voluntary organizations responsible for Mass Care and Emergency Assistance. The FEMA NSS allows users to identify, track, analyze, and report on data for virtually any facility associated with the congregate care of people and/or household pets following a disaster. FEMA has also outlined detailed support for its vast Integrated Public Alert and Warning System (IPAWS), proscribed under Executive Order 13407 for the federal takeover of communications. It details the continuity of emergency communications and the issuance of warnings to the public, including publicprivate partnerships concerned with issuing alert messages through cellular providers– a program that only recently caused panic when it was publicly tested without forewarning in New Jersey. It is designated in the document under the Commercial Mobile Alerting System (CMAS). As we have mentioned here and detailed in the past, this is part of larger COG government takeover– not part of any ordinary natural disaster response as the media has been told. The elite have initiated worldwide economic collapse and prepared their power-grabbing response as currencies and markets fall across the globe. All the experts we’ve talked to over the years concur with this basic analysis. To put it simply: once the economic depression has sunken in completely, the population will willingly head in droves to government centers for basic requirements like food. As Henry Kissinger bluntly quipped, “Control oil and you control nations; control food and you control the people.” FEMA’s response will in hinge, in part, on just that– encouraging people sign up for their-own enslavement.

Obama Signs Martial Law Bill: NDAA Now Law TheAlexJonesChannel

Uploaded by TheAlexJonesChannel on Dec 31, 2011 Watch the video: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KdxXhn3We7U&feature=channel_video_title

President Obama who pledged to veto the National Defense Authorization Act has signed it. Of course his promise was only for public consumption. After all lying to your enemy is what invading corporate takeover army's do. It was the Obama administration all along that demanded the indefinite detention provisions be added while at the same time telling the America people he was fighting to protect their rights. This is treason on parade, in your face, all out despotism! (AP Story)

Obama signs defense bill despite 'reservations'

HONOLULU (AP) -- President Barack Obama signed a wideranging defense bill into law Saturday despite having "serious reservations" about provisions that regulate the detention, interrogation and prosecution of suspected terrorists. http://hosted.ap.org/dynamic/stories/U/US_OBAMA_DEFENSE_BILL?SITE=AP&SECT... Get a copy of the modified bill: http://www.govtrack.us/congress/billtext.xpd?bill=h112-1540&version=enr&nid=t0%3Aenr%3A5450

Visit www.conspiracycards.com And http://conspiracycards.com/ice.htm

R.I.P. Bill of Rights 1789 - 2011 Sunday, January 01, 2012 by Mike Adams, the Health Ranger Editor of NaturalNews.com (See all articles...) (NaturalNews) One of the most extraordinary documents in human history -- the Bill of Rights -- has come to an end under President Barack Obama. Derived from sacred principles of natural law, the Bill of Rights has come to a sudden and catastrophic end with the President's signing of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA), a law that grants the U.S. military the "legal" right to conduct secret kidnappings of U.S. citizens, followed by indefinite detention, interrogation, torture and even murder. This is all conducted completely outside the protection of law, with no jury, no trial, no legal representation and not even any requirement that the government produce evidence against the accused. It is a system of outright government tyranny against the American people, and it effectively nullifies the Bill of Rights. In what will be remembered as the most traitorous executive signing ever committed against the American people, President Obama signed the bill on New Year's Eve, a time when most Americans were engaged in the consumption of alcohol. It seems appropriate, of course, since no intelligent American could accept the tyranny of this bill if they were sober. This is the law that will cement Obama's legacy in the history books as the traitor who nullified the Bill of Rights and paved America's pathway down a road of tyranny that will make Nazi Germany's war crimes look like child's play. If Bush had signed a law like this, liberals would have been screaming "impeachment!" Why the Bill of Rights matters While the U.S. Constitution already limits the power of federal government, the Bill of Rights is the document that enumerates even more limits of federal government power. In its inception, many argued that a Bill of Rights was completely unnecessary because, they explained, the federal government only has the powers specifically enumerated to it under the U.S. Constitution. There was no need to have a "First Amendment" to protect Free Speech, for example, because there was no power granted to government to diminish Free Speech. This seems silly today, of course, given the natural tendency of all governments to concentrate power in the hands of the few while destroying the rights and freedoms of their own people. But in the 1780's, whether government could

ever become a threat to future freedoms was hotly debated. By 1789, enough revolutionary leaders had agreed on the fundamental principles of a Bill of Rights to sign it into law. Its purpose was to provide additional clarifications on the limitation of government power so that there could be absolutely no question that government could NEVER, under any circumstances, violate these key principles of freedom: Freedom of speech, the right to bear arms, freedom from illegal searches, the right to remain silent, the right to due process under law, and so on. Of course, today's runaway federal government utterly ignores the limitations placed on it by the founding fathers. It aggressively and criminally seeks to expand its power at all costs, completely ignoring the Bill of Rights and openly violating the limitations of power placed upon it by the United States Constitution. The TSA's illegal searching of air travelers, for example, is a blatant violation of Fourth Amendment rights. The government's hijacking of websites it claims are linking to "copyright infringement" hubs is a blatant violation of First Amendment rights. The government's demand that all Americans be forced to buy private health insurance is a blatant violation of Article 1, Section 8 of the Constitution -- the "commerce clause." Now, with the passage of the NDAA, the federal government has torpedoed the entire Bill of Rights, dismissing it completely and effectively promising to violate those rights at will. As of January 1, 2012, we have all been designated enemies of the state. America is the new battleground, and your "right" to due process is null and void. Remember, this was all done by the very President who promised to close Guantanamo Bay and end secret military prisons. Not only did Obama break that campaign promise (as he has done with nearly ALL his campaign promises), he did exactly the opposite and has now subjected all Americans to the possibility of government-sponsored kidnapping, detainment and torture, all under the very system of secret military prisons he claimed he would close! "President Obamaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s action today is a blight on his legacy because he will forever be known as the president who signed indefinite detention without charge or trial into law," said Anthony D. Romero, executive director of the American Civil Liberties Union. Obama's signing statement means nothing Even while committing an act of pure treason in signing the bill, the unindicted criminal President Obama issued a signing statement that reads, in part, "Moving forward, my administration will interpret and implement the provisions described below in a manner that best preserves the flexibility on which our safety depends and upholds the values on which this country was founded..." Anyone who reads between the lines here realizes the "the flexibility on which our safety depends" means they can interpret the law in any way they want if there is a sufficient amount of fear being created through false flag terror attacks. Astute readers will also notice that Obama's signing statement has no legal binding whatsoever and only refers to Obama's momentary intentions on how he "wishes" to interpret the law. It does not place any limits whatsoever on how a future President might use the law as written. "The statute is particularly dangerous because it has no temporal or geographic limitations, and can be used by this and future presidents to militarily detain people captured far from any battlefield," says the ACLU (http://www.aclu.org/blog/national-s...). What this means is that the next President could use this law to engage in the most horrific holocaust-scale mass roundup of people the world has ever seen. The NDAA legalizes the crimes of Nazi Germany in America, setting the stage for the mass murder of citizens by a rogue government. United States of America becomes a rogue nation, operating in violation of international law

Furthermore, the NDAA law as written and signed, is a violation of international law as it does not even adhere to the fundamental agreements of how nations treat prisoners of war: "...the breadth of the NDAAâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s detention authority violates international law because it is not limited to people captured in the context of an actual armed conflict as required by the laws of war" says the ACLU (http://www.aclu.org/blog/national-s...). In 1789, today's NDAA law would have been called "treasonous," and those who voted for it would have been shot dead as traitors. This is not a call for violence, but rather an attempt to provide historical context of just how destructive this law really is. Men and women fought and died for the U.S. Constitution and the Bill of Rights. People sacrificed their lives, their safety and risked everything to achieve the freedoms that made America such a great nation. For one President to so callously throw away 222 years of liberty, betraying those great Americans who painstakingly created an extraordinary document limiting the power of government, is equivalent to driving a stake through the heart of the Republic. In signing this, Obama has proven himself to be the most criminal of all U.S. Presidents, far worse than George W. Bush and a total traitor to the nation and its People. Remember, Obama swore upon a Bible that he would "protect and defend the Constitution against all enemies, foreign and domestic," and yet he himself has become the enemy of the Constitution by signing a law that overtly and callously nullifies the Bill of Rights. This is nothing less than an act of war declared on the American people by the executive and legislative branches of government. It remains to be seen whether the judicial branch will go along with it (US Supreme Court).

Origins of the Bill of Rights The Bill of Rights, signed in 1789 by many of the founding fathers of our nation, was based on the Virginia Declaration of Rights, drafted in 1776 and authored largely by George Mason, one of the least-recognized revolutionaries who gave rise to a nation of freedom and liberty. Mason was a strong advocate of not just states' rights, but of individual rights, and without his influence in 1789, we might not even have a Bill of Rights today (and our nation would have slipped into total government tyranny all the sooner). In fact, he openly opposed ratification of the U.S. Constitution unless it contained a series of amendments now known as the Bill of Rights (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/George...) SECTION ONE of this Virginia declaration of rights states: "That all men are by nature equally free and independent and have certain inherent rights, of which, when they enter into a state of society, they cannot, by any compact, deprive or divest their posterity; namely, the enjoyment of life and liberty, with the means of acquiring and possessing property, and pursuing and obtaining happiness and safety." (http://www.constitution.org/bcp/vir...) Section Three of the declaration speaks to the duty of the Citizens to abolish abusive government: "That government is, or ought to be, instituted for the common benefit, protection, and security of the people, nation, or community; of all the various modes and forms of government, that is best which is capable of producing the greatest degree of happiness and safety and is most effectually secured against the danger of maladministration; and that, when any government shall be found inadequate or contrary to these purposes, a majority of the community hath an

indubitable, inalienable, and indefeasible right to reform, alter, or abolish it, in such manner as shall be judged most conducive to the public weal." By any honest measure, today's U.S. government, of course, has overstepped the bounds of its original intent. As Mason wrote over 200 years ago, the People of America now have not merely a right but a duty to "reform, alter or abolish it," to bring government back into alignment with its original purpose -- to protect the rights of the People. Obama violates his Presidential Oath, sworn before God Article II, Section I of the United States Constitution spells out the oath of office that every President must take during their swearing in: "I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully execute the Office of President of the United States, and will to the best of my Ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States."

In signing the NDAA law into office, Obama has blatantly and unambiguously violated this sacred oath, meaning that his betrayal is not merely against the American people, but also against the Divine Creator. Given that the Bill of Rights is an extension of Natural Law which establishes a direct heritage of sovereign power from the Creator to the People, a blatant attack upon the Bill of Rights is, by any account, an attack against the Creator and a violation of universal spiritual principles. Those who attempt to undermine the Bill of Rights are attempting to invalidate the relationship between God and Man, and in doing so, they are identifying themselves as enemies of God and agents of Evil. Today, as 2012 begins, we are now a nation led by evil, and threatened with total destruction by those who would seek to rule as tyrants. This is America's final hour. We either defend the Republic starting right now, or we lose it forever. Read the language analysis of WHY and HOW the NDAA applies to American citizens Many people have been fooled by the obfuscated language of the bill, and they wrongfully believe the NDAA does not apply to American citizens. They have been hoodwinked! In this follow-up article, I parse the language of the NDAA and explain, in plain language, how and why the NDAA does apply to American citizens: http://www.naturalnews.com/034538_N... Also, read this explanation by Rep. Justin Amash, who voted against the bill: http://www.facebook.com/note.php?no... Make no mistake, folks: The U.S. government has just declared all Americans to be "enemy combatants," and that the USA is now a "battleground" over which the military has total control. We are now a nation living under military dictatorship, whether you realize it or not. Learn more: http://www.naturalnews.com/034537_NDAA_Bill_of_Rights_Obama.html#ixzz1iLEE4mX4

Overview of America Uploaded by TheNoisemore on Aug 6, 2011

This is the John Birch Society's most popular and widely distributed presentation. Overview shows a straightforward explanation of government systems, basic economics, and timeless moral principles. Because of following them, America became the freest and most prosperous country in history. Now threatened by the expansion of government world-wide and the economic collapse engineered by the Federal Reserve the American people, as well as the rest of the world, needs to be reminded of the dangers of big government. Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=oao7MgnElRs

STOP AGENDA 21

JBS CEO Arthur R. Thompson introduces the Stop Agenda 21 action project and shows how the UN’s Local Agenda 21 program may already be in your local community, through your home town or city’s membership in ICLEI – Local Governments for Sustainability. Agenda 21 seeks for the government to curtail your freedom to travel as you please, own a gas-powered car, live in suburbs or rural areas, and raise a family. Furthermore, it would eliminate your private property rights through eminent domain. Agenda 21 can be stopped at the local level by organizing and informing others to encourage local government officials to end their community’s membership in ICLEI and to repeal any of the Agenda 21-related "sustainable development" laws and ordinances they have enacted. www.jbs.org/issues-pages/stop-agenda-21

North American Union There is a movement on the part of our government in league with Mexico and Canada, to merge our countries. This sounds too unreal to be true, yet for a time our government had an official website dedicated to this initiative. Wikipedia documents this. The work done primarily by The John Birch Society has caused the initiative to go underground and implemented a salami slice at a time. This site will continue to document this issue. www.jbs.org/issues-pages/north-american-union

In the end, we will remember not the words of our enemies, but the silence of our friends. ~ Martin Luther King, Jr.

The UN Is Aiding a Corporate Takeover of Drinking Water Billions of dollars are being given out to the most ardent promoters of water privatization. July 3, 2011

Early last month, pharmaceutical titan Merck became the latest multinational to pledge allegiance to the CEO Water Mandate, the United Nations' public-private initiative "designed to assist companies in the development, implementation and disclosure of water sustainability policies and practices." But there's darker data beneath that sunny marketing: The CEO Water Mandate has been heavily hammered by the Sierra Club, the Polaris Institute and more for exerting undemocratic corporate control over water resources (PDF) under the banner of the United Nations. It even won a Public Eye Award for flagrant greenwashing from the Swiss non-governmental organization Berne Declaration. Meet the new boss, same as the old boss. "There is no admission of problems with the Water Mandate, or the United Nations Global Compact itself" -- the strategic policy initiative committed to human rights, labor and the environment -- Blue Gold and Blue Covenant author and activist Maude Barlow, who also chairs the National Council of Canadians and Food & Water Watch, explained to AlterNet. "These initiatives continue to flourish, not least because the most powerful member states of the United Nations are fully behind them. This also means that the United Nations is not funded fully. Programs and agencies often rely on private sponsorship to function, and are often barely getting their core administrative budgets funded." Another major problem is that routinely compromised and controversial institutions like World Bank, International Monetary Fund and regional development banks in general are in control of the United Nations' biggest projects. In April, the World Bank assumed control of the United Nations Climate Conference's new $100 billion Green Fund, which is the opposite of a comforting proposition, considering the World Bank's repeatedly noxious financing of oil and coal projects. "That gives control of billions of dollars to those who have been the most ardent promoters of water privatization," added Barlow, whose foreword for the Council of Canadians' recently damning report on private sector influence over the United Nations (PDF) argued that the planet is on the verge of a water crisis of terrifying proportions. "We're also seeing the IMF forcing indebted nations to sell off public assets, including water systems, as a condition of receiving financial support. The whole

system is rigged for these corporations, and they still are losing contracts, not meeting their obligations and watching as re-municipalization moves forward in France and other core markets." That kind of illogical corporate performance would logically lead to less control, not more. But the United Nations continues to hand over the reins to multinationals like its new cosigner Merck, which has repeatedly settled in court over everything from carcinogenic pollution to deceptive marketing. Despite the fact that the United Nations' own Joint Inspection Unit stated in a 2010 report (PDF) that the Global Compact's corporate partnerships were an unregulated mess. "The lack of a clear and articulated mandate has resulted in blurred focus and impact," the report stated. "The absence of adequate entry criteria and an effective monitoring system to measure actual implementation of the principles by participants has drawn some criticism and reputational risk for the Organization, and the Officeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s special set up has countered existing rules and procedures. Ten years after its creation, despite the intense activity carried out by the Office and the increasing resources received, results are mixed and risks unmitigated." The report suggested that not only was a clearer mandate from Member States required to "rethink and refocus" the Compact's corporate partnerships, but that the United Nations' General Assembly must better direct the Secretary-General to delineate the Compact's overall functions "in order to prevent a situation whereby any external group or actor(s) may divert attention from the strategic goals agreed to promote interests which may damage the reputation of the United Nations." The short version? It's not working, and won't work in its current form for the foreseeable future. But the United Nations' own advice to itself has evidently fallen mostly on deaf ears. "Unfortunately, the United Nations appears to be embracing more and more partnerships with the corporate sector across the board," Corporate Accountability International campaign director Gigi Kellett told AlterNet. "Civil society has been raising concerns about this flawed approach for over 10 years. There are strong voices within the United Nations, including some Member states, who are questioning the partnership paradigm adopted by the UN and calling for more transparency and accountability." But they are voices in the wilderness without the concerted support of a motivated public, as well as the usual civil society champions who make stopping this strain of corporate abuse their life's work. Power truly respects only one thing, and that is equally exercised power. And the public is fully empowered to make all the change it wants, provided it can unplug itself from distracting sex scandals and mainstream media marketing primarily designed to nurture its collective complacency. "Corporations rely on people's tacit support and willingness to look the other way when they engage in conduct that harms people or the environment and undermines democratic governance and decision-making," Kellett said. "When people come together in coordinated fashion and withhold their support from a corporation, that relationship is turned on its head. Boycotts are one powerful way that individuals can withhold their support, but there are range of other strategies. When activists come together and raise questions about a corporation's actions and tie them to its brand and image, the resulting media exposure can greatly impact how the corporation is perceived by consumers, investors or even government regulators."

But how do you boycott a multinational that controls your water supply? Can you shame a mammoth corporation into abdicating control over a lucrative commodity that should instead be regarded as a universal human right? Talk about your Sisyphean tasks. "Boycotts are much more difficult with water than a product like Coke," said Barlow. "There are no substitutes for water, and when these corporations are given monopoly power over water systems, boycotts are very unrealistic. Suez, Veolia and others are very concerned about their corporate image, but there is no effective means to hurt them financially except to end or block the contracts before they are signed. Boycotts have been very effective as public awareness campaigns, but citizens need to apply pressure on their governments as the first step in stopping the proliferation of voluntary initiatives." Demanding regulation of the private sector's products -- from water and natural resource commodification to inscrutable financial instruments and beyond -- as well as the public's political electives appears to be the paramount first principle. Because the problem is getting worse and going nowhere, especially now that our dystopian climate crisis has permanently disrupted business, and existence, as usual. From escalating warming and extreme weather to destabilized nations and environments, Earth is already precariously balanced on the tipping point. And giving profit-minded corporations voluntary control over their power and procedures is a 20th century anachronism best left behind. "We have not proven to have what it takes to deal with the climate crisis," argued Barlow, "and this is because it is all seen as a giant political and financial game, rather than the best and only chance to head off a catastrophe like we have never before imagined. Climate change is upon us, but we will never admit it fully, nor invest in stopping it, if our governments continue to represent corporate interests above others. It is up to us to challenge our states, and make sure they know we are engaged and aware." Scott Thill runs the online mag Morphizm.com. His writing has appeared on Salon, XLR8R, All Music Guide, Wired and others. http://www.alternet.org/water/151367/the_un_is_aiding_a_corporate_takeover_of_drinking_water/?page=entire

www.infowars.com, www.prisonplanet.tv and www.prisonplanet.com

Ron Paul: Bankruptcy may be a good idea for US Uploaded by dannybishopdsm on Jul 3, 2011

The US is in a debt crisis. Ron Paul says the US should "absolutely" declare bankruptcy, default on its debt, to save $1.7 trillion on interest payments. He says that would improve confidence because it lowers the national debt, and that would tell investors "we can handle it" now. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0aQ3Nsw13Ds&feature=player_embedded

“Let It Not Ever Be Said, That No One Cared ... That We Did Nothing.” ~ Texas Republican Congressman, Ron Paul ~

I'm mad as Hell and I'm not going to take this anymore From the motion picture Network (1976) Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=rGIY5Vyj4YM&feature=player_embedded

Obama Is Establishing An Executive Dictatorship White House crosses the rubicon Paul Joseph Watson Infowars.com Monday, July 11, 2011 President Barack Obama is rapidly advancing an executive dictatorship that threatens to completely nullify the US Constitution if left unchecked, with his administration hastily eroding every other branch of government as the White House crosses the rubicon to push through its political agenda on every front, from the war in Libya to domestic gun control. Watch the video: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Sbvim21KCOE&feature=player_embedded WAR ON LIBYA Obama has displayed open hostility to the rule of law and the Constitution when asked why he has failed to obtain Congressional approval for the war on Libya. Obama has ignored his own constitutional lawyers on the legality of the conquest, claiming that Congressional approval is not needed because the legitimacy of the UN supersedes Congress and that the bombardment, which has included over 800 bombing runs flown by US warplanes, is not a war. Obama has used word games and mental gymnastics to claim he hasn’t violated the War Powers Resolution. Even as universities, apartment blocks and marketplaces are bombed, killing innocent civilians, communications are blocked, and even as top admirals now admit that the scope of the mission is all about regime change, the Obama administration still clings to the ludicrous fallacy that the bombardment of Libya is not a war. Indeed, the White House itself characterized the goal in Libya as “installing a democratic system,” a euphemism for regime change, acknowledging that the agenda goes far beyond “protecting civilians,” as Obama claimed during his March 19 speech. GUN CONTROL As part of its bid to eviscerate the Second Amendment by stealth, or “under the radar” as Obama himself called it, the White House is about to launch a new gun control offensive that will bypass the necessity of passing legislation in Congress and instead rely on “only executive orders or administrative actions.” According to a Huffington Post story on the issue, Obama is likely to have more success pushing through gun control if he circumvents Congress on the issue. “Executive actions offer something that legislation doesn’t: guaranteed results. And as one gun control advocate told the Huffington Post, there are ways to “use these administrative changes to obtain similar results,” writes Sam Stein.

With the revelations surrounding Fast and Furious having blown up in their face, and the Obama administration’s ploy to blame violence in Mexico on gun rights even after they got caught shipping in the weapons in tatters, the White House is desperate to push through new gun control measures that are integral to advancing Rahm Emanuel’s May 2007 call to put people who are on a no fly list on a no gun buy list, stripping millions of Americans of their Second Amendment rights because they have been erroneously placed on a notoriously inaccurate no fly list that includes everyone from Senators to toddlers. DEBT CEILING As part of Obama’s charge to sink America into more debt to foreign bankers, he has dredged up a 143-yearold clause related to the Civil War in a bid to raise the debt ceiling, overtly challenging Congressional control of the budget, a development that could spark a “constitutional crisis,” reports AFP. Obama’s attempt to use an obscure civil war clause to circumvent Congress, which is empowered to control the purse strings, is another example of his administration’s flagrant effort to nullify the separation of powers within government and give the executive branch supreme control. CARBON TAXES After the White House failed in its bid to implement a de facto carbon tax through cap and trade, Obama simply bypassed Congress completely and had the EPA declare CO2 to be a pollutant and a public health threat, allowing greenhouse gas emissions to be regulated and taxed through the Clean Air Act. The EPA’s move was little more than a threat to back Congress into a corner and force them into passing legislation that would regulate CO2 for all new or expanded power plants. The fact that this has nothing to do with the environment and everything to do with fleecing American taxpayers was confirmed when Obama gave a waiver to General Electric and ensured that one of the biggest emitters of carbon dioxide on the planet, and coincidentally one of Obama’s largest campaign contributors, was exempt from the new regulations. OBAMACARE Having already been ruled unconstitutional by federal judges in both Florida and Virginia, Obama has also been busy handing out waivers to over a thousand corporations, including McDonalds, a clear violation of the Equal Protection clause and proof “that D.C. is now completely ignoring the rule of law“. OBAMA’S RURAL COUNCIL Obama’s White House has issued a new executive order mandating the creation of a “Rural Council,” another step in the move towards a centrally planned economy. According to this new executive order, the Obama administration plans to stick its itchy little fingers into just about every aspect of rural life,” writes the Economic Collapse Blog. “One of the stated goals of the White House Rural Council is to do the following….” “Coordinate and increase the effectiveness of Federal engagement with rural stakeholders, including agricultural organizations, small businesses, education and training institutions, health-care providers,

telecommunications services providers, research and land grant institutions, law enforcement, State, local, and tribal governments, and nongovernmental organizations regarding the needs of rural America.” This is merely a euphemism for a new layer of bureaucracy set to suffocate rural America, with federal control freaks already implementing new draconian regulations to put a stranglehold on farmer’s markets and other forms of self-sufficiency. OBAMA’S COUNCIL OF STATE GOVERNORS Another White House executive order that creates a council of state governors who will work with the feds to expand military involvement in domestic security has stoked fears that the administration is stepping up preparations for martial law. Rather than elected representatives being in control of states, Obama has created a body of ten lapdogs who answer to the federal government and not the American people. The order, which is entitled Establishment of the Council of Governors (PDF), creates a body of ten state governors directly appointed by Obama who will work with the federal government to help advance the “synchronization and integration of State and Federal military activities in the United States”. The governors will liaise with officials from Northcom, Homeland Security, the National Guard as well as DoD officials from the Pentagon “in order to strengthen further the partnership between the Federal Government and State governments,” according to the executive order. Conservatives and libertarians responded to the announcement by expressing their suspicion that Obama is preparing to give governors their marching orders in targeting “anti-government” types that have long been characterized as a terrorist threat by the feds in numerous reports stretching back over a decade. INTERNET KILL SWITCH The White House is aggressively advancing Chinese-style web censorship that would provide Obama with a figurative kill switch for the Internet, bypassing Congress completely as part of the federal government’s executive-level takeover of all communications. On every front, the Obama administration is entering the final stages of a total power grab that represents a clear effort to turn the country into an executive dictatorship, another stark indication that America is quickly beginning to resemble a decaying banana republic. Watch a video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y5Zv8i1OeZw&feature=player_embedded http://www.infowars.com/obama-is-establishing-an-executive-dictatorship/

Download a free PDF copy:

The Creature from Jekyll Island: www.scribd.com/doc/54912935/The-Creature-from-Jekyll-Island-G-Edward-Griffin

Fluoride - Get it out of our drinking water!

â&#x20AC;&#x153;It is time for the United States, and the few remaining fluoridating countries, to recognize that fluoridation is outdated, has serious risks that far outweigh any minor benefits, violates sound medical ethics and denies freedom of choice. Fluoridation must be ended now.â&#x20AC;? Fluoride Free Sacramento: http://fluoridefreesacramento.org/index.html Fluoride Action Network: www.fluoridealert.org/ Fluoride Class Action Lawsuit: http://fluoride-class-action.com/hhs/comments-re-lead

CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING QUOTE: â&#x20AC;&#x153;A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known, and he carries his banners openly. But the traitor moves among those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself. For the traitor appears not a traitor, he speaks in the accents familiar to his victims, and he wears their face and their garments, and he appeals to the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation, he works secretly and unknown in the night, to undermine the pillars of a city, he infects the body politic, so that it can no longer resist ... A murderer is less to be feared.â&#x20AC;? -- Cicero, 42 B.C.

America: Freedom to Fascism--Documentary Watch the video: http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-1656880303867390173&q=freedom+to+fascism&pr=goog-sl#

America: Freedom to Fascism is a 2006 film by Aaron Russo, which alleges among a variety of claims that income tax is illegal. The documentary covers many subjects, including: the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), the income tax, Federal Reserve System, national ID cards (REAL ID Act), human-implanted RFID tags (spychips), Diebold electronic voting machines, globalization, Big Brother, taser weapons abuse, and the alleged use of terrorism by government as a means to diminish the citizens' rights. The film, determined to find the law that requires American citizens to pay income tax, producer Aaron Russo set out on a journey to find the evidence. This film which is neither left, nor right-wing is a startling examination of government. It exposes the systematic erosion of civil liberties in America since 1913 when the Federal Reserve system was fraudulently created.

re路pu路di路ate [ri-pyoo-dee-eyt]

1. to reject as having no authority or binding force: to repudiate a claim. 2. to cast off or disown: to repudiate a son. 3. to reject with disapproval or condemnation: to repudiate a new doctrine. 4. to reject with denial: to repudiate a charge as untrue. 5. to refuse to acknowledge and pay (a debt), as a state, municipality, etc.

The Debt

If All The $17 Trillion Debt Were Owed To Me... By Dick Eastman 2-17-11

If all the 17 trillion were owed to me, Dick Eastman, you would want everyone to repudiate that debt, wouldn't you? What's so special about the Rothschilds that you will sacrifice your country, your business, your home, your job and your family's future to him?

Millions will die, and ten million minds will crack and a hundred million lives will fall apart. The pain and grief for what has happened and the future that has been robbed will be intolerable. And the talking heads go on: The government must cut this, the people must do without that, wages must be cut drastically, benefits must disappear, packages smaller, ingredients more inferior etc. Because we owe $17 trillion and it has to be paid. But do we really have to pay Mr. Rothschild and Mr. Rockefeller and Mr. Soros etc.? If all the $17 trillion were owed just to me, would you still feel obligated to inflict all that damage on so many lives? Or would you repudiate and say, "To hell with you, Dick Eastman" And what kind of person would I be if I insisted that $17 trillion had to be taken from everyone so that I could possess that much wealth? Wouldn't it be very strange that no one in the media or in government or in the economics departments of our great universities ever once asks, is Rothschild really that wonderful that 300 million people must live short lives of agony so that he can add to the astronomical amount of wealth he already possesses? All the news media talk about our debt and the suffering that must come of it -- where from

our bodies we should cut our pound of flesh -- and more than a pound! -- hundreds of millions of people ruined and thrown into misery -- and not one of them ever asks the basic questions: Who is getting this $17 trillion dollars? Where is what we bought with that $17 trillion dollars? What did the lenders give up to make that $17 trillion available to us? Since we are the ones who work and invent and manage and they are the ones who make loans, how is it that they end up owning it all? Did they provide the money for the bubbles -- or in fact did we ourselves make the bubbles by putting up our own equity in second mortgage agreements? Yet they get the houses and the compound interest over principal when all they put into the job was a half hour of keyboarding. Government can declare eminent domain and take our houses, they can vote to tax away all we have, but why do they never put a graduated earnings tax on interest earnings? Why do they never pass a law requiring that debt burdens adjust to average household purchasing power? Why is government borrowing from international bankers the one thing in all the world that is not regulated in any way? Politicians don't call for debt repudiation because they know doing so would get them killed. Arm chair economists don't advocate repudiation because they think they know that a nation needs credit in order to have the money necessary for the economy to function at all. If we repudiate, all loans will be recalled and no one will have money to buy anything. But guess what? Social Credit makes them unnecessary. The government can set up a system whereby all the new money that the economy needs can originate by fiat in the household sector, in the hands of the people, so they can go out and buy so that businesses can be profitable and keep people employed. No longer will people have to trade their equity for purchasing power to meet their debt obligations.

Debt slaves sacrificed to Goldman-Sachs

The answer is simple. Repudiate while at the same time issuing new money to households. It would be like having an income tax refund every month -- no interest, no pay back of principal. And if every nation in the world called for repudiation of national debt -- and all interest due on loans to banks, so that only principal must be paid back -- then where would be the recession? Only repudiation and social credit together can save this country and every country. You can't repudiate national debt unless you have a system of social credit to replace the credit that Rothschild will forever withdraw.

This imp says: "Congress allowed the wars and voted the money -- it would not be honorable for you to refuse to pay the debt they incurred -- even if it was Rothschild/Rockefeller/Soros etc. who bought their elections and own the political operatives how froze you out of the nominating process." Repudiation is justified. They have been running a crooked wheel and fraud vitiates all contracts. Repudiate all debt and remove any official that puts the Rothschilds above the nation and the people. If we make it a world-wide repudiation and if we replace the withdrawn credit with social credit -- it will not be the end. It will be the beginning. Recessions and economic scandals should never be. With Social Credit they won't be ever again. Dick Eastman, Yakima, Washington Every man is responsible to every other man. And Rothschild is responsible to the billions who owe them money or owe them rent or pay them their monopoly profits. Or, if he is not, then he has no business being the richest man on earth. (I speak of course of Rothschild as representing all the breed of merchant bankers -- I am not talking about one man, but a network of crime families who dominate high finance.) What Is Social Credit? http://www.citizensamericaparty.org/socialcredit.htm Populist Nationalist Social Credit Brotherhood of American Citizen Peacemakers of All Races and Creeds -- This is our Common Ground!!! www.rense.com/general92/debti.htm

The Issuance of Debt-Free Money (That would end the income tax-war-debt usury system) "The government should create, issue and circulate all the currency and credit needed to satisfy the spending power of the government and the buying power of consumers..... The privilege of creating and issuing money is not only the supreme prerogative of Government, but it is the Government's greatest creative opportunity. By the adoption of these principles, the long-felt want for a uniform medium will be satisfied. "The taxpayers will be saved immense sums of interest, discounts and exchanges. The financing of all public enterprises, the maintenance of stable government and ordered progress, and the conduct of the Treasury will become matters of practical administration. The people can and will be furnished with a currency as safe as their own government. Money will cease to be the master and become the servant of humanity. Democracy will rise superior to the money power." â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Abraham Lincoln, on the issuance of the Greenbacks, government issued, debt-free money which is in sharp contrast to the "Federal" Reserve.

" ...That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, â&#x20AC;&#x201D;That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to affect their Safety and Happiness. Richard Eastman Social Credit Now at The Spiritual UN

Download a free PDF copy of

America Slipping into Fascism: www.scribd.com/doc/4941167/America-Slipping-into-Fascism-2009

THE POWERS THAT BE — PUTTING THE “CON” IN CONSPIRACY Diagram of “The Powers That Be” / Definition of TPTB Most people have a sense of “how the world works.” Within this frame of reference, a term like “The Powers That Be” would usually be thought to mean our elected politicians, especially at the national level, and perhaps a few other top players from politics and major corporations. We elect politicians on a regular basis, so in theory we are in charge of The Powers That Be (TPTB). But if that’s really so, why is the will of the people not being carried out by TPTB? Why are things so royally messed up, regardless of which political party is in charge at the moment? The simple explanation is that the usual definition of The Powers That Be is grossly incomplete. Who Are The Powers That Be? If you want to know who really runs things in the world, check out the diagram of The Powers That Be below. In general, the higher on the chart that an entity appears, the more powerful it is in relationship to other entities. (The exceptions are the “Nouveau Riche,” “Political Class,” and “Industrial Families” entities, which vary greatly in their power level.)Right-click on TPTB diagram image to open it up full size in a new browser window or tab so you can flip back and forth between it and the rest of this article. http://www.grinningplanet.com/articles/conspiracy/diagram-of-the-powers-that-be-definition-of-tptb.htm Figure 1. Diagram of The Powers That Be (TPTB)

The Reality Detached American The signs are everywhere for those with eyes to see and ears to hear. But precious few will heed the call. Now Liberty breathes its last gasp. All these are the beginning of sorrows.

Music credit to Kevin MacLeod: ‘Organic Meditations Three’

Watch the video: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WCxBDDk4Y-M&feature=mfu_in_order&list=UL

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Letter to the Ruling Class

You control our world. You’ve poisoned the air we breathe, contaminated the water we drink, and copyrighted the food we eat. We fight in your wars, die for your causes, and sacrifice our freedoms to protect you. You’ve liquidated our savings, destroyed our middle class, and used our tax dollars to bailout your unending greed. We are slaves to your corporations, zombies to your airwaves, servants to your decadence. You’ve stolen our elections, assassinated our leaders, and abolished our basic rights as human beings. You own our property, shipped away our jobs, and shredded our unions. You’ve profited off of disaster, destabilized our currencies, and raised our cost of living. You’ve monopolized our freedom, stripped away our education, and have almost extinguished our flame. We are hit… we are bleeding… but we ain’t got time to bleed. We will bring the giants to their knees and you will witness our revolution! The Serfs http://weaintgottimetobleed.com/ Watch Jesse Ventura’s Conspiracy Theory: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eIZojG6jIf4

Cost of Bailout Hits A Whopping $24 (now $28) Trillion Dollars $80,000 for every American Paul Joseph Watson Prison Planet.com Monday, July 20, 2009

According to the watchdog overseeing the federal government’s financial bailout program, the full exposure since 2007 amounts to a whopping $23.7 trillion dollars, or $80,000 for every American citizen. The last time we were able to get a measure of the total cost of the bailout, it stood at around $8.5 trillion dollars. Eight months down the line and that figure has almost tripled. The $23.7 trillion figure comprises “about 50 initiatives and programs set up by the Bush and Obama administrations as well as by the Federal Reserve,” according to the Associated Press. In testimony which will be delivered to the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee tomorrow, Neil Barofsky, the inspector general for the TARP, will tell Congress that “the Treasury Department has repeatedly failed to adopt recommendations aimed at making the TARP program more accountable and transparent.” According to Barofsky, taxpayers are in the dark as to who has received the money and what they are doing with it. As we have repeatedly highlighted, the destination of some $2 trillion in TARP funds was the subject of a lawsuit filed by Bloomberg late last year after the Fed refused to disclose the recipients. The suit is still ongoing as Bloomberg attempts to discover names of private financial institutions that received the money. The American people will ultimately pick up the tab as their dollar is devalued because the Fed lends the money from its own balance sheet or essentially just prints more money, as a San Francisco Chronicle article explained last year. Wages will not keep pace with inflation and if we add to the equation the raft of new taxes being introduced by the Obama administration, the consequences are clear – another lowering of the living standard for millions of middle class Americans. Meanwhile, Henry Paulson, one of the chief architects of the bailout and the man who committed financial terrorism by threatening the Congress with martial law and food riots if they didn’t pass the initial TARP package, brazenly pockets $200,000 in Goldman Sachs profits tax free while handing out billions in ill-gotten gains to his bankster buddies, all this after he pulled a bait and switch by changing the entire focus of the bailout from buying up toxic debt to giving money directly to financial institutions. We dread to think what the bailout figure will be in another eight months. Will it triple again to $70 trillion dollars? How about $100 trillion dollars? The only thing that can bring an end to the wanton looting is Ron Paul’s bill to audit the Fed, which has received overwhelming support in the House but is being blocked by the bought and paid for traitors in the Senate who would rather see a continuation of the grand larceny rather than real accountability and transparency. Watch a CNBC discussion of the $24 trillion figure below. http://www.prisonplanet.com/cost-of-bailout-hits-a-whopping-24-trillion-dollars.html

The Size of Derivatives Bubble = $190K Per Person on Planet Tom Foremski Silicon Valley Watcher March 17, 2009 More must read financial analysis from DK Matai, Chairman of the ACTA Open. The Invisible One Quadrillion Dollar Equation — Asymmetric Leverage and Systemic Risk According to various distinguished sources including the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) in Basel, Switzerland — the central bankers’ bank — the amount of outstanding derivatives worldwide as of December 2007 crossed USD 1.144 Quadrillion, ie, USD 1,144 Trillion. The main categories of the USD 1.144 Quadrillion derivatives market were the following: 1. Listed credit derivatives stood at USD 548 trillion; 2. The Over-The-Counter (OTC) derivatives stood in notional or face value at USD 596 trillion and included: a. Interest Rate Derivatives at about USD 393+ trillion; b. Credit Default Swaps at about USD 58+ trillion; c. Foreign Exchange Derivatives at about USD 56+ trillion; d. Commodity Derivatives at about USD 9 trillion; e. Equity Linked Derivatives at about USD 8.5 trillion; and f. Unallocated Derivatives at about USD 71+ trillion. Quadrillion? That is a number only super-computing engineers and astronomers used to use, not economists and bankers! For example, the North star is “just” a couple of quadrillion miles away, ie, a few thousand trillion miles. The new “Roadrunner” supercomputer built by IBM for the US Department of Energy’s Los Alamos National Laboratory has achieved a peak performance of 1.026 Peta Flop per second — becoming the first supercomputer ever to reach this milestone. One Quadrillion Floating Point Operations (Flops) per second is 1 Peta Flop/s, ie, 1,000 Trillion Flops per second. It is estimated that all the data found on all the websites and stored on computers across the world totals more than One Exa byte of memory, ie, 1,000 Quadrillion bytes of data. Whilst outstanding derivatives are notional amounts until they are crystallised, actual exposure is measured by the net credit equivalent. This is normally a lower figure unless many variables plot a locus in the wrong direction simultaneously. This could be because of catastrophic unpredictable events, ie, “Black Swans”, such as cascades of bankruptcies and nationalisations, when the net exposure can balloon and become considerably larger or indeed because some extremely dislocating geo-political or geo-physical events take place simultaneously. Also, the notional value becomes real value when either counterparty to the OTC derivative goes bankrupt. This means that no large OTC derivative house can be allowed to go broke without falling into the arms of another. Whatever funds within reason are required to rescue failing international investment banks, deposit banks and financial entities ought to be provided on a

case by case basis. This is the asymmetric nature of derivatives and here lies the potential for systemic risk to the global economic system and financial markets if nothing is done. Let us think about the invisible USD 1.144 quadrillion equation with black swan variables — ie, 1,144 trillion dollars in terms of outstanding derivatives, global Gross Domestic Product (GDP), real estate, world stock and bond markets coupled with unknown unknowns or “Black Swans”. What would be the relative positioning of USD 1.144 quadrillion for outstanding derivatives, ie, what is their scale: 1. The entire GDP of the US is about USD 14 trillion. 2. The entire US money supply is also about USD 15 trillion. 3. The GDP of the entire world is USD 50 trillion. USD 1,144 trillion is 22 times the GDP of the whole world. 4. The real estate of the entire world is valued at about USD 75 trillion. 5. The world stock and bond markets are valued at about USD 100 trillion. 6. The big banks alone own about USD 140 trillion in derivatives. 7. Bear Stearns had USD 13+ trillion in derivatives and went bankrupt in March. Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, Lehman Brothers and AIG have all ‘collapsed’ because of complex securities and derivatives exposures in September. 8. The population of the whole planet is about 6 billion people. So the derivatives market alone represents about USD 190,000 per person on the planet. The Impact of Derivatives 1. Derivatives are securities whose value depends on the underlying value of other basic securities and associated risks. Derivatives have exploded in use over the past two decades. We cannot even properly define many classes of derivatives because they are highly complex instruments and come in many shapes, sizes, colours and flavours and display different characteristics under different market conditions. 2. Derivatives are unregulated, not traded on any public exchange, without universal standards, dealt with by private agreement, not transparent, have no open bid/ask market, are unguaranteed, have no central clearing house, and are just not really tangible. 3. Derivatives include such well known instruments as futures and options which are actively traded on numerous exchanges as well as numerous over-the-counter instruments such as interest rate swaps, forward contracts in foreign exchange and interest rates, and various commodity and equity instruments. 4. Everyone from the large financial institutions, governments, corporations, mutual and pension funds, to hedge funds, and large and small speculators, uses derivatives. However, they have never existed in history with the overarching, exorbitant scale that they now do. 5. Derivatives are unravelling at a fast rate with the start of the “Great Unwind” of the global credit markets which began in July 2007 and particularly after the collapse of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae in September this year. 6. When derivatives unravel significantly the entire world economy would be at peril, given the relatively smaller scale of the world economy by comparison. 7. The derivatives market collapse could make the housing and stock market collapses look incidental.

Three Historical Examples 1. The so-called rogue trader Nick Leeson who made a huge derivatives bet on the direction of the Japanese Nikkei index brought on the collapse of Barings Bank in 1995. 2. The collapse of Long Term Capital Management (LTCM), a hedge fund that had a former derivatives and bond dealer from Salomon Brothers and two Nobel Prize winners in Economics as principals, collapsed because of huge leveraged bets in currencies and bonds in 1998. 3. Finally, a lot of the problems of Enron in 2000 were brought on by leveraged derivatives and using derivatives to hide problems on the balance sheet. The Pitfall The single conceptual pitfall at the basis of the disorderly growth of the global derivatives market is the postulate of hedging and netting, which lies at the basis of each model and of the whole regulatory environment hyper structure. Perfect hedges and perfect netting require functioning markets. When one or more markets become dysfunctional, the whole deck of cards could collapse swiftly. To hope, as US Treasury Secretary Mr Henry Paulson does, that an accounting ruse such as transferring liabilities, however priced, from a private to a public agent will restore the functionality of markets implies a drastic jump in logic. Markets function only when: 1. There is a price level at which demand meets supply; and more importantly when 2. Both sides believe in each other’s capacity to deliver. Satisfying criterion 1. without satisfying criterion 2. which is essentially about trust, gets one nowhere in the long term, although in the short term, the markets may demonstrate momentary relief and euphoria. Conclusion In the context of the USD 700 billion rescue plan — still being finalised in Washington, DC — the following is worth considering step by step. Decision makers are rightly concerned about alleviating immediate pressure points in the global financial system, such as, the mortgage crisis, decline in consumer spending and the looming loss of confidence in financial institutions. However, whilst these problems are grave, they are acting as a catalyst to another more massive challenge which may have to be tackled across many nation states simultaneously. As money flows slow down sharply, confidence levels would decline across the globe, and trust would be broken asymmetrically, ie, the time taken to repair it would be much longer. Unless there is government action in concert, this could ignite a chain-reaction which would swiftly purge trillions and trillions of dollars in over-leveraged risky bets. Within the context of over-leverage, the biggest problem of all is to do with “Derivatives”, of which CDSs are a minor subset. Warren Buffett has said the derivatives neutron bomb has the potential to destroy the entire world economy, and is a “disaster waiting to happen.” He has also referred to derivatives as Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD). Counting one dollar per second, it would take 32 million years to count to one Quadrillion. The numbers we are dealing with are absolutely astronomical and from the realms of super-computing we have stepped into global economics. There is a sense of no sustainability and lack of longevity in the “Invisible One Quadrillion Dollar Equation” of the derivatives market especially with attendant Black Swan variables causing multiple implosions amongst financial institutions and counterparties! The only way out, albeit painful, is via discretionary case-by-case government intervention on an unprecedented scale. Securing the savings and assets of ordinary citizens ought to be the number one concern in directing such policy.

Day of Rage: Americans Finally Reacting To Economic Rape? Paul Joseph Watson Infowars.com February 17, 2011 Last month we speculated how long it would take for the scenes on the streets of Cairo to be repeated in America. After all, Americans are facing similar levels of economic rape to those that prompted Egyptians to rise up and overthrow 30 year dictator Hosni Mubarak. Now Wisconsin Congressman Paul Ryan (R) is making similar comparisons after protesters massed in the hallways of the Wisconsin state Capitol this morning as part of what Matt Drudge dubbed a “day of rage”. The demonstrators are rallying against a “momentous bill that would strip government workers, including school teachers, of nearly all collective bargaining rights,” reports the Associated Press. The bill asks public sector workers to make a 5.8 percent pension contribution, roughly equal to the national average, along with a 12.6 percent health insurance contribution. Ryan expressed his opposition to the demands of the protesters, but noted that the Wisconsin Governor Scott Walker was now facing, “Riots — it’s like Cairo has moved to Madison these days.” Similarly, noting that the Governor has threatened to break the union protests by deploying the National Guard, writer Noam Chomsky told Democracy Now that what happened in Egypt was “the beginning of what we need here – democracy uprising.” As part of the demonstration against the bill, students of Stoughton High School staged a walkout on Monday as a show of support for their teachers. Whether you’re in favor of making public sector workers pay more in contributions or not, the fact is that Americans in general now face the terrible consequences of a derivatives debt black hole that threatens to shut down the entire economy. No budget cuts, public sector pension contributions, or any austerity measures whatsoever can redress the $1.4 Quadrillion dollar derivatives debt tsunami that Americans will now have to face as a result of the financial terrorists unleashing what promises to turn into an inflationary holocaust. As the Economic Edge blog points out, “The global size of the derivatives bubble which was calculated last year at USD 190k per person-on-planet, has risen to USD 206k per person-on-planet. The ever rising commitment of governments for the repeated bailouts of financial institutions is partially linked to various flavours of derivatives exposure settlements and “black hole” losses emanating from off-balance-sheet vehicles.” Indeed, the entire GDP of every single country in the world only amounts to around $60 trillion. How can we ever hope to pay off $1,400 trillion dollars? We can’t and we won’t. The only way that this $1.4 Quadrillion mountain of debt will disappear is a total and complete collapse of the global economy and its replacement with a new financial system. Whether that also simultaneously brings down the US dollar and the United States itself as a first world country remains to be seen, but anyone who believes that a few years of austerity can redress the balance is living in cloud cuckoo land.

Once the whole charade starts to unravel, the scenes we saw in Cairo over the last few weeks will look like a walk in the park in comparison to the turmoil that awaits as a result of the derivatives bubble. RELATED: IT’S THE DERIVATIVES, STUPID! WHY FANNIE, FREDDIE AND AIG ALL HAD TO BE BAILED OUT Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a fill-in host for The Alex Jones Show. Watson has been interviewed by many publications and radio shows, including Vanity Fair and Coast to Coast AM, America’s most listened to late night talk show.

Hacking Democracy Part 1 of 9 This is a great documentary about the 2000 and 2004 election conspiracy. Find out how our elections are easy to hack. Have our elections been legitimate? Watch this 9 part video! Watch the video: Part 1: www.youtube.com/watch?v=68SX9UgrV10&feature=related

“When a government is dependent upon bankers for money, they and not the leaders of the government control the situation, since the hand that gives, is above the hand that takes … Money has no motherland; financiers are without patriotism and without decency ... their sole object is gain.” ~ Napoleon Bonaparte, 1815

The Coming Derivatives Crisis That Could Destroy The Entire Global Financial System The Economic Collapse October 20, 2011 Most people have no idea that Wall Street has become a gigantic financial casino. The big Wall Street banks are making tens of billions of dollars a year in the derivatives market, and nobody in the financial community wants the party to end. The word “derivatives” sounds complicated and technical, but understanding them is really not that hard. A derivative is essentially a fancy way of saying that a bet has been made. Originally, these bets were designed to hedge risk, but today the derivatives market has mushroomed into a mountain of speculation unlike anything the world has ever seen before. Estimates of the notional value of the worldwide derivatives market go from $600 trillion all the way up to $1.5 quadrillion. Keep in mind that the GDP of the entire world is only somewhere in the neighborhood of $65 trillion. The danger to the global financial system posed by derivatives is so great that Warren Buffet once called them “financial weapons of mass destruction”. For now, the financial powers that be are trying to keep the casino rolling, but it is inevitable that at some point this entire mess is going to come crashing down. When it does, we are going to be facing a derivatives crisis that really could destroy the entire global financial system. Most people don’t talk much about derivatives because they simply do not understand them. Perhaps a couple of definitions would be helpful. The following is how a recent Bloomberg article defined derivatives…. Derivatives are financial instruments used to hedge risks or for speculation. They’re derived from stocks, bonds, loans, currencies and commodities, or linked to specific events such as changes in the weather or interest rates. The key word there is “speculation”. Today the folks down on Wall Street are speculating on just about anything that you can imagine. The following is how Investopedia defines derivatives…. A security whose price is dependent upon or derived from one or more underlying assets. The derivative itself is merely a contract between two or more parties. Its value is determined by fluctuations in the underlying asset. The most common underlying assets include stocks, bonds, commodities, currencies, interest rates and market indexes. Most derivatives are characterized by high leverage. A derivative has no underlying value of its own. A derivative is essentially a side bet. Usually these side bets are highly leveraged. At this point, making side bets has totally gotten out of control in the financial world. Side bets are being made on just about anything you can possibly imagine, and the major Wall Street banks are making a ton of

money from it. This system is almost entirely unregulated and it is totally dominated by the big international banks. Over the past couple of decades, the derivatives market has multiplied in size. Everything is going to be fine as long as the system stays in balance. But once it gets out of balance we could witness a string of financial crashes that no government on earth will be able to fix. The amount of money that we are talking about is absolutely staggering. Graham Summers of Phoenix Capital Research estimates that the notional value of the global derivatives market is $1.4 quadrillion, and in an article for Seeking Alpha he tried to put that number into perspective…. If you add up the value of every stock on the planet, the entire market capitalization would be about $36 trillion. If you do the same process for bonds, you’d get a market capitalization of roughly $72 trillion. The notional value of the derivative market is roughly $1.4 QUADRILLION. I realize that number sounds like something out of Looney tunes, so I’ll try to put it into perspective. $1.4 Quadrillion is roughly: -40 TIMES THE WORLD’S STOCK MARKET. -10 TIMES the value of EVERY STOCK & EVERY BOND ON THE PLANET. -23 TIMES WORLD GDP. It is hard to fathom how much money a quadrillion is. If you started counting right now at one dollar per second, it would take 32 million years to count to one quadrillion dollars. Yes, the boys and girls down on Wall Street have gotten completely and totally out of control. In an excellent article that he did on derivatives, Webster Tarpley described the pivotal role that derivatives now play in the global financial system…. Far from being some arcane or marginal activity, financial derivatives have come to represent the principal business of the financier oligarchy in Wall Street, the City of London, Frankfurt, and other money centers. A concerted effort has been made by politicians and the news media to hide and camouflage the central role played by derivative speculation in the economic disasters of recent years. Journalists and public relations types have done everything possible to avoid even mentioning derivatives, coining phrases like “toxic assets,” “exotic instruments,” and – most notably – “troubled assets,” as in Troubled Assets Relief Program or TARP, aka the monstrous $800 billion bailout of Wall Street speculators which was enacted in October 2008 with the support of Bush, Henry Paulson, John McCain, Sarah Palin, and the Obama Democrats. Most people do not realize this, but derivatives were at the center of the financial crisis of 2008. They will almost certainly be at the center of the next financial crisis as well.

For many, alarm bells went off the other day when it was revealed that Bank of America has moved a big chunk of derivatives from its failing Merrill Lynch investment banking unit to its depository arm. So what does that mean? An article posted on The Daily Bail the other day explained that it means that U.S. taxpayers could end up holding the bag…. This means that the investment bank’s European derivatives exposure is now backstopped by U.S. taxpayers. Bank of America didn’t get regulatory approval to do this, they just did it at the request of frightened counterparties. Now the Fed and the FDIC are fighting as to whether this was sound. The Fed wants to “give relief” to the bank holding company, which is under heavy pressure. This is a direct transfer of risk to the taxpayer done by the bank without approval by regulators and without public input. So did you hear about this on the news? Probably not. Today, the notional value of all the derivatives held by Bank of America comes to approximately $75 trillion. JPMorgan Chase is holding derivatives with a notional value of about $79 trillion. It is hard to even conceive of such figures. Right now, the banks with the most exposure to derivatives are JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America, Goldman Sachs, Citigroup, Wells Fargo and HSBC Bank USA. Morgan Stanley also has tremendous exposure to derivatives. You may have noticed that these are some of the “too big to fail” banks. The biggest U.S. banks continue to grow and they continue to get even more power. Back in 2002, the top 10 U.S. banks controlled 55 percent of all U.S. banking assets. Today, the top 10 U.S. banks control 77 percent of all U.S. banking assets. These banks have gotten so big and so powerful that if they collapsed our entire financial system would implode. You would have thought that we would have learned our lesson back in 2008 and would have done something about this, but instead we have allowed the “too big to bail” banks to become bigger than ever. And they pretty much do whatever they want. A while back, the New York Times published an article entitled “A Secretive Banking Elite Rules Trading in Derivatives“. That article exposed the steel-fisted control that the “too big to fail” banks exert over the trading of derivatives. Just consider the following excerpt from the article….

On the third Wednesday of every month, the nine members of an elite Wall Street society gather in Midtown Manhattan. The men share a common goal: to protect the interests of big banks in the vast market for derivatives, one of the most profitable — and controversial — fields in finance. They also share a common secret: The details of their meetings, even their identities, have been strictly confidential. So what institutions are represented at these meetings? Well, according to the New York Times, the following banks are involved: JPMorgan Chase, Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, Bank of America and Citigroup. Why do those same five names seem to keep popping up time after time? Sadly, these five banks keep pouring money into the campaigns of politicians that supported the bailouts in 2008 and that they know will bail them out again when the next financial crisis strikes. Those that defend the wild derivatives trading that is going on today claim that Wall Street has accounted for all of the risks and they assume that the issuing banks will always be able to cover all of the derivative contracts that they write. But that is a faulty assumption. Just look at AIG back in 2008. When the housing market collapsed AIG was on the wrong end of a massive number of derivative contracts and it would have gone “bust” without gigantic bailouts from the federal government. If the bailouts of AIG had not happened, Goldman Sachs and a whole lot of other people would have been left standing there with a whole bunch of worthless paper. It is inevitable that the same thing is going to happen again. Except next time it may be on a much grander scale. When “the house” goes “bust”, everybody loses. The governments of the world could step in and try to bail everyone out, but the reality is that when the derivatives market comes totally crashing down there won’t be any government on earth with enough money to put it back together again. A horrible derivatives crisis is coming. It is only a matter of time. Stay alert for any mention of the word “derivatives” or the term “derivatives crisis” in the news. When the derivatives crisis arrives, things will start falling apart very rapidly. http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/the-coming-derivatives-crisis-that-could-destroy-the-entireglobal-financial-system

Bank of America Dumps $75 Trillion In Derivatives On U.S. Taxpayers With Federal Approval Saturday, December 24, 2011 7:10 Bloomberg reports that Bank of America (BAC) has shifted about $22 trillion worth of derivative obligations from Merrill Lynch and the BAC holding company to the FDIC insured retail deposit division. Along with this information came the revelation that the FDIC insured unit was already stuffed with $53 trillion worth of these potentially toxic obligations, making a total of $75 trillion. Derivatives are highly volatile financial instruments that are occasionally used to hedge risk, but mostly used for speculation. They are bets upon the value of stocks, bonds, mortgages, other loans, currencies, commodities, volatility of financial indexes, and even weather changes. Many big banks, including Bank of America, issue derivatives because, if they are not triggered, they are highly profitable to the issuer, and result in big bonus payments to the executives who administer them. If they are triggered, of course, the obligations fall upon the corporate entity, not the executives involved. Ultimately, by allowing existing gambling bets to remain in insured retail banks, and endorsing the shift of additional bets into the insured retail division, the obligation falls upon the U.S. taxpayers and dollar-denominated savers. Even if we net out the notional value of the derivatives involved, down to the net potential obligation, the amount is so large that the United States could not hope to pay it off without a major dollar devaluation, if a major contingency actually occurred and a large part of the derivatives were triggered. But, if such an event ever occurs, Bank of America's derivatives counter-parties will, as usual, be made whole, while the American people suffer. This all has the blessing of the Federal Reserve, which approved the transfer of derivatives from Merrill Lynch to the insured retail unit of BAC before it was done. Contrary to popular belief, which blames the global financial crisis on subprime borrowers, it was the derivatives, based upon the likelihood that those borrowers would pay their debts, that were the primary catalyst triggering the global economic crisis of 2008. Back then, the derivative obligations of AIG (AIG) imploded the insurer. Under the pressure of fear-mongering from the Federal Reserve and the financial industry, the U.S. government committed hundreds of billions of dollars to bail out AIG's counter-parties, including the biggest banks of Europe and America. Had the government not stepped in, virtually all the banks on Wall Street would have gone bankrupt. A host of European and Asian banks would have followed. AIG was not FDIC insured. It could have been allowed to fail, and should have been allowed to fail. All the banks on Wall Street that would have failed should have failed. Their speculator counter-parties should have been bankrupted, and their retail depositors should have been made whole. The retail divisions could have been temporarily nationalized and sold off as soon as possible to more prudent management. Had this occurred, America would have experienced a deep but very temporary economic downturn, and, by now, the downturn would be over. But, with derivatives obligations tied intimately with FDIC insured depositary units, the debt will need to be paid by the government, as a matter of law. We will have no legal choice except to default, or pay them off. In 2008, politicians in Washington D.C., and Trojan horse operatives within the financial organs of our government, bailed out imprudent managements of big casino-banks. Bank executives not only didn't need to go bankrupt, as they should have, but collected huge bonuses. Later, in response to the abuse, Congress passed the Dodd-Frank legislation and the Volcker rule. These were supposed to insure that such bailouts were not needed in the future. Supposedly, this would prevent further abuse of the American taxpayer. The most recent abuse-event, involving BAC, illustrates the uselessness of such laws. Bank of America NA is FDIC insured, and has the blessing of the Federal Reserve, in spite of such a transaction being prohibited by Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. Specifically, the section reads in relevant part:

"A member bank and its subsidiaries may engage in a covered transaction with an affiliate only if-1. in the case of any affiliate, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the member bank and its subsidiaries will not exceed 10 per centum of the capital stock and surplus of the member bank; and 2. in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the member bank and its subsidiaries will not exceed 20 per centum of the capital stock and surplus of the member bank ..." The Federal Reserve is an institution largely controlled by those who are probably the counter-parties to the Merrill Lynch derivatives. No doubt, its approval of the transaction, in spite of the prohibitions of section 23A arise out of a claim that Merrill is not a "bank" as defined under the Act, and, therefore, not an affiliate. But, the Act also provides that: For purposes of applying this section and section 23B, and notwithstanding subsection (b)(2) of this section or section 23B(d)(1), a financial subsidiary of a bankâ&#x20AC;&#x201D; 1. shall be deemed to be an affiliate of the bank; and 2. shall not be deemed to be a subsidiary of the bank. So, Merrill Lynch is clearly an affiliate of Bank of America, and the Federal Reserve is clearly violating the law by approving this particular transaction. But, here is the kicker. Congress has given ultimate power to the Federal Reserve to ignore its own enabling Act legislation. The law also reads: The Board may, at its discretion, by regulation or order exempt transactions or relationships from the requirements of this section if it finds such exemptions to be in the public interest The FDIC opposed the move, but there is nothing the FDIC can do, except file a petition for a writ of mandamus in court, against the Federal Reserve, seeking a declaration that the approval was illegal. But, the FDIC would lose, because Congress has given the Federal Reserve Board ultimate power to do whatever it wishes. So, the bottom line is this: When something bad happens, and the derivative obligations are triggered, the FDIC will be on the hook, thanks to the Federal Reserve. The counter-parties of Bank of America, both inside America and elsewhere around the world, will be safely bailed out by the full faith and credit of the USA. Meanwhile, the taxpayers and dollar denominated savers will be fleeced again. This latest example of misconduct illustrates the error of allowing a bankcontrolled entity, like the Federal Reserve, complete power over the nation's monetary system. The so-called "reforms" enacted by Congress, in the wake of the 2008 crash, have vested more, and not less, power in the Federal Reserve, and supplied us with more, rather than less instability and problems. This is not an isolated instance. JP Morgan Chase (JPM) is being allowed to house its unstable derivative obligations within its FDIC insured retail banking unit. Other big banks do the same. So long as the Federal Reserve exists and/or other financial regulatory agencies continue to be run by a revolving door staff that moves in and out of industry and government, crony capitalism will be alive and well in America. No amount of Dodd-Frank or Volcker rule legislation will ever protect savers, taxpayers or the American people. Profits will continue to be privatized and losses socialized. Source:seekingalpha.com/article/301260-bank-of-america-dumps-75-trillion-in-derivatives-on-u-s-taxpayers-withfederal-approval http://beforeitsnews.com/story/1547/975/Bank_Of_America_Dumps_75_Trillion_In_Derivatives_On_U.S._Taxpayers_With_Federal_Approval.htm l

Obama-Dodd-Frank FinReg Monstrosity Delays Derivatives Curbs until 2022! Webster G. Tarpley July 15, 2010 The Obama-Dodd-Frank financial regulation bill, a miserable excuse for real Wall Street reform, is now about to gain final approval in the Senate. This wretched bill is now supported by the New England liberal (meaning Wall Street) Republican clique including Olympia Snow, Susan Collins, and Scott Brown, who are joined by the notoriously corrupt reactionary Democrat, Ben Nelson of Nebraska. This bill will create a multitude of new regulations and a number of large new bureaucracies, but it is utterly devoid of any bright-line prohibitions against the causes of the financial panic which struck the United States in 2008, and which continues to the present day in the form of a world economic depression. The cause of the 2008 banking panic was that zombie banks and hedge fund hyenas were speculating with toxic and highly leveraged derivatives. The new bill does virtually nothing to attack the causes of this ongoing financial disintegration. It is a total defeat for the interests of the American people, and an historic victory for the Wall Street financier oligarchy which owns both the Democratic and Republican parties. Stockbrokers and investment bankers have battled mightily to avoid any legal compulsion to act in the best interests of their clients, who are often the retail investors which both parties claim to care so much about. The new bill will not prevent unscrupulous used-car dealers from ripping off their customers through inflated financing costs. There is nothing in the bill to stop the plague of foreclosures, which last year turned almost 4 million American families into displaced persons on the home front. There is no ban on the disastrous use of Adjustable Rate Mortgages (ARMs), the financial equivalent of time bombs, which are ruining the lives of so many millions of Americans. There is no cap on leverage banks can use in financial transactions. Despite widespread complaining about the Federal Reserve, this bill gives the Fed more regulatory power rather than less. It represents the complete triumph of the Wall Street derivatives lobby, so much so that even hardened cynics are astounded by the impudence and insolence of Obama and both parties in the Congress. The graveyard of Hope and Change Senator Dorgan proposed an amendment to abolish the concept of banks that were too big to fail. His amendment was rejected. Senator Kaufman tried to limit the size of banks, but his amendment was deleted. Senator Whitehouse tried to limit interest rates on credit cards and predatory payday loans, or at least to allow states to regain their regulatory role in this area, but he was defeated. Granted, many of these amendments were mere public relations exercises that were always virtually doomed to failure. Senators McCain and Cantwell tried to restore the firewall, contained in the landmark Glass-Steagall Act of 1933-1999, which rigorously separated commercial banks with FDIC insured deposits on the one hand from investment banking and stock-jobbing on the other. Glass-Steagall was one of the signature legislative achievements of the New Deal, and there are few better illustrations of the deep hostility of the modern Democratic Party and of Obama in particular to the heritage of Franklin D. Roosevelt than the stubborn refusal of the degenerate Democrats of today to force through the necessary restoration of the Glass-Steagall protections â&#x20AC;&#x201C; even in the wake of a breakdown crisis of the entire Anglo-American banking system. Senator Blanche Lincoln of Arkansas, who is fighting for her own political survival because of her record of subservience to Wall Street, tried to redeem herself with paragraph 716 of title VII of the bill, an attempt to ban trading in credit default swaps (derivatives) by FDIC banks. Notice that by this point there was no effort whatsoever to prevent these banks from dealing in collateralized debt obligations (CDOs), which were the toxic

derivatives which destroyed Bear Stearns, Lehman Brothers, Merrill Lynch, and Citibank. Nor was there any effort to curb the use of structured investment vehicles (SIVs), toxic instruments which are often used as the final packaging of a mass of CDOs and other kited derivatives. Still, since credit default swaps had been the main culprits in the bankruptcy of AIG, costing the American taxpayer $182 billion and counting, it would have been a meritorious project to keep commercial banks away from these diabolical instruments. But it was not to be. In a dirty deal negotiated far away from the C-SPAN cameras, Dodd, Frank, and Rahm Emanuel completely gutted any effort to get commercial banks out of the business of placing side bets using credit default swaps. At a certain point in the televised reconciliation hearings, Congressman Peterson of Minnesota, the chairman of the House Agriculture Committee, came forward with a compromise which made paragraph 716 into a macabre joke. The infamous Peterson demanded that banks be allowed to trade credit default swaps in the form of foreign exchange swaps ( thought to be the largest category of swaps), interestrate swaps, and credit derivatives – provided that the underlying securities were investment-grade. Since these categories represent the vast majority of swaps, and since it is not hard to procure an investment grade rating on junk paper from corrupt agencies like Standard & Poor’s, Fitch, and Moody’s, this alleged compromise meant that nothing was left of Senator Lincoln’s attempt. Treasury Secretary Tiny Tim Geithner had vehemently proclaimed the irreducible hostility of the Obama regime to any interference with this type of derivative. Interestingly, the German government had already explicitly banned naked credit default swaps issued as bets on government securities denominated in euros. Since the restoration of the real Glass-Steagall firewall had been defeated early in the process, Senator Cantwell attempted to provide a weak face-saving substitute in the form of the so-called Volcker rule, which posited that commercial banks were not allowed to engage in speculation and other proprietary trading for their own account. This Volcker rule was already vitiated by the obvious gray area between speculation and socalled market-making, which entities like Goldman Sachs and Morgan Stanley were sure to exploit to circumvent any new legislation. However, zombie banks like State Street Bank and Bank of New York-Mellon (the latter the back-office of the TARP program. i.e. the October 2008 Wall Street bailout) found even the weak Volcker rule to be too onerous. Demagogue Scott Brown Drives His Truck Through the Volcker Rule Senator Scott Brown of Massachusetts won election last January by duping gullible voters with a cultural populist prop in the form of a pickup truck. At this point in the haggling, Senator Brown documented his subservience to Wall Street by driving his truck through what remained of the Volcker role. He forced through a provision allowing commercial banks to use 3% of their capital for speculation through hedge funds. It might seem that 3% is a minute fraction of a bank’s Tier I capital, and that Brown’s amendment might not be so dangerous after all. But this is not the case. If you buy stocks and their price falls to zero, you can lose 100% of your investment, but no more. But when you are dealing with derivatives, your losses can be geometrically pyramided into interplanetary space. This proposition is not a matter of theory, but has been documented through a decade and a half of bankruptcies by hedge funds which had been speculating with derivatives, all the way back to Long-Term Capital Management of Connecticut in 1998. Cantwell Recants In the case of two Bear Stearns hedge funds which imploded in 2007-8, losses of about 50 times the original capital were attained. Under Scott Brown’s loophole, losses of 50:1 would already be enough to bankrupt the bank. But the 2008 crisis offers cases in which derivatives losses might attain or exceed 100:1 on the capital being wagered. These cases occur when debt instruments are wrapped into a mortgage-backed security or other asset-backed security. These latter are then included in a collateralized debt obligation, which together

with other collateralized debt obligations can be made into a super CDO or CDO². Credit default swaps can be attached to these super CDOs. A number of super CDOs thus equipped can then be wrapped up in a structured investment vehicle (SIV). At every level of this cancerous mass of kited derivatives, leverage comes into play geometrically. The investment of 3% of capital in such a poisonous concoction can easily bankrupt any financial institution many times over. This phenomenon is one of the basic reasons why losses were so great in 2008, despite the fact that subprime mortgages are a relatively marginal area of the financial world. The losses became so monstrous because derivatives are the most effective tools yet devised for magnifying and multiplying financial destruction. As for Senator Cantwell, she capitulated and announced that she would support the resulting phony bill anyway. Perhaps the members of the Massachusetts Tea Party would like now to contemplate their own roles as dupes and useful idiots for the Mitt Romney faction of Wall Street asset strippers and hedge fund hyenas, who are the people who put Scott Brown into office. From now on, Brown should be referred to on Capitol Hill as the senator from Bank of New York-Mellon, since he has no regard for the welfare of the people of Massachusetts. But even this 3% loop hole, big enough to drive a truck through, was still too restrictive for Wall Street. The army of Gucci-clad lobbyists decided that even these nominal restrictions had to be postponed for more than a decade, quite possibly in the hopes that they may be overturned by some future reactionary majority likely to emerge amid the shipwreck of the feckless and treacherous Obama regime. Plenty of Time for More Financial Catastrophes Before 2022 At the time of the reconciliation hearings, the remaining Volcker rule provisions were apparently supposed to take effect after seven years, allegedly to give the swaps-jobbers time to unwind their positions. But after the C-SPAN televised reconciliation proceedings were over, dark forces loyal to Wall Street revisited the conference report and introduced even longer delays in implementing even the meager restraints on credit derivatives. This crime appears to have occurred on June 28-29. On the Bloomberg Business Week website we read a report dated June 29: Goldman Sachs Group and Citigroup Inc. are among U.S. banks that may have as long as a dozen years to cut stakes in in-house hedge funds and private- equity units under a regulatory revamp agreed to last week. Rules curbing banks’ investments in their own funds would take effect 15 months to two years after a law is passed, according to the bill. Banks would have two years to comply, with the potential for three one-year extensions after that. They could seek another five years for ‘illiquid’ funds such as private equity or real estate, said Lawrence Kaplan, an attorney at Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP in Washington. Giving banks until 2022 to fully implement the so-called Volcker rule is an accommodation for Wall Street in what President Barack Obama called the toughest financial reforms since the 1930s…. Partly as a result of last-minute changes to the wording of the bill, analysts, lawyers and congressional staffers say it’s unclear whether the extension period for illiquid funds would run concurrently with the other transition periods. That could mandate full compliance in less than 12 years. 1 The London Guardian also detailed the ingenious dilatory tricks for stalling, dodging, and postponing which the Wall Street lobbyists had built into the bill: Language in the act …allows for a six-month study and a further nine months of rule-making. The measure is supposed to become effective 12 months after the final rule is laid, then banks have two years to conform. But if they need to, they can apply for a three-year extension. On top of that, a five-year moratorium is available for ‘illiquid’ funds that are hard to unwind. 2

The Revenge of The SIVs Encoded in the 12-year delay are most emphatically those structured investment vehicles which cause so much damage in the second half of 2008. As Business Week pointed out: The Volcker rule forbids banks from stepping in with capital infusions or other forms of support when their own funds fail. In December 2007, Citigroup agreed to assume $59 billion of assets bought by ‘structured investment vehicles’ sponsored by the bank. During the following two years, Citigroup lost more than $3 billion on the SIVs, which were a kind of hedge fund that invested in mortgage bonds, credit-card securities and other assets that soured amid the financial crisis. 3 No account of these tragic events would be complete without some attention to the systematic betrayal of the national interest by the reactionary Republicans. The Republicans are in practice more fanatically committed to derivatives than even the Democrats, and they wear their love of derivatives on their sleeves. At one point in the reconciliation process, Senator Shelby of Alabama proposed an amendment which would have removed any and all destructions on the use of derivatives by anyone whatsoever, period. The Republican method is to pretend that derivatives are used exclusively for the traditional hedging which has been carried out from time immemorial by the users of certain commodities, specifically to protect themselves from price fluctuations during the time these raw materials are being turned into finished commodities. The GOP simply ignores that 99% plus of the notional value of today’s $1.5 quadrillion derivatives bubble has nothing to do with the end users of any commodities. If the Republicans were acting in good faith, it would be easy to craft a narrowly defined exemption for the end-users of raw materials and other commodities, but this is not their real purpose. The GOP serves the derivatives-mongers and the swap-jobbers cynically and blatantly, while the Democrats do this under a veil of deception and anti-Wall Street rhetoric. As Senator Harkin pointed out, Shelby was really arguing that a hedge fund of the first magnitude was really a mom-and-pop Main Street business. Shelby’s goal of opening the barn door wide to any derivatives to be issued by anybody at any time was not successful, but the Peterson amendment and similar Democratic betrayals substantially accomplished the same goals under a cloak of deception. Intervening along the same lines in defense of Wall Street come out hedge funds, and derivatives were hardened reactionary Republicans like Senators Corker, Gregg, and Chambliss. Caught between these Republicans and their own venal DoddFrank leadership, the small positive initiatives of figures like Blanche Lincoln, Cantwell, Harkin, and Kanjorski were surrounded and crushed. The last Democrat in the Senate: Feingold The one principled no vote of a Democratic senator is now likely to come from Feingold of Wisconsin, who is fighting for political survival against a reactionary Republican opponent. Feingold says that his litmus test for the bill is simply the question of whether this measure can stop the next financial meltdown. Since the answer is so obviously no, and since the fingerprints of Wall Street are all over the bill, he promises to oppose it. Feingold has voted in the past against the Iraq war powers resolution of 2002, against the Patriot Act of 2001, and against the Wall Street bailout of October 2008. He points with pride to his opposition to the Interstate Banking Act of 1994, which would have prevented the emergence of “too big to fail” by maintaining the sensible New Deal ban on commercial banks operating in more than one state. He also voted against the catastrophic Graham-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, which opened the door to the derivatives bubble by completely deregulating these toxic instruments. The utter failure of Wall Street reform means that the door is now wide open for the second wave of the current world economic depression to continue, as the world descends still further into the financial maelstrom. As for the Obama regime, they are preparing an austerity program of unprecedented savagery which they intend to impose on the American people with the help of large numbers of defeated Congressmen during the lame duck

session of November-December of this year. You were warned: Obama is a Wall Street puppet, and the events of this year are a first installment of the tragic consequences of such an administration. ________________________ 1Bradley Keoun, “Volcker Rule May Give Goldman, Citigroup Until 2022 to Comply,” Business Week, June 29, 2010, at http://bx.businessweek.com/financialregulation/view?url=http%3A%2F%2Fnoir.bloomberg.com%2Fapps%2Fnews%3Fpid%3D20601208%26sid%3 DaVhQ7orntLzk 2Andrew Clark, “US banks off the hook until 2022,” Guardian, June 29, 2010, http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2010/jun/29/us-banks-off-the-hook-until-2022. 3Bradley Keoun, “Volcker Rule May Give Goldman, Citigroup Until 2022 to Comply,” Business Week, June 29, 2010. www.infowars.com/obama-dodd-frank-finreg-monstrosity-delays-derivatives-curbs-until-2022/

BBC journalist Greg Palast exposes the bankster’s takeover “plot” TheAlexJonesChannel on Nov 10, 2011 PALAST HAS PUBLISHED DOCUMENTS PROVING THAT GEITNER AND SUMMERS ‘LAUNCHED’ THE BANKING DEREGULATION SCHEME WORLD WIDE TO TAKEOVER THE MONETARY SYSTEMS AND ASSETS OF ALL WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION COUNTRIES. Uploaded by On the Thursday, November 10 edition of the Alex Jones Show, Alex talks with Greg Palast, the New York Timesbestselling author and a freelance journalist for the British Broadcasting Corporation as well as the British newspaper The Observer. Palast will talk about the Occupy Wall Street movement, the government's addiction to GPS tracking, and other related issues.

http://www.gregpalast.com/ http://www.infowars.com/

BBC’s Greg Palast: Greece Crisis a “Crime Scene” Watch the video, Part 1: www.youtube.com/watch?v=9VKbeYcSDps&feature=player_embedded Part 2: www.youtube.com/watch?v=DEEX4W_q2zU&feature=related Part 3: www.youtube.com/watch?v=hrL_Fff8rXw&feature=related

GOA Chief: Super Congress ‘Will Lead Us Into Dictatorship’ Paul Joseph Watson Infowars.com August 3, 2011

Gun Owners of America Chief Larry Pratt warns that the new “Super Congress” created by the debt deal will lead America into dictatorship, labeling the move a “coup d’état” by the political class aimed at transforming the entire structure of government in the United States. Comparing the super committee to Plato’s council, Pratt pointed out that it would take just 34 Senate votes to sustain a bill put forward by the group, noting that it has been set up specifically to prevent lawmakers getting in the way of its agenda by necessitating a super majority to overturn anything introduced by the committee. “The first act of the next Congress hopefully is going to be to repeal this horrible piece of legislation, Pratt told the Alex Jones Show, adding that the committee could be used to target gun owners, property owners, taxpayers and businesses. “This is a game changer, they’ve decided that we don’t need the House of Representatives to originate revenue bills, we’ll just have the ‘super 12′ do that,” said Pratt, adding that Barack Obama would become the de facto deciding 13th member. Legislation decided on by the Super Congress would be immune from amendment and lawmakers would only be able to register an up or down vote, eliminating the ability to filibuster. Pratt warned that John Boehner and Mitch McConnell would appoint “wusses” to the committee, a point emphasized by reports which indicate lawmakers who voted against the debt hike will be barred from selection for the Super Congress. Just two weeks ago McConnell himself argued that the power of the purse, constitutionally ascribed to Congress, should be turned over wholesale to Barack Obama. “They’re going to put ‘reasonable people’ on there – and these reasonable people will be the ones that continue to lead us into dictatorship,” said the Gun Owners chief, adding that the move represented a coup d’état by the ruling political class, who are now busy characterizing those who oppose their agenda as “terrorists”. Pratt noted how the debt bill was passed on the back of similar threats made before the 2008 bailout vote that warned of an economic apocalypse if an agreement was not reached. “They had us all breathless that the country, if we didn’t have something happening today, was going to default. That was a lie and they continued to use it even after members of Congress explained many times, no we don’t

default….they stampeded a lot of members of Congress into this,” said Pratt, adding that lawmakers figuratively had a gun put to their head. Republican David Vitter shares Pratt’s concern over the intentions of the so-called Super Congress. He has introduced a bill that will “require the real time disclosure of campaign contributions to members” of the committee. The bill requires members of the Super Congress to report campaign contributions over $1000 dollars within 48 hours. The legislation is aimed at discovering “what special interests are trying to influence the committee,” according to Vitter. “We’re talking trillions in cuts, and there are already threats to increase taxes on many job creators. We need to see full transparency and accountability because these committee members will be making huge decisions with a lot on the line,” he added. The whole partisan theater behind the debt debate appears to have been largely “manufactured,” as President Obama himself labeled it, as a smokescreen behind which to implement the unconstitutional Super Congress. The so-called “cuts” enshrined in the debt deal aren’t even cuts. Talking points based around the notion that the “Tea Party won the debt battle” are a complete misnomer. All the bill does is put spending caps on already planned expenditures towards the end of a ten year period. The “spending cuts” are virtually non-existent, yet a further crippling $9.5 trillion will be added in debt over the next decade. Watch the interview with Larry Pratt below. Part 1: www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nuia_QRMNu0&feature=player_embedded Part 2: www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ELRzXqdQcY&feature=player_embedded

Visit Gun Owners of America at: http://gunowners.org/

"Humanity has only scratched the surface of its real potential." - Peace Pilgrim

Ron Paul plan: Forgive U.S. debt to Fed Mary Stegmeir 11:30 PM, Jul 6, 2011 Categories: Caucus Insider

Covering Ron Paul Marshalltown, Ia. — raising the debt ceiling would only weaken the nation’s economy, Ron Paul said during a campaign stop here on Wednesday. Republicans and Democrats were scheduled to meet today during a White House summit devoted to the issue, but the Texas congressman has spent the last week touting his own solution to the government’s money woes: Forgive the debt the U.S. Treasury owes the Federal Reserve and chop $1.7 trillion from the nation’s sizable $14.4 trillion debt. “It’s not the ultimate reform that’s needed, but it’s a start,” Paul told The Des Moines Register. “What we have is a situation where we essentially have a debt to ourselves. It doesn’t make a lot of sense, but it is counted in our deficit.” Paul said Wednesday he had received little response from his peers in Congress about the idea, and economists are split on the proposal. Dean Baker, co-director of the Washington, D.C.-based Center for Economic and Policy Research, called the strategy a “remarkably creative way to deal with the impasse over the debt ceiling” in a May column in the Monthly Review. On Sunday, Greg Mankiw, a professor of economics at Harvard University, slammed the proposal on his blog devoted to economic issues, calling it little more than an “accounting gimmick.” The Fed started buying U.S. Treasury bonds in 2008 in an effort to lower interest rates. Defaulting on the loans would provide the government with the money it needs to pay its bills without raising the debt ceiling. The measure would also limit the Fed’s powers, one of Paul’s longtime goals and something that appeared to be gaining favor among many of the Iowans who turned out to hear his message. The 12-term congressman spoke to a crowd of 80 in Marshalltown. Another 200 potential voters listened as he outlined his policies in Cedar Falls.

“I haven’t made up my mind yet, but I like what Dr. Paul has to say, especially about the spending and the Fed,” Mildred Mason said while waiting to shake the candidate’s hand in Marshalltown. The 70-year-old from Montour said the economy, as well as social issues, will be on her mind when she chooses which presidential candidate to support next year. “I think we just got into this attitude that we’ve just got to spend, spend, spend,” she said. “It’s gotten so bad that we don’t know how to save anymore. If we cut the spending, we wouldn’t need to worry about the debt ceiling.” Dawn Burns, a stay-at-home mom from Waterloo, said she supported Paul in 2008 because of his fiscal policies. Burns, 33, said she plans to caucus for him again in 2012. “If I put myself in debt, I know that my spending has to be cut to get myself out of debt,” she said following Paul’s speech in Cedar Falls. “The same thing should be true for our government.” The U.S. economy will continue to decline as long as there is no incentive to save, Paul said during both stops. If elected, Paul said he would loosen federal control over the economy. The lawmaker advocates returning to the gold standard, a system where paper money is backed by units of precious metals. He has also vowed to end deficit spending and cut taxes. He would further reduce costs by cutting military spending and eliminating federal agencies that he says restrict individual freedoms, including the Department of Education and the Department of Energy. “The reason the monetary issue is so important is it involves every one of us, every single day, in every single transaction,” Paul said. “The main job and the main goal for just about all Americans right now is to get the economy going.” http://www.dailypaul.com/170103/repudiate-the-debt-to-the-federal-reserve-yes

Monetizing the debt in order to repudiate the debt When it comes to Gov't's it is possible to print so much money (monetizing) that it causes money to become worthless (inflation) so as to repudiate (deny or refuse to pay) the debt. Don't think that such a thing it possible? Think again 'cause it's not only been done before but it's in process now to erase trillions of dollars in inflated debt. The ability to print money and thus erase debt make all this talk today just that talk. What the public sees is nothing more than the 3 card monty with the gov't holding the hole card. It's all smoke and mirrors so why worry about it? An understanding of how this is done does take some study........ Monetizing the Debt - Explanation For Non-Economists, Bankers and Other Laymen | The Prudent Investor

Read the IMF document included....... Hyperinflation As A Debt Repudiation Device? No According To UBS, Yes According To Recently Declassified IMF Paper | zero hedge Read section C..... Foreign Debt: Forgiveness and Repudiation There are other documents online but it is possible for gov't to borrow their way out of debt and own nothing. All you need is a printing press. This is also why no one has been able to audit the FED since doing so will expose the whole sham. http://www.forumgarden.com/forums/wall-street-main-street/52806-monetizing-debt-order-repudiate-debt.html

Straight Talk with ZERO HEDGE Posted by admin in January 24th, 2011 Posted in: Global Economic Collapse This Chris Martensen interview with Zero Hedge founder, Tyler Durden (pseudonym), reveals what Zero Hedge does best: addressing the issues of the financial crisis with unbiased honesty, and publishing contributors who do the same. Z.H. presents a point of view very close to my own, especially with regard to the following: C.M.: Having written so much about what’s wrong with our current economic/financial/political system, what specific actions do you think need to be undertaken to fix things? Is an all-out collapse avoidable? T.D.: This is a question that we ask ourselves every day, and no matter how we spin it, we fail to see how an unwind to a previous “restore point”, to borrow a computer analogy, is possible at this very late stage in the global Ponzi scheme. We tend to simplify the world: When everything else is stripped, the only two things that matter are a) where is the money coming from? and b) where is it going? And never in the history of the world have so many assets created so little cash flow. To a big extent, this is due to the fact that a bulk of asset purchases in the past three decades have been due not to asset turnover, but as a result of cheap credit resulting from an explosion of credit money through the quadrillion dollar derivative boom. As a result, most incremental dollars go not to organic business growth and economic output, but to satisfying what has become the biggest debt burden in the history of the world … Indicatively, when looking at total exchange and OTC traded derivatives, which eventually are converted into some form of credit money, the total tally at last check is just over $1.3 quadrillion. (Note: We at letthemfail still suspect it is closer to 1.7 quadrillion, but since most “experts” have driven the consensus calculation to 600 trillion, forever fixed in stone, we at least thank Z.H. for being MUCH closer to our estimate than the quackus-quo). This is about 20 times the total economic output in the world each year. It becomes very clear why the current status quo is unsustainable absent a major global corporate and sovereign liability restructuring: In the bankruptcy business, this process is known as “growing into your balance sheet.” Yet the main reason why the kleptocratic elite has been so opposed to this act is because no debt impairment is possible without eliminating the equity tranche below it. And in an ironic twist in which the Fed supports both

the debt and equity markets, there is now about $13 trillion in equity capitalization in the US, which is backed by debt that for all intents and purposes needs to be impaired.. As a result, unless stakeholders in the liabilities of corporate America realize that the assets that collateralize these liabilities are woefully insufficient and come to a compromise in which either they alone or in combination with the creditors come to a consensual “restructuring” of the underlying claims, there is no other possible outcome than a free-fall bankruptcy. However, this will not be some Chapter 7 filed in the bankruptcy court of the Southern District of New York. This will be the end of the current financial system. This is also what some consider a “deflationary death spiral.” And yes, no matter how much paper the Fed prints, this outcome is inevitable: All the Fed does through money printing is dilute the claims on both sides of the ledger. The best the Fed could then hope for to counteract the deflationary outcome is to generate hyperinflation through a collapse in the reserve currency (i.e., the Zimbabwe outcome). And since this is far more palatable to the Fed, we believe that one way or another, whether by fire or ice (to paraphrase Robert Frost), the existing, very unstable financial system will reach a point when the global systematic reset is inevitable. We agree that the current financial “system” is coming to an end, and we agree that the huge mega bubble of derivative wealth, which has simply come to be known as “financialization”, is the reason why. All fiat currencies which support it are destined to collapse with it. When a number is so big that it is referred to as a process rather than a constant, logic holds no sway. Processes only continue to grow that which fuels them. One point six quadrillion is a static number — it could expand or contract, but the process can only be halted by a Glass Steagall type restructuring. which then repudiates the process of high stakes gambling — gambling with ficticious wealth that results in a debt service of more than 20 times the productive economic output of the world (much of which itself is denominated in fictitous wealth). The fact that a Glass Steagall solution, which has worked in the past, has been avoided year after year leads me to believe that it will not be implemented on a scale much larger than a state or region. And the global money powers will play their rigged game of systemic bailouts as the only firewall against a deflationary collapse, until the balance between these two opposing forces breaks. We believe that when that stasis breaks, the ensuing collapse will unfold as hyperinflationary costs meeting hyper-deflationary supply constriction, resulting in a collapse of all systems dependent on financialization (essentially most modern systems of any type today). Supply may exist for a time but the means to meet demand will collapse along with the means to produce more. Then a panic of protectionary cannibalism will ensue, finally presenting the 2% with the needed crisis and panic response to install an even more more oppressive form of global economic governance than what we have today with the IMF, the World Bank, the deficit commissions and other global forces dedicated to the abolishment of sovereignty. The 2% are sworn to the preservation of the global financial dictatorship, it’s false comfort to the dependent masses, it’s extortion of the free and independent working class, it‘s utility to the political class and it’s enrichment of the financial elite through the global CON – the ever-morphing bailout of its completely insolventby-design “system”. If that preservation guarantees an inevitable collapse, so be it — the top 2% of the world’s monied elite are much better prepared to endure it than the “lower 98″. Therefore, as yet another new week begins, the question continues to be: at what scale will the 98% break free? Will it be nations, regions, states, counties, communities or households that organize to preserve selfreliance? What groups, (and of what size and economic capacity) will begin to promote local or regional economic development, based on competitive free market production and trade? What entities will

break free from dependence on the rigged markets of global debt slavery? Perhaps we should take a page from the playbook of the prior generation of radicals, and their own formula for strategic revolution. “Bottom up” in that context refers to getting your own house in order first, but from there reaching out to the Community next to promote investment of energies in the common good. Promoting the commonwealth, toward a goal of true economic independence, is still within the right of individuals, and neighborhoods, and cities and counties, and STATES to practice. Be wary of calls to abolish “protectionism” coming from the global economic order. “Do not protect yourself from us!” is what these translate into, as if the word itself does not ring true enough alone. Economic sovereignty must be preserved wherever it can be preserved, as the means to end it come rushing forward. There can only be one sovereign in the realm of the new global economic order, and it is not the working man governing by consent, but rather it is the global economic order governing all. http://letthemfail.us/archives/7238

“In The Beginning of a Change, The Patriot Is a Scarce Man ... Brave, Hated and Scorned. But When His Cause Succeeds, The Timid Join Him. For Then ... It Costs Nothing To Be a Patriot.” ~ Mark Twain ~

"The minority, the ruling class at present, has the schools and press, usually the Church as well, under its thumb. This enables it to organize and sway the emotions of the masses, and make its tool of them." - Albert Einstein

Alcuin Bramerton: Universal Debt Forgiveness and the Imminent Global Debt Jubilee 2011 June 21 by Steve Beckow

Universal debt forgiveness and the imminent global debt jubilee Alcuin Bramerton, June 20, 2011 http://alcuinbramerton.blogspot.com/2011/06/universal-debt-forgiveness-and-imminent.html You don’t need a slide rule, a set of log tables or a high frequency trading algorithm to see the light. Everyone on Main Street now knows that the Western cabal’s fixation with fiat-paper capitalism is a busted flush. Debt does not work as the basis of a global financial system. Behind the scenes, all the indications are that universal debt forgiveness is set to be announced. A global debt jubilee is waiting in the wings. The Doctrine of Odious Debts has been spectacularly revisited. The default position of the global financial system is to be permanently reset. The vaults are stocked. The precious metals are audited. The new gold-backed regional currencies are printed, minted and ready. The most recent catalyst for change has been Iraq. Before the Western cabal’s US-UK war of occupation and plunder began in Iraq in March 2003, Iraqi exiles expressed the hope that in a post-Saddam democratic Iraq, there would be a fair and equitable disposition of Saddam’s debts. These Iraqis wanted the future administration of Iraq and the international community to review the debts accumulated under Saddam’s régime. Those loans which had been used for benign purposes should be restructured and paid back by Iraq over a prudent time period. Those loans which were used for objectionable purposes and which did nothing to enhance the well-being or prosperity of the Iraqi population at large, should be struck off the record immediately and completely. This illustrates one of the core principles of debt forgiveness. Why should Iraqis be forced to repay the US, the British, the French, the Germans, the Russians, and all the others who had financially supported Saddam’s oppression of them? The Iraqi argument for debt forgiveness had a sound basis in law. It reflects the century-old legal principle of the Doctrine of Odious Debts. The Doctrine of Odious Debts was created to further international finance by limiting the ability of governments to repudiate debts. Three conditions had to apply before a sovereign state could repudiate a debt:

(1) The debt must have been incurred without the informed consent of the citizenry of the state. (2) The debt must not have benefitted the citizenry of the state. (3) The lender must have been aware of conditions (1) and (2) at the time that the loan papers were signed. The United States employed these principles after the Spanish-American War to repudiate the Cuban debts. If a despotic power incurs a debt which is manifestly not for the needs of the State, or not in the plain interest of the State, but is a debt incurred solely to strengthen the position of the despotic cabal as a self-serving faction within that State, the debt is odious. The debt is not an obligation for the nation; it is a cabal debt, a personal debt of the cabal which incurred it. And the debt falls with the fall of the cabal. The Doctrine of Odious Debts not only promotes accountability, it promotes democracy in the debtor state as, one by one, the nature of the inherited debts are articulated in a public legislature. The Doctrine of Odious Debts also promotes democracy in creditor states. In Canada and most European nations, the lending of state enterprises is generally hidden from taxpayers. Canada’s export credit agency, Export Development Canada, for example, is exempt from Canada’s Access to Information law. In the case of Iraq, state agencies from France, Germany and Russia may have made questionable loans. Under an odious debt process, they would need to establish that they acted with due diligence to be entitled to repayment. Knowing this, they would be less likely to make questionable loans in the future. Debt forgiveness and the Doctrine of Odious Debts also applies to individuals. The same principles have legal traction on loans or structured financial inducements made by financial institutions such as banks, mortgage lenders, insurance companies, stock-trading entities, energy conglomerates and pharmaceutical firms. If the intention of the financial transaction tied to the loan, or tied to the financial inducement, is extortion, if it is, in effect, an élite scheme to bamboozle the borrower with small print or to blind him with science, that loan or inducement, should be struck off the record immediately and completely. The debt was not incurred with the informed consent of the borrower. The debt did not benefit the borrower. And the lender was well aware of these facts when the loan papers were signed. Universal debt forgiveness is on the way as an essential precursor to the planet’s new gold-backed financial system. It has deep historical roots and powerful support in natural law. This imminent global debt jubilee is organically related to the disbursement of The World Global Settlement Funds and to the long-planned public NESARA announcements. More background about the concept of the Odious Debt can be found here (pdf – 11 pages – Jayachandran and Kremer). Murray Rothbard’s original 2004 piece on Repudiating the US National Debt can be found here. And The Center for Global Development’s 2010 review entitled: “Whatever Happened to the Jubilee? A 10th Anniversary Assessment of the Debt Relief Movement” is linked here. http://stevebeckow.com/2011/06/alcuin-bramerton-universal-debt-forgiveness-and-the-imminent-global-debtjubilee/

"Government is the Entertainment division of the military-industrial complex." - Frank Zappa

Wednesday, March 24, 2010

"The Only People Who Still Might Be Fooled Are the American Taxpayers, Who Are Ultimately Responsible When the Bills Come Due" The Wall Street Journal ran an editorial last August pointing out that the American people are just about the only ones fooled by the government's use of off-balance sheet, SIV-type accounting to hide the debts of Fannie, Freddie, Social Security and Medicare: The bigger issue is that all of Fan[nie] and Fred[ie]'s liabilities, whether kept inside the companies or hidden in a dark corner of the Treasury, are now Uncle Sam's responsibility. Moving their bad assets into a new Baddie Mae would only preserve the fiction that there is a difference between the government's obligations and those of Fan and Fred. Not even Barney Frank could believe that any more. *** For the moment, despite 80% government ownership, their $85 billion bailout cost (with more losses to come) and their $5.4 trillion in taxpayer liabilities remain off-balance-sheet in the mold of Enron's special purpose vehicles or Citigroup's SIVs. The politicians who created and pampered Fan and Fred like it that way. They know that offering federal "guarantees" looks much cheaper, in the official accounting, than actual outlays. But whether it's Fan and Fred, or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the Federal Housing Administration, these deferred promises seem to come due sooner or later. Perhaps the politicians would be less profligate in issuing such guarantees if they had to admit the cost up front. Putting Fannie and Freddie on the national books would in an instant increase the national debt held by the public by 75%â&#x20AC;&#x201D;to $12.7 trillion, from $7.3 trillion today. The nearby chart shows that this takes debt as a share of GDP to nearly 90%, or nearly double the peak it reached in the 1980s when the political class was hyperventilating even as the Reagan deficits were falling as a share of GDP. Congress would have to add that $5.4 trillion to the increase in the federal debt limit that Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner is now requesting. But that would be truth-in-budgeting. Wall Street has sold Fannie paper to the world as if it were as taxpayer guaranteed as Treasury bills, and now we know it is. Even as the companies careened toward failure a year ago, the Bush Administration was desperate to show it would cover all Fan and Fred debt. The Obama Treasury has been no different and has ginned up the two companies to expand their debts amid the housing meltdown by guaranteeing more residential mortgages. The Federal Reserve has bought $543 billion of Fannie and Freddie mortgage-backed securities and has plans to buy up to $1.25 trillion worth by year end. Foreign debt holders get the message. The only people who still might be fooled are the American taxpayers, who are ultimately responsible when the bills come due. The larger issue is the integrity of the national balance sheet. As government spending soars, the political temptation to use off-balance-sheet vehicles of various sorts will only increase. Barney Frank is even pushing a bill to make the feds guarantee U.S. municipal debt. The danger is that the federal government will itself become the next Enron, with its biggest liabilities hidden from view, officially denied or tucked away in special purpose vehicles like Fannie Mae. Until the next crisis hits.

It's bad enough that the political class has played this dishonest game with the long-term liabilities of Social Security and Medicare, which are also kept off the balance sheet. But at least those IOUs are held by another branch of the government and can be legislated away by some future Congress. Debt held by the public can't be repudiated without the U.S. descending into Argentina-ville. It's time to come clean about the debts our government is racking up, and Fannie and Freddie are a good place to start. Financial experts such as Nouriel Roubini and Bill Gross know, of course, that it is all a Ponzi scheme. Foreign debt holders know about America's financial situation, which is why purchases of Treasuries by foreign central banks are declining. But the American people are in for one rude shock ... http://georgewashington2.blogspot.com/2010/03/only-people-who-still-might-be-fooled.html

"All problems, depressions, wars, disasters, assassinations, all of them were planned, caused, instigated, and implemented by the International Bankers and their attempt to establish a central bank in every country in the world, which they have now done, thanks to corrupt politicians who have been bought and paid for. This is all you need to know about the history of the world.â&#x20AC;? â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Mary Elizabeth Croft

Visit the NWO Observer: http://nwoobserver.wordpress.com/key-information-for-new-readers/

It Is Now Mathematically Impossible To Pay Off the U.S. National Debt

A lot of people are very upset about the rapidly increasing U.S. national debt these days and they are demanding a solution. What they don't realize is that there simply is not a solution under the current U.S. financial system. It is now mathematically impossible for the U.S. government to pay off the U.S. national debt. You see, the truth is that the U.S. government now owes more dollars than actually exist. If the U.S. government went out today and took every single penny from every single American bank, business and taxpayer, they still would not be able to pay off the national debt. And if they did that, obviously American society would stop functioning because nobody would have any money to buy or sell anything. And the U.S. government would still be massively in debt. So why doesn't the U.S. government just fire up the printing presses and print a bunch of money to pay off the debt? Well, for one very simple reason. That is not the way our system works. You see, for more dollars to enter the system, the U.S. government has to go into more debt. The U.S. government does not issue U.S. currency - the Federal Reserve does. The Federal Reserve is a private bank owned and operated for profit by a very powerful group of elite international bankers. If you will pull a dollar bill out and take a look at it, you will notice that it says "Federal Reserve Note" at the top. It belongs to the Federal Reserve. The U.S. government cannot simply go out and create new money whenever it wants under our current system. Instead, it must get it from the Federal Reserve.

So, when the U.S. government needs to borrow more money (which happens a lot these days) it goes over to the Federal Reserve and asks them for some more green pieces of paper called Federal Reserve Notes. The Federal Reserve swaps these green pieces of paper for pink pieces of paper called U.S. Treasury bonds. The Federal Reserve either sells these U.S. Treasury bonds or they keep the bonds for themselves (which happens a lot these days). So that is how the U.S. government gets more green pieces of paper called "U.S. dollars" to put into circulation. But by doing so, they get themselves into even more debt which they will owe even more interest on. So every time the U.S. government does this, the national debt gets even bigger and the interest on that debt gets even bigger. Are you starting to get the picture? As you read this, the U.S. national debt is approximately 12 trillion dollars, although it is going up so rapidly that it is really hard to pin down an exact figure. So how much money actually exists in the United States today? Well, there are several ways to measure this. The "M0" money supply is the total of all physical bills and currency, plus the money on hand in bank vaults and all of the deposits those banks have at reserve banks. As of mid-2009, the Federal Reserve said that this amount was about 908 billion dollars. The "M1" money supply includes all of the currency in the "M0" money supply, along with all of the money held in checking accounts and other checkable accounts at banks, as well as all money contained in travelers' checks. According to the Federal Reserve, this totaled approximately 1.7 trillion dollars in December 2009, but not all of this money actually "exists" as we will see in a moment. The "M2" money supply includes everything in the "M1" money supply plus most other savings accounts, money market accounts, retail money market mutual funds, and small denomination time deposits (certificates of deposit of under $100,000). According to the Federal Reserve, this totaled approximately 8.5 trillion dollars in December 2009, but once again, not all of this money actually "exists" as we will see in a moment. The "M3" money supply includes everything in the "M2" money supply plus all other CDs (large time deposits and institutional money market mutual fund balances), deposits of eurodollars and repurchase agreements. The Federal Reserve does not keep track of M3 anymore, but according to ShadowStats.com it is currently somewhere in the neighborhood of 14 trillion dollars. But again, not all of this "money" actually "exists" either. So why doesn't it exist? It is because our financial system is based on something called fractional reserve banking. When you go over to your local bank and deposit $100, they do not keep your $100 in the bank. Instead, they keep only a small fraction of your money there at the bank and they lend out the rest to someone else. Then, if that person deposits the money that was just borrowed at the same bank, that bank can loan out most of that money once again. In this way, the amount of "money" quickly gets multiplied. But in reality, only $100 actually exists. The system works because we do not all run down to the bank and demand all of our money at the same time.

According to the New York Federal Reserve Bank, fractional reserve banking can be explained this way.... "If the reserve requirement is 10%, for example, a bank that receives a $100 deposit may lend out $90 of that deposit. If the borrower then writes a check to someone who deposits the $90, the bank receiving that deposit can lend out $81. As the process continues, the banking system can expand the initial deposit of $100 into a maximum of $1,000 of money ($100+$90+81+$72.90+...=$1,000)." So much of the "money" out there today is basically made up out of thin air. In fact, most banks have no reserve requirements at all on savings deposits, CDs and certain kinds of money market accounts. Primarily, reserve requirements apply only to "transactions deposits" â&#x20AC;&#x201C; essentially checking accounts. The truth is that banks are freer today to dramatically "multiply" the amounts deposited with them than ever before. But all of this "multiplied" money is only on paper - it doesn't actually exist. The point is that the broadest measures of the money supply (M2 and M3) vastly overstate how much "real money" actually exists in the system. So if the U.S. government went out today and demanded every single dollar from all banks, businesses and individuals in the United States it would not be able to collect 14 trillion dollars (M3) or even 8.5 trillion dollars (M2) because those amounts are based on fractional reserve banking. So the bottom line is this.... #1) If all money owned by all American banks, businesses and individuals was gathered up today and sent to the U.S. government, there would not be enough to pay off the U.S. national debt. #2) The only way to create more money is to go into even more debt which makes the problem even worse. You see, this is what the whole Federal Reserve System was designed to do. It was designed to slowly drain the massive wealth of the American people and transfer it to the elite international bankers. It is a game that is designed so that the U.S. government cannot win. As soon as they create more money by borrowing it, the U.S. government owes more than what was created because of interest. If you owe more money than ever was created you can never pay it back. That means perpetual debt for as long as the system exists. It is a system designed to force the U.S. government into ever-increasing amounts of debt because there is no escape. We could solve this problem by shutting down the Federal Reserve and restoring the power to issue U.S. currency to the U.S. Congress (which is what the U.S. Constitution calls for). But the politicians in Washington D.C. are not about to do that. So unless you are willing to fundamentally change the current system, you might as well quit complaining about the U.S. national debt because it is now mathematically impossible to pay it off. ***UPDATE***

It has been suggested that the same dollar can be used to pay off debt over and over - this is theoretically true as long as the dollar remains in the system. For example, if the U.S. government gives China a dollar to pay off a debt, there is a good chance that the U.S. government will be able to acquire that dollar again and use it to pay off another debt. However, this is not true when debt is retired with the Federal Reserve. In that case, money is actually removed from the system. In fact, because of the "money multiplier", when debt is retired with the Federal Reserve it can remove ten times that amount of money (and actually more, but let's not get too technical) from the system. You see, fractional reserve banking works both ways. When $100 is introduced into the system, it can theoretically create $1000 as the example in the article above demonstrates. However, when that $100 is removed, it can have the opposite impact. And considering the fact that the Federal Reserve "purchased" the vast majority of new U.S. government debt last year, we have got a real mess on our hands. Even if a way could be figured out how to pay off all the debt we owe to foreign nations (such as China, Japan, etc.) it would still be mathematically impossible to pay off the debt that we owe to the Federal Reserve which is exploding so fast that it is hard to even keep track of. Of course we could repudiate that debt and shut down the Federal Reserve, but very few in Washington D.C. have any interest in doing that. It has also been suggested that instead of just using dollars to pay off the U.S. national debt, we could use the assets of the U.S. government to pay it off. That is rather extreme, but let us consider that for a moment. That total value of all physical assets in the United States, both publicly and privately owned, is somewhere in the neighborhood of 45 to 50 trillion dollars. Of course the idea of the U.S. government "owning" every single asset of the American people is repugnant to our entire way of life, but let's assume that for a moment. According to the 2008 Financial Report of the United States Government, which is an official United States government report, the total liabilities of the United States government, including future social security and medicare payments that the U.S. government is already committed to pay out, now exceed 65 TRILLION dollars. This amount is more than the entire GDP of the whole world. In fact, there are other authors who have written that the actual figure for the future liabilities of the U.S. government should be much higher, but let's be conservative and go with 65 trillion for now. So, if the U.S. government took control of all physical assets in the United States and sold them off, it could not even make enough money to pay for everything that the U.S. government is already on the hook for. Ouch. If you have not read the 2008 Financial Report of the United States Government, you really should. Actually the 2009 and 2010 report is available now. The truth is that the U.S. government is in much bigger financial trouble than we have been led to believe. For example, according to the report (which remember is an official U.S. government report) the real U.S. budget deficit for 2008 was not 455 billion dollars. It was actually 5.1 trillion dollars.

So why the difference? The CBO's 455 billion figure is based on cash accounting, while the 5.1 trillion figure in the 2008 Financial Report of the United States Government is based on GAAP accounting. GAAP accounting is what is used by all the major firms on Wall Street and it is regarded as a much more accurate reflection of financial reality. So needless to say, the United States is in a financial mess of unprecedented magnitude. So what should we do? Does anyone have any suggestions? ***UPDATE 2*** We have received a lot of great comments on this article. Trying to understand the U.S. financial system (even after studying it for years) can be very difficult at times. In fact, it can almost seem like playing 3 dimensional chess. Several readers have correctly pointed out that when the U.S. money supply is expanded by the Federal Reserve, the interest that is to be paid on that new debt is not created. So where does the money to pay that interest come from? Well, eventually the money supply has to be expanded some more. But that creates even more debt. That brings us to the next point. Several readers have insisted that the Federal Reserve is not privately owned and that since it returns "most" of the profits it makes to the U.S. government that we should not be concerned about the debt owed to it. The truth is that what you have with the Federal Reserve is layers of ownership. The following was originally posted on the Federal Reserve's website.... "The twelve regional Federal Reserve Banks, which were established by Congress as the operating arms of the nation’s central banking system, are organized much like private corporations – possibly leading to some confusion about "ownership." For example, the Reserve Banks issue shares of stock to member banks. However, owning Reserve Bank stock is quite different from owning stock in a private company. The Reserve Banks are not operated for profit, and ownership of a certain amount of stock is, by law, a condition of membership in the System. The stock may not be sold, traded, or pledged as security for a loan; dividends are, by law, 6 percent per year." So Federal Reserve "stock" is owned by member banks. So who owns the member banks? Well, when you sift through additional layers of ownership, you will ultimately find that people like the Rothschilds, the Rockefellers and the Queen of England have very large ownership interests in the big banks. But there are so many layers of ownership that they are able to disguise themselves well. You see, these people are not stupid. They did not become the richest people in the world by being morons. It was the banking elite of the world who designed the Federal Reserve and it is the banking elite of the world who benefit the most from the Federal Reserve today. In the article above when we described the Federal Reserve as "a private bank owned and operated for profit by a very powerful group of elite international bankers" we may have been oversimplifying things a bit, but it is the essence of what is going on. In an excellent article that she did on the Federal Reserve, Ellen Brown described a number of the ways that the Federal Reserve makes money for those who own it.... The interest on bonds acquired with its newly-issued Federal Reserve Notes pays the Fed’s operating expenses plus a guaranteed 6% return to its banker shareholders. A mere 6% a year may not be considered a

profit in the world of Wall Street high finance, but most businesses that manage to cover all their expenses and give their shareholders a guaranteed 6% return are considered "for profit" corporations. In addition to this guaranteed 6%, the banks will now be getting interest from the taxpayers on their "reserves." The basic reserve requirement set by the Federal Reserve is 10%. The website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York explains that as money is redeposited and relent throughout the banking system, this 10% held in "reserve" can be fanned into ten times that sum in loans; that is, $10,000 in reserves becomes $100,000 in loans. Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.8 puts the total "loans and leases in bank credit" as of September 24, 2008 at $7,049 billion. Ten percent of that is $700 billion. That means we the taxpayers will be paying interest to the banks on at least $700 billion annually â&#x20AC;&#x201C; this so that the banks can retain the reserves to accumulate interest on ten times that sum in loans. The banks earn these returns from the taxpayers for the privilege of having the banksâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; interests protected by an all-powerful independent private central bank, even when those interests may be opposed to the taxpayersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; -- for example, when the banks use their special status as private money creators to fund speculative derivative schemes that threaten to collapse the U.S. economy. Among other special benefits, banks and other financial institutions (but not other corporations) can borrow at the low Fed funds rate of about 2%. They can then turn around and put this money into 30-year Treasury bonds at 4.5%, earning an immediate 2.5% from the taxpayers, just by virtue of their position as favored banks. A long list of banks (but not other corporations) is also now protected from the short selling that can crash the price of other stocks. The reality is that there are a lot of ways that the Federal Reserve is a money-making tool. Yes, they do return "some" of their profits to the U.S. government each year. But the Federal Reserve is NOT a government agency and it DOES make profits. So just how much money is made over there? The truth is that we have to rely on what the Federal Reserve tells us, because they have never been subjected to a comprehensive audit by the U.S. government. Ever. Right now there is legislation going through Congress that would change that, and the Federal Reserve is fighting it tooth and nail. They are warning that such an audit could cause a financial disaster. What are they so afraid of? Are they afraid that we might get to peek inside and see what they have been up to all these years? If you are a history buff, then you probably know that debates about a "central bank" go all the way back to the Founding Fathers. The European banking elite have always been determined to control our currency, and that is exactly what is happening today. Ever since the Federal Reserve was created, there have been members of the U.S. Congress that have been trying to warn the American people about the insidious nature of this institution. Just check out what the Honorable Louis McFadden, Chairman of the House Banking and Currency Committee had to say all the way back in the 1930s.... "Some people think that the Federal Reserve Banks are United States Government institutions. They are private monopolies which prey upon the people of these United States for the benefit of themselves and their foreign customers; foreign and domestic speculators and swindlers; and rich and predatory money lenders." The Federal Reserve is not the solution and it never has been.

The Federal Reserve is the problem. Any thoughts? http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/it-is-now-mathematically-impossible-to-pay-off-the-u-s-nationaldebt/comment-page-2

View and download this chart in high quality online: http://www.city-data.com/forum/politics-other-controversies/149412-visual-look-where-you-tax-dollars.html

"With banks closed and economic martial law in place, restrictions will be set on the amounts, times and frequency of withdrawals. As we have cautioned before, it will be essential to have a stash of cash on hand. Even though governments will devalue their currencies, it will happen in stages. Speaking only for ourselves, we at The Trends Research Institute will not be storing precious metals in bank safe deposit boxes." "There need be only a single event that occurs at an opportune time and is pushed by the mainstream media and all hell will break loose." "Imagine, for a minute, what America would look like if nationwide curfews were implemented, civil rights were suspended (including confiscation of guns), the US dollar crashed, ATM's and credit card transactions were restricted, and food and gas purchases were limited." "The Presidential executive orders are in place, Fusion Centers and FEMA detention camps are operational, and 20,000 US troops have been trained to deal specifically with economic collapse and civil unrest and are ready to be deployed immediately."

Gerald Celente: 'Economic Martial Law Will Be Declared' by Mac Slavo SHTF Plan Recently by Mac Slavo: Pension Fund Ultimatum: A Haircut Looks Better Than a Beheading In his latest quarterly Trends Journal (Summer 2011), Gerald Celente provides us another "history of the future," in which he discusses global economic, monetary, and political events as they happen and what their consequences will be for months, years and decades to come. As he has said before, it is only a matter of time before a major terror attack is executed in a major Western nation. And once it happens it will send shock waves throughout the world, leading to mass global panic and a further tightening of the noose around the necks of the populace: What will another major terror strike mean? Should an attack hit one of the major NATO nations, the effects, this time, will go global. Bank holidays will be called, the US and other fragile economies will crumble, gold and silver will soar, and already-troubled currencies will crash. Economic martial law will be declared. Introduced as a temporary measure, once in place it will remain in place (like the curfews and draconian security precautions installed by despots and dictators everywhere). Civil rights will be suspended and, particularly in America, Homeland Security, already intolerably intrusive, will achieve an Orwellian omnipresence. With banks closed and economic martial law in place, restrictions will be set on the amounts, times and frequency of withdrawals. As we have cautioned before, it will be essential to have a stash of cash on hand. Even though governments will devalue their currencies, it will happen in stages. Speaking only for ourselves, we at The Trends Research Institute will not be storing precious metals in bank safe deposit boxes. Since "terrorism" is now a term we can use to describe just about any action deemed a threat to the public and government infrastructure, the possibilities for what the next "terror attack" will look like are endless. It

can come in the form of suicide bombers at your local shopping mall, a cyber-attack on financial markets launched via the internet, or any number of other potential threats that have been recently highlighted by our Department of Homeland Security. There need be only a single event that occurs at an opportune time and is pushed by the mainstream media and all hell will break loose. Imagine, for a minute, what America would look like if nationwide curfews were implemented, civil rights were suspended (including confiscation of guns), the US dollar crashed, ATM's and credit card transactions were restricted, and food and gas purchases were limited. The Presidential executive orders are in place, Fusion Centers and FEMA detention camps are operational, and 20,000 US troops have been trained to deal specifically with economic collapse and civil unrest and are ready to be deployed immediately. Reprinted from SHTF Plan. Mac Slavo [send him mail] is a small business owner and independent investor.

August 2, 2011

http://lewrockwell.com/slavo/slavo49.1.html

What is Direct Democracy? Unlike the current “representative democracy” where elected representatives make decisions regardless of the wishes of their constituencies, in Direct Democracy individuals vote on critical issues and their decisions are carried out by their elected representatives … whether they like it or not. DirectDemocracyNow.org is a global movement to spread Direct Democracy. As a citizen of the world, the time for your voice to be heard is now! No longer can we just sit back as elected representatives pass legislation and enact policies detrimental to the general welfare ... while furthering the welfare of only the very powerful, the very rich and special interests. As Victor Hugo put it, ‘There is one thing stronger than all the armies in the world, and that is an idea whose time has come.’ I believe that time is now. And if you believe it, we can make Direct Democracy happen. We are looking for allies … volunteers with expertise in diverse fields. Direct Democracy can happen if we make it happen. Gerald Celente

http://directdemocracynow.org/ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gerald Celente: Cradle of Democracy Robbed by Bankers -- 6 parts Uploaded by TheAlexJonesChannel on Nov 5, 2011 Gerald talks with Alex about the continued growing debt problem in Greece and what it will mean for the rest of the world. Watch the video, Part 1: www.youtube.com/watch?v=m1jy0_UiIbQ Also: www/geraldcelente.com

Bipartisan "Russian Roulette" and America's Federal Debt: The Debt Ceiling Is Unconstitutional The debt ceiling crisis can be averted by enforcing the Fourteenth Amendment, which mandates the government to pay its debts already incurred, including pensions. That means Social Security, which IS an “entitlement,” in the original sense of the word. We’re entitled to it because we’ve paid for it with taxes. The game of Russian roulette being played with the U.S. federal debt has been called a “grotesque political carnival” and political blackmail. The uproar stems from a statute that is unique to the United States and never did make much sense. First passed in 1917 and revised multiple times since, it imposes a dollar limit on the federal debt. What doesn’t make sense is that the same Congress that voted on the statute votes on the budget, which periodically exceeds the limit, requiring the statute to be revised. The debt ceiling has been raised 74 times since 1962, 10 of them since 2001. The most recent increase, to $14.294 trillion by H.J.Res. 45, was signed into law on February 12, 2010. Taxes aren’t collected until after the annual budget is passed, so Congress can’t know in advance whether or how much additional borrowing will be required. Inevitably, there will be some years that the budget pushes the debt over the limit, requiring new legislation. And inevitably, now that this tactic has been discovered, there will be a costly battle over the increase, wasting congressional time, destabilizing markets, and rattling faith in the American financial and political systems. There will be continual blackmail, arm-twisting and concessions. The situation is untenable and cries out for a definitive resolution. Fortunately, there is one. A bevy of legal scholars are recommending that the issue be eliminated altogether by playing the Constitutional trump card. The Fourteenth Amendment provides at Section 4: The validity of the public debt of the United States, authorized by law, including debts incurred for payment of pensions and bounties for services in suppressing insurrection or rebellion, shall not be questioned. Where statute and the Constitution collide, the Constitution prevails. Whether the government should pay the bills it has already incurred is not a matter of negotiation. It is a Constitutional mandate. And those are the bills we are talking about here, as President Obama stressed in his remarks on the issue last Friday. He said: Raising the debt ceiling simply gives our country the ability to pay the bills that Congress has already racked up. I want to emphasize that. The debt ceiling does not determine how much more money we can spend, it simply authorizes us to pay the bills we already have racked up. It gives the United States of America the ability to keep its word. Ignoring the debt ceiling on Constitutional grounds would not, as Michelle Bachmann declares, make President Obama a “dictator.” It would simply mean he is complying with his Constitutional mandate to pay the government’s bills on time and in full. Social Security Is Not Welfare. It Is a Debt Due and Owing. The President could have a clean resolution of the issue, but he is not jumping at the opportunity. Rather, he appears to be ready to throw Granny under the bus by slashing Social Security, Medicare and Medicaid, all in the name of “compromise.” The Fourteenth Amendment says debts already incurred shall not be questioned, “including debts incurred for payment of pensions.” That includes Social Security, which is an “entitlement” in the true sense of the word: we’re entitled to it because we’ve already paid for it. In fact, the Social Security Act was originally sold to Congress and the nation in 1935 not as a government benefit, but as a retirement savings program. Earlier this year, the Urban Institute published a study evaluating the program in this way, concluding that the average worker who retires today will withdraw from Social Security just about the same amount he put in over the years, with a modest 2% real interest rate (after inflation). A deal is a deal. We paid for it, we are owed it, and the U.S. government is good for it. To change the terms of the deal ex post facto is both a breach of contract and a violation of the Constitution. Where to Get the Money: Ron Paul’s Creative Plan

A sovereign nation can always find the money to pay debts owed in its own currency. The U.S. could, if it wished, pay its bills using debt-free U.S. Notes or Greenbacks, just as President Lincoln did to avoid a crippling debt during the Civil War. Alternatively, it could eliminate the deficit with Ron Paul’s plan, which amounts to the same thing. As Stephen Gandel explains Paul’s solution in Time Magazine: In the last year or two the Fed has been buying up U.S. Treasury bonds in an effort to lower interest rates and boost the economy. The most recent round of that buying has been dubbed QE2, and has come under a good deal of criticism, though most economists agree that it was a generally helpful policy. The result is that the Fed now holds nearly $1.7 trillion in U.S. debt. But that is really phony debt. The Treasury pays the interest on the debt on behalf of the U.S. government to the Fed, which in turn returns 90 percent of the payments it gets back to the Treasury. Nonetheless, that $1.7 trillion in U.S. bonds that the Fed owns, despite the shell game of payments, is still counted in the debt ceiling number, which caps that amount of total federal debt at $14.3 trillion. Paul's plan: Get the Fed and the Treasury to rip up that debt. It's fake debt anyway. And the Fed is legally allowed to return the debt to the Treasury to be destroyed. A trillion and a half dollars is currently about what spending is expected to exceed tax revenue in 2011. The biggest drawback to the plan, says Gandel, is just that it “looks bad.” It looks as if the government is paying off its debts by printing money. But that is what government-issued money is: a note acknowledging a debt due and owed from the public, good for an equivalent value from the public, traded in the marketplace. A U.S. Note or Greenback and a Federal Reserve Note or dollar bill are both forms of promissory notes. The government can as easily issue a dollar bill as a dollar note or a dollar bond, as Thomas Edison pointed out in the 1920s. The objection to that solution is that it would be inflationary, but as economist Richard Koo graphically demonstrates, the Fed’s quantitative easing has had virtually no inflationary effect on the money supply to date: Misdirected Fed policy has instead caused $1.6 trillion in “excess reserves” to sit on bank balance sheets, as explained in an earlier article. Conveniently, excess reserves can be used as collateral for futures and derivatives contracts, and that is what some banks appear to be doing with the money: backing trades in the financial markets. This sort of speculation, involving money making money without increasing productivity, can and does drive up prices. If the money had been delivered directly to the government to be spent on the national budget, it might have gotten into the real economy where it could do some good. The government’s budget is spent not on speculation but on goods and services. Increased government “demand” stimulates an increase in “supply,” causing supply and demand to increase together, avoiding price inflation while stimulating economic activity. Time to Close the Debt Ceiling Loophole The debt crisis was created, not by a social safety net bought and paid for by the taxpayers, but by a banking system taken over by Wall Street gamblers. The gamblers lost their bets and were bailed out at the expense of the taxpayers; and if anyone should be held to account, it is these gamblers. The debt ceiling crisis is a manufactured one, engineered to extort concessions that will lock the middle class in debt peonage for decades to come. Congress is empowered by the Constitution to issue the money it needs to pay its debts. Abraham Lincoln did it; Barack Obama could do it. He probably won’t, but he does need to follow his Constitutional mandate to pay the government’s bills as and when due. The statute imposing a ceiling on the national debt is trumped by the Fourteenth Amendment, making it redundant and unnecessary. The statute should be repealed. Ellen Brown is an attorney and president of the Public Banking Institute, http://PublicBankingInstitute.org. In Web of Debt, her latest of eleven books, she shows how the power to create money has been usurped from the people, and how we can get it back. Her websites are http://webofdebt.com and http://ellenbrown.com. Submitted by Carl_Herman on Sun, 07/31/2011 - 12:54

Author Ellen Brown Details How to Have a State Owned Bank like N. Dakota on Alex Jones Tv

Uploaded by TheAlexJonesChannel on May 20, 2010

Alex welcomes to the show attorney and author Ellen Brown. Her latest book, Web of Debt, documents the Federal Reserve and "the money trust" and shows how this private cartel has usurped power to create money from the people themselves and how we the people can get it back. Brown is the author of several other books, including Forbidden Medicine, Nature's Pharmacy for Children: Drug Free Alternatives for More Than 160 Childhood Ailments. http://ellenbrown.com/ /www.infowars.com/ Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=yeB-2x7Yy0c&playnext=1&list=PL401450E5B3CD3891

Public Banking -- it already works in the United States and is catching on!

What's Happening in your State? Find out by clicking on the map or here.

Public Banks are ... •

Viable solutions to the present economic crises in US states.

•

Potentially available to any-sized government or community able to meet the requirements for setting up a bank.

•

Owned by the people of a state or community.

•

Economically sustainable, because they operate transparently according to applicable banking regulations

•

Able to offset pressures for tax increases with returned credit income to the community.

•

Ready sources of affordable credit for local governments, eliminating the need for large “rainy day” funds.

•

Required to promote the public interest, as defined in their charters.

•

Constitutional, as ruled by the U.S. Supreme Court

... and are not •

Operated by politicians; rather, they are run by professional bankers.

•

Boondoggles for bank executives; rather, their employees are salaried public servants (paid by the state, with a transparent pay structure) who would likely not earn bonuses, commissions or fees for generating loans.

•

Speculative ventures that maximize profits in the short term, without regard to the long-term interests of the public.

Common Misperceptions of Public Banking In every venue in which PBI has presented the case for public banking, we have heard very similar counter arguments against it. Read them here.

California Shows Promise

The California Assembly has passed AB 750, calling for a blue ribbon commission to study starting a public bank of California. A public bank will bring our money home from Wall Street and invest it here in California. It will be a bankers' bank, partnering with our small, community banks, to infuse money back into our credit-starved small businesses, thereby creating desperately needed jobs. The bill is now in the Senate, and we need you to call your Senator by looking her or him up here at Know Your Legislators and ask her or him to vote YES for AB 750. This is our work. We educate law and policy makers so they can write and pass legislation that creates affordable credit for the very people whom they represent. Read the bills in this Special Edition of the Public Banking Newsletter and see the bills for yourself. Public banking is taking on different shapes, but there is no doubt that the framework of legislation is being built.

Public Banking in California -- read this for the latest analysis California AB 750 Testimony 5-2-11 final2.doc click to download

Latest Information July Newsletter

Demos_State_Bank_Paper April 2011_1.pdf click to download

Legislative Guide 030911 FINAL.pdf click to download

Public Banking Model for a State An Introduction to State Owned Banks", In Context TV, Hosts: Ken MacDermotRoe and Gus Cantavero, Video by Gus Cantavero, Website: www.incontextreport.com Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=xiYaEIwbwbg&feature=player_embedded

Ron Paul: the only candidate with the experience to restore America. Visit www.youtube.com/user/ronpaul

Public Banking's Background Public banking is banking operated in the public interest via institutions owned by the people through their representative governments. Public banks can exist at all levels, from local to state to national or even international. Any governmental body which can meet local banking requirements may, theoretically, create such a financial institution. Public banking is distinguished from private banking in that its mandate begins with the public's interest. Privately-owned banks, by contrast, have shareholders who generally seek short-term profits as their highest priority. Public banks are able to reduce taxes within their jurisdictions, because their profits are returned to the general fund of the public entity. The costs of public projects undertaken by governmental bodies are also greatly reduced, because public banks do not need to charge interest to themselves. Eliminating interest has been shown to reduce the cost of such projects, on average, by 50%. When the public interest demands, the mission of public banks is to respond immediately, to assure the long-term prosperity of the community. In the U.S., the Bank of North Dakota is a prime example of such a public bank.

Did You Know...? Public banking was first introduced in America by the Quakers in the original colony of Pennsylvania. Other colonial governments also established publicly-owned banks. The concept was later embraced by the State of North Dakota, the only state to currently own its own bank. As of the spring of 2010, North Dakota was also the only state sporting a major budget surplus; it had the lowest unemployment and default rates in the country; and it had the most community banks per capita, suggesting that the presence of a state-owned bank has not only not hurt but has helped the local banks. The BND was founded in 1919 to insure a dependable supply of affordable credit for its farmers, ranchers and businesses. Without affordable credit, average Americans who do not have substantial wealth cannot make the investments in their families and small businesses necessary to insure a prosperous future. The Bank of North Dakota makes low interest loans to students, existing small businesses and start-ups. It partners with private banks to provide a secondary market for mortgages and supports local governments by buying municipal bonds. The public banking model used by the State of North Dakota is simple - the State of North Dakota is doing business as the Bank of North Dakota (BND). That means all the state's assets are used to capitalize the BND. By law, all the state’s revenues are also deposited in the Bank. Among other advantages, this gives the BND the ability to participate in loans originated and led by private banks, which then have more flexibility to manage and expand their loan portfolios. As a public bank, the Bank of North Dakota pays its dividend to its only shareholder - the people of the state. In the past decade, despite its small population and modest volume of economic activity, the Bank of North Dakota has returned over $300 million to the state’s general fund, helping to ensure regular annual surpluses and eliminate the need for drastic tax increases or spending cuts for vital public services. Most states, with the exception of North Dakota, currently deposit their tax revenues (the public's money) in private Wall Street banks, which use these deposits for their own private gain. This money could be deposited in the state's own bank and used to fund projects and programs that benefit the public over the long term - the very same projects/programs that are currently being cut from state budgets. The Bank of North Dakota is only one of many public banking models that have developed historically around the world. For most of the twentieth century in Australia, the publicly-owned Commonwealth Bank of Australia was not only the nation’s central bank but engaged in commercial banking, “keeping the other banks honest.” In Alberta, Canada, the publicly-owned Alberta Treasury Branches connect nearly every town in a shared credit system. Public and private banks operate effectively together in many countries, including Switzerland, Germany, India, China and Brazil.

Clearly, states and municipalities have the potential to leverage their revenues to a much greater degree than is currently practiced. The Public Banking Institute has been set up to explore and educate regarding this potential. Read more: http://publicbankinginstitute.org/background.htm

"In the middle of every difficulty lies opportunity." - Albert Einstein

North Dakota's Economic "Miracle" - It's Not Oil Friday 2 September 2011 by: Ellen Brown, YES! Magazine | News Analysis

The state-owned Bank of North Dakota is credited with the state's relatively healthy economy. (Photo: banknd.nd.gov)

In an article in The New York Times on August 19th titled “The North Dakota Miracle,” Catherine Rampell writes: Forget the Texas Miracle. Let’s instead take a look at North Dakota, which has the lowest unemployment rate and the fastest job growth rate in the country. According to new data released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics today, North Dakota had an unemployment rate of just 3.3 percent in July—that’s just over a third of the national rate (9.1 percent), and about a quarter of the rate of the state with the highest joblessness (Nevada, at 12.9 percent). North Dakota has had the lowest unemployment in the country (or was tied for the lowest unemployment rate in the country) every single month since July 2008. Its healthy job market is also reflected in its payroll growth numbers. . . . [Y]ear over year, its payrolls grew by 5.2 percent. Texas came in second, with an increase of 2.6 percent. Why is North Dakota doing so well? For one of the same reasons that Texas has been doing well: oil.

Oil is certainly a factor, but it is not what has put North Dakota over the top. Alaska has roughly the same population as North Dakota and produces nearly twice as much oil, yet unemployment in Alaska is running at 7.7 percent. Montana, South Dakota, and Wyoming have all benefited from a boom in energy prices, with Montana and Wyoming extracting much more gas than North Dakota has. The Bakken oil field stretches across Montana as well as North Dakota, with the greatest Bakken oil production coming from Elm Coulee Oil Field in Montana. Yet Montana’s unemployment rate, like Alaska’s, is 7.7 percent. A number of other mineral-rich states were initially not affected by the economic downturn, but they lost revenues with the later decline in oil prices. North Dakota is the only state to be in continuous budget surplus since the banking crisis of 2008. Its balance sheet is so strong that it recently reduced individual income taxes and property taxes by a combined $400 million, and is debating further cuts. It also has the lowest foreclosure rate and lowest credit card default rate in the country, and it has had NO bank failures in at least the last decade. If its secret isn’t oil, what is so unique about the state? North Dakota has one thing that no other state has: its own state-owned bank. Access to credit is the enabling factor that has fostered both a boom in oil and record profits from agriculture in North Dakota. The Bank of North Dakota (BND) does not compete with local banks but partners with them, helping with capital and liquidity requirements. It participates in loans, provides guarantees, and acts as a sort of mini-Fed for the state. In 2010, according to the BND’s annual report: The Bank provided Secured and Unsecured Federal Fund Lines to 95 financial institutions with combined lines of over $318 million for 2010. Federal Fund sales averaged over $13 million per day, peaking at $36 million in June. The BND also has a loan program called Flex PACE, which allows a local community to provide assistance to borrowers in areas of jobs retention, technology creation, retail, small business, and essential community services. In 2010, according to the BND annual report: The need for Flex PACE funding was substantial, growing by 62 percent to help finance essential community services as energy development spiked in western North Dakota. Commercial bank participation loans grew to 64 percent of the entire $1.022 billion portfolio. The BND’s revenues have also been a major boost to the state budget. It has contributed over $300 million in revenues over the last decade to state coffers, a substantial sum for a state with a population less than one-tenth the size of Los Angeles County. According to a study by the Center for State Innovation, from 2007 to 2009 the BND added nearly as much money to the state’s general fund as oil and gas tax revenues did (oil and gas revenues added $71 million while the Bank of North Dakota returned $60 million). Over a 15-year period, according to other data, the BND has contributed more to the state budget than oil taxes have. North Dakota’s money and banking reserves are being kept within the state and invested there. The BND’s loan portfolio shows a steady uninterrupted increase in North Dakota lending programs since 2006. According to the annual BND report: Financially, 2010 was our strongest year ever. Profits increased by nearly $4 million to $61.9 million during our seventh consecutive year of record profits. Earnings were fueled by a strong and growing deposit base, brought about by a surging energy and agricultural economy. We ended the year with the highest capital level in our history at just over $325 million. The Bank returned a healthy 19 percent ROE, which represents the state’s return on its investment.

A 19 percent return on equity! How many states are getting that sort of return on their Wall Street investments? Timothy Canova is Professor of International Economic Law at Chapman University School of Law in Orange, California. In a June 2011 paper called “The Public Option: The Case for Parallel Public Banking Institutions,” he compares North Dakota’s financial situation to California’s. He writes of North Dakota and its state-owned bank: The state deposits its tax revenues in the Bank, which in turn ensures that a high portion of state funds are invested in the state economy. In addition, the Bank is able to remit a portion of its earnings back to the state treasury . . . . Thanks in part to these institutional arrangements, North Dakota is the only state that has been in continuous budget surplus since before the financial crisis and it has the lowest unemployment rate in the country. He then compares the dire situation in California: In contrast, California is the largest state economy in the nation, yet without a state-owned bank, is unable to steer hundreds of billions of dollars in state revenues into productive investment within the state. Instead, California deposits its many billions in tax revenues in large private banks which often lend the funds out-of-state, invest them in speculative trading strategies (including derivative bets against the state’s own bonds), and do not remit any of their earnings back to the state treasury. Meanwhile, California suffers from constrained private credit conditions, high unemployment levels well above the national average, and the stagnation of state and local tax receipts. The state’s only response has been to stumble from one budget crisis to another for the past three years, with each round of spending cuts further weakening its economy, tax base, and credit rating. Not all states have oil, of course (and it’s hardly a sustainable basis for an economy), but all could learn from the stateowned bank that allows North Dakota to capitalize on its resources to full advantage. States that deposit their revenues and invest their capital in large Wall Street banks are giving this economic opportunity away. ELLEN BROWN

Ellen is an attorney and the author of eleven books, including Web of Debt: The Shocking Truth About Our Money System and How We Can Break Free. Her websites are webofdebt.com and ellenbrown.com.

Learning about Special Districts and Federalization of Police This is very important! Learn about special districts and Federalization of police and fire departments. Clint Richardson wrote: We cannot afford to ignore this! Please watch and pass on this video about Special Tax Districts and Service Areas, posted on my blog at the link below, or on YouTube at: www.youtube.com/watch?v=6_-XMTauRsA A look into the third layer of government called special districts: http://realitybloger.wordpress.com/2011/06/28/special-districts-and-service-areas/

Salt Lake County has transferred all patrol and investigation services of the Sheriff’s office to a district, giving up his control and autonomy over these men. And they are no longer lawful Sheriff’s Deputies, and instead have been transferred to become municipal district police of the county. The Sheriff’s Department was officially dissolved on January 1, 2010. The Sheriff was appointed Chief Executive Officer of this district, while still being the elected Sheriff, wearing two contradicting hats. This is happening everywhere… this is the Federalization of Police and Fire. -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=On June 7th, 2011, the Salt Lake County Council held the first of several “Police Funding” public meetings regarding the “Police Protection Fee” for the purpose of funding the newly formed police district called the “Unified Police Department”. Instead of an official forum, we found a sales pitch costing many $10′s of thousands of dollars in taxpayer money, with the purpose of selling a property tax increase to pay for the new district, despite continuing to pay the same taxes we always have. I was so upset that I checked out the library conference room next door and invited the disappointed people to come listen to what is really going on… And many people came… –Clint Richardson (realitybloger.wordpress.com) Read The Sheriff Who Sold His County: http://realitybloger.wordpress.com/2011/05/22/the-sheriff-who-sold-his-county/ Tuesday, June 28, 2011 From: ooblahdah [mailto:ooblahdah@wowway.com] Sent: Wednesday, June 29, 2011 6:13 AM

Clint, With much respect: Under the terms of the bankruptcy of '33 the government was completely altered. Who is running America: http://www.barefootsworld.net/usfraud.html We are still living under the terms of the bankruptcy. When they took the people's gold they forced the people into using their fiat currency . . . the Federal Reserve Note. It is not real money, it is funny money that the private Federal Reserve owns. All property was put up as collateral at that time. The Constitutional government was laid aside to create a debtor/creditor system. In addition, Roosevelt declared a state of emergency that still stands today.

Then in 1992, using this state of emergency authority, George Bush Sr signed a order for state, county, local governments to sell their assets. This was the same year that Bush announced the New World Order. As you will discover all states and Congress abides by the President's Executive Orders - because we are still under a state of emergency. Obama proved this is correct recently by issuing an Executive Order to create rural councils You are right that there is a Public Private Partnership system in place. In fact, without the public's consent it has become the new form of government. http://anticorruptionsociety.com/2011/06/13/the-public-private-partnershipform-of-government/ My guess is that it started as a policy in '92 with the Bush decree to privatize public assets. A fraud has been perpetrated on the public for a long time. The Freemasons have aided and supported the NWO and contributed to massive corruption. The Rothschilds, the bankers and the Zionists infiltrated the Masons long time ago. Without understanding the changes that took place under FDR, you can't really determine Who is Running America. There are Congressional records that document what I've just explained. More info: Patriot Clay Douglas explains the bankruptcy The Federal Reserve banking cartel stole the people's gold In '33 we the people were made Enemies of the State The Federal Reserve is a Criminal Cartel 1933 Congressional Record In the 30's Lewis McFadden attempted to get the criminal Federal Reserve participants impeached. The papers he prepared were never implemented or eliminated. McFadden did his best to stop the criminals of the Federal Reserve. Many believe it was they who poisoned him. This perpetual "national emergency" was confirmed by the Senate in their report 93-549 This explains why the President can continue to issue Executive Orders that violate the Constitution, like instructing state, county and local governments to sell the peoples assets/infrastructure. Again without adding the events of 1933 to the picture, we are at risk of distorting what is going on. Currently local government 'officials' are a part of the new Public Private Partnership form of government that Bush launched. They don't even understand that there are many ongoing conflicts of interest. I've talked to many of them. Again Joan Veon does an excellent job explaining how it works. She notes when Al Gore announced it. The International Bankers have gained control of America. Bill Still did an excellent job explaining it back in '96 in his The Money Masters documentary. Griffin exposed it in The Creature from Jekyl Island.

Without understanding who/what the Federal Reserve really is, we won't get too far. I believe Dr True Ott researched Lewis McFadden and his writings. I bet he'd be glad to discuss it with you. He can also explain the fiat currency and Money is Debt system. I don't think Walter Burien understands that either. In my experience with peak oil and global warming, once someone has committed to a position, no amount of evidence seems to change their mind. In fact, when they have written books, made videos or given talks they just seem to dig in further. It is extremely unlikely that Walter will change his position or even look at the Bankruptcy of '33. He doesn't seem to want to admit that Bill Still's work, The Money Masters, is accurate and important. It has been a piece of cake for those who run the printing presses of a worthless fiat currency to bribe everyone. In '33 they created the Money is Debt system. If they had to use their own gold as bribes things would have turned out differently. Of course this is why Rothschild made this statement:

”Give me control over a nation’s currency, and I care not who makes its laws.” Mayer Amshel Rothschild (1743-1812) I do not wish to just stop paying taxes, I wish to take back control of my local government. They are doing awful things that affect us all and are currently completely deaf to the concerns of the public. They are constantly taking bribes (grants and incentives) to restructure our community. And when we go to talk to them, they just give us 'platitudes'. They are extremely well educated in corporate-speak, plausible deniability and the Delphi Technique. They are also up to their necks in the new Public Private Partnership form of government and are completely indoctrinated into believing it is a good thing. Currently they are all being bribed to promote Smart Meters and the Smart Grid. Here's a brilliant interview by Walt McGinnis as to how the PPP government is deaf to the public when it comes to health and privacy risks of Smart Meters: Public Private Partnerships and Smart Meters We need to take back control of our local governments and start dismantling the PPPs. This won't be easy because those running it have been thoroughly indoctrinated and brainwashed. See if you think this article describes the local government folks that you have been attempting to work with: www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=25388 They have been 'corporatized' and are totally acceptant of their positions as 'human resources'. I wish you the best, AL

AntiCorruption Society

Visit www.infowarsnews.com and www.prisonplanet.tv/news

Now Is the Time for an Economic Bill of Rights Friday 11 November 2011 by: Ellen Brown, Truthout | News Analysis

We are beginning to understand that our money is not created by the federal government, but by banks. (Photo: photobunny / flickr)

Henry Ford said, "It is well enough that the people of the nation do not understand our banking and monetary system, for if they did, I believe there would be a revolution before tomorrow morning." We are beginning to understand, and Occupy Wall Street looks like the beginning of the revolution. We are beginning to understand that our money is created, not by the government, but by banks. Many authorities have confirmed this, including the Federal Reserve itself. The only money the government creates today are coins, which compose less than one ten-thousandth of the money supply. Federal Reserve Notes, or dollar bills, are issued by Federal Reserve banks, all 12 of which are owned by the private banks in their district. Most of our money comes into circulation as bank loans, and it comes with an interest charge attached. According to Margrit Kennedy, a German researcher who has studied this issue extensively, interest now composes 40 percent of the cost of everything we buy. We don't see it on the sales slips, but interest is exacted at every stage of production. Suppliers need to take out loans to pay for labor and materials before they have a product to sell. For government projects, Kennedy found that the average cost of interest is 50 percent. If the government owned the banks, it could keep the interest and get these projects at half price. That means governments state and federal - could double the number of projects they could afford, without costing the taxpayers a single penny more than we are paying now. This opens up exciting possibilities. Federal and state governments could fund all sorts of things we think we can't afford now, simply by owning their own banks. They could fund something Franklin D. Roosevelt and Martin Luther King dreamt of - an Economic Bill of Rights.

A Vision for Tomorrow In his first inaugural address in 1933, Roosevelt criticized the sort of near-sighted Wall Street greed that precipitated the Great Depression. He said, "They only know the rules of a generation of self-seekers. They have no vision, and where there is no vision the people perish." Roosevelt's own vision reached its sharpest focus in 1944, when he called for a Second Bill of Rights. He said: This Republic had its beginning, and grew to its present strength, under the protection of certain inalienable political rights.... They were our rights to life and liberty. As our nation has grown in size and stature, however - as our industrial economy expanded - these political rights proved inadequate to assure us equality in the pursuit of happiness. He then enumerated the economic rights he thought needed to be added to the Bill of Rights. They included: The right to a job; The right to earn enough to pay for food and clothing; The right of businessmen to be free of unfair competition and domination by monopolies; The right to a decent home; The right to adequate medical care and the opportunity to enjoy good health; The right to adequate protection from the economic fears of old age, sickness, accident, and unemployment; The right to a good education. Times have changed since the first Bill of Rights was added to the Constitution in 1791. When the country was founded, people could stake out some land, build a house on it, farm it and be self-sufficient. The Great Depression saw people turned out of their homes and living in the streets - a phenomenon we are seeing again today. Few people now own their own homes. Even if you have signed a mortgage, you will be in debt peonage to the bank for 30 years or so before you can claim the home as your own. Health needs have changed, too. In 1791, foods were natural and nutrient rich, and outdoor exercise was built into the lifestyle. Degenerative diseases such as cancer and heart disease were rare. Today, health insurance for some people can cost as much as rent.

Then there are college loans, which collectively now exceed a trillion dollars, more even than credit card debt. Students are coming out of universities not just without jobs, but carrying a debt of $20,000 or so on their backs. For medical students and other post-graduate students, it can be $100,000 or more. Again, that's as much as a mortgage, with no house to show for it. The justification for incurring these debts was supposed to be that the students would get better jobs when they graduated, but now jobs are scarce. After World War II, the GI Bill provided returning servicemen with free college tuition, as well as cheap home loans and business loans. It was called "the GI Bill of Rights." Studies have shown that the GI Bill paid for itself seven times over and is one of the most lucrative investments the government ever made. The government could do that again - without increasing taxes or the federal debt. It could do it by recovering the power to create money from Wall Street and the financial services industry, which now claim a whopping 40 percent of everything we buy. An Updated Constitution for a New Millennium Banks acquired the power to create money by default when Congress declined to claim it at the Constitutional Convention in 1787. The Constitution says only that "Congress shall have the power to coin money [and] regulate the power thereof." The founders left out not just paper money, but checkbook money, credit card money, money market funds, and other forms of exchange that make up the money supply today. All of them are created by private financial institutions, and they all come into the economy as loans with interest attached. Governments - state and federal - could bypass the interest tab by setting up their own publicly owned banks. Banking would become a public utility, a tool for promoting productivity and trade rather than for extracting wealth from the debtor class. Congress could go further: it could reclaim the power to issue money from the banks and fund its budget directly. It could do this, in fact, without changing any laws. Congress is empowered to "coin money," and the Constitution sets no limit on the face amount of the coins. Congress could issue a few one-trillion dollar coins, deposit them in an account and start writing checks. The Fed's own figures show that the money supply has shrunk by $3 trillion since 2008. That sum could be spent into the economy without inflating prices. Three trillion dollars could go a long way toward providing the jobs and social services necessary to fulfill an Economic Bill of Rights. Guaranteeing employment to anyone

willing and able to work would increase gross domestic product, allowing the money supply to expand even further without inflating prices, since supply and demand would increase together. Modernizing the Bill of Rights As Bob Dylan said, "The times they are a-changin'." Revolutionary times call for revolutionary solutions and an updated social contract. Apple and Microsoft update their programs every year. We are trying to fit a highly complex, modern monetary scheme into a constitutional framework that is 200 years old. After President Roosevelt died in 1945, his vision for an Economic Bill of Rights was kept alive by Martin Luther King. "True compassion," King declared, "is more than flinging a coin to a beggar; it comes to see that an edifice which produces beggars needs restructuring." King, too, has now passed away, but his vision has been carried on by a variety of money reform groups. The government as "employer of last resort," guaranteeing a living wage to anyone who wants to work, is a basic platform of Modern Monetary Theory (MMT). An MMT web site declares that by "[e]nding the enormous unearned profits acquired by the means of the privatization of our sovereign currency ... [i]t is possible to have truly full employment without causing inflation." What was sufficient for a simple agrarian economy does not provide an adequate framework for freedom and democracy today. We need an Economic Bill of Rights, and we need to end the privatization of the national currency. Only when the privilege of creating the national money supply is returned to the people can we have a government that is truly of the people, by the people and for the people. This work by Truthout is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Noncommercial 3.0 United States License.

Krista Branch - Remember Who We Are Uploaded by SoundMindPro on Jan 28, 2011

The second song by our debut artist, Krista Branch. For more information on Krista, check her website here: www.kristabranch.com. Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=esT34yY9QpI&feature=relmfu

Krista Branch - I Am America

Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=0heL2Czeraw&feature=related

The Public Private Partnership form of ‘government’ Posted on June 13, 2011 by anticorruptionsociety AL Whitney (C) copyright 2011 Permission is granted for redistribution if linked to original and the AntiCorruption Society is acknowledged PPPs ARE NOTHING MORE THAN THE CORPORATIZATION OF GOVERNMENT AND THE PRIVATIZATION OF PUBLIC ASSETS In 1992 George Bush Sr signed an executive order instructing all state and local governments to sell public assets. This formally launched a new form of government called the Public Private Partnership. Executive order 12803 of April 30, 1992 For purposes of this order: (a) “Privatization” means the disposition or transfer of an infrastructure asset, such as by sale or by long-term lease, from a State or local government to a private party. (b) “infrastructure asset” means any asset financed in whole or in part by the Federal Government [this includes federal 'grant money'] and needed for the functioning of the economy. Examples of such assets include, but are not limited to: roads, tunnels, bridges, electricity supply facilities, mass transit, rail transportation, airports, ports. waterways, water supply facilities, recycling and wastewater treatment facilities, solid waste disposal facilities, housing, schools, prisons, and hospitals.

The ‘authority’ George Bush Sr used to institute such an action came from the abuse of the “National Emergency”. Dr. Schroder proves with the government’s own documents that the Constitution has been effectively set aside since 1933. Eleven presidents, both Democrat and Republican, have used emergency powers for the last 67 years to regulate our daily lives without the inconvenience of Congressional approval. The definition of “emergencies” has been stretched to include economic problems, social imbalances, and perceived threats to the US by any foreign country’s actions, even those on other continents. Senate Report 93-549, written in 1973, says “Since March 9, 1933, the United States has been in a state of declared national emergency…Under the powers delegated by these statutes, the president may: seize property;…seize commodities; assign military forces abroad; institute martial law; seize and control all transportation and communication; restrict travel; and, in a plethora of particular ways, control the lives of all American citizens.”

The president can act through Executive Order, Presidential Proclamation, or through his many agencies, which include most of the alphabet agencies. [All agencies are headed by political appointees of the Executive Branch and implement his policies. NONE of them answer to the general population.] The people of our country are being robbed by the very folks they elect into public office. Once they are elected, these politicians represent the government “corporations” (The Corporation Nation) they work for. They seek profit for themselves, the city, county or state at the expense of the public. The PPP ‘SCAM’ is never explained to the general population so there is no INFORMED CONSENT. It is merely betrayal of the public by stupid and/or corrupt politicians. In fact, many politicians and government ‘agency’ directors hire aides to perform the job of ‘gatekeepers’, thus avoiding public questions about their relentless ongoing conflicts of interest. Other important players in this public theft are regional planning commissions. MidOhio Regional Planning Commission – PPP They pass bribe money (grants and/or incentives) from the federal government (taxpayers) to local governments, private ‘companies’ and/or trade organizations on a regular basis. While the public is invited to ‘comment’ on the projects these commissions chose to fund, these comments are filed away and for the most part ignored. The ‘comment’ stage is perfunctory and represents yet one more ‘perception management’ strategy, as do the endless public meetings that are run by ‘facilitators’. Facilitators are merely polished ‘perception manager/manipulators’ used by many political or non-profit organizations to ‘manage’, deceive and placate the public. Another layer in the ongoing Psywar against the American public. Actual experience: At one time I actually made an appointment with the Director of a Planning Commission to discuss the possibility of a new program. I was greeted by the agency’s public ‘perception manager’ who managed the meeting to placate me and prevent any real thoughtful conversation from taking place. This ‘perception manager’ was a twenty-something female with little experience or knowledge of anything but . . . ‘managing the public’s perception’. This goes on daily across the country. Look up the Delphi Technique of ‘group management’ which is nothing more than a well-organized way to shut down all criticism of the PPP form of corporate government. This new ‘system’ has replaced both the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. And the public was never asked . . . and therefore never gave INFORMED CONSENT. Feel free to test the responsiveness of this new form of government for yourself. For the most part it is completely unresponsive to the ‘peoples’ concerns/complaints. Those who work in it have been thoroughly indoctrinated into corporatism. They all speak corporate-speak. They write in corporate-speak aka double-talk. Nowadays they sign their letters as — Team. They have been stripped of their individual identities. They are indeed Human Resources and have no understanding that being reduced to a Human Resource is an insult to their humanity. They are like the proverbial fish that can recognize everything but . . . the water. These are the people that are the foot soldiers for the globalists and their one world corporate government and either they don’t know it or they

think it is a good thing. It hasn’t yet occurred to them that no one has any rights under world government . . . only privileges that can be taken away without provocation. It hasn’t occurred to them that this includes them. After all, they have agreed to go-along-to-get-along, give up their human identities and become just a human resource on the team of the dead-legal fiction known as the corporation. But, these minions are so much more than nameless ‘team members’. They are wondrous and amazing individual human beings with potential we are all just discovering! Once the foot soldiers recognize that, it will be game, set and match. Humanity wins . . . the dead-legal fiction, The Corporation, loses. After all, The Corporation is just a business model. “We are at present working discreetly, but with all our might, to wrest this mysterious force called sovereignty out of the clutches of the local national states of the world. And all the time we are denying with our lips what we are doing with our hands.” - Arnold Toynbee, Fabian Society – City Of London http://anticorruptionsociety.com/2011/06/13/the-public-private-partnership-form-of-government/

"Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful, committed individuals can change the world, indeed it's the only thing that ever has." – Margaret Meade

Visit http://endthefedusa.ning.com/ for more information about ending the private Federal Reserve banking system.

Comprehensive Annual Financial Reports (CAFR’s) "What's in Your CAFR Account?" By Ginny Linn and Walter Burien The public has been played the biggest financial shell game of all time, by allowing massive fortunes to be made by the US governments inside players over the last several decades. Since 2000, the US (collective) government brings in more gross income than the entire gross income of the population of the United States! Put another way, return on investments generates more income than it costs to fund the operations of each state and all local government on a yearly basis. Beginning in 1946, the Government Financial Officers Association (GFOA), required all state and local governments prepare an Annual Financial Report, much like public companies prepare for the Government. This required hard and liquid investment assets, liabilities, revenue and expenditures to be reported in a standardized format. A decade later this procedure was assigned to another "private association" called the Government Accounting Standards Board's (GASB). GASB oversaw the accounting and financial reporting standards. The name of this federally mandated financial report is the Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR) (pronounced "cay-fer"). This is in reality, a hidden profit and wealth building plan to keep double books by requiring state and local governments to invest some of our collected taxes in unmentioned accounts listed in the CAFR, but not mentioned in selectively created "Budget" reports. Most people have heard of the budget, which is the document that plans and authorizes the spending of money acquired through state and local taxation for "the year". However, the CAFR describes what actually was spent and the status of assets and liabilities as a result of decades of growth at the end of the fiscal year. In other words, the money that is taken in through taxation of the public and business is separated into two funds: Budget (financial obligations) and Investments (private investments). State and local economies operate on the budget. What remains after all obligations are paid out is considered off budget invested in special investment funds such as real estate, pharmaceutical companies, etc. That money is separated from the budget process never shared with the state and local governments in order to balance the budget should a shortfall occur. Nor is it set aside in public investment accounts for rainy days. Instead those monies are siphoned off and put in off shore accounts, building a power-base for the inside players as well as additionally for the benefit and direction of control structures such as syndicated media; controlled education; and both political parties. Annual Financial Reports (AFRs) and Budget Reports comprise a CAFR: 1. BUDGET REPORT: a selective funding of x amount of accounts from x amount of resources (set up to be primarily funded with taxation and done so for the year). 2. ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT: the showing of “all” income, i.e. investment, taxation, and enterprise, plus the accumulated wealth over decades. Budgets are for the year. Every investment fund, large and small is a power base. Where that money is invested determines what company or real estate venture, etc., is made or broken. In line with that, there is never a mention of the 184,000 Annual Financial Reports (AFRs) of the corresponding local governments. Nor the many thousands of specialty investment funds they contain. Government pension funds facilitate the same. Paying employee benefits from the return on the funds is an after-thought for the government players. Finally, if the trillions of dollars being hidden from the public coffers were made known to the public it would be the beginning of the end of the criminal banking political cartels, and possibly the end of all taxation!!

Ending Taxation - "The Only Game in Town" 2011 The way our government can and should be. (UPDATED) Uploaded by CAFR1 on Oct 31, 2011 Watch the video free: www.youtube.com/watch?v=bn3hUcmNDdA The documentary "The First Cut" was uploaded to YouTube on October 31st 2011 and is essential for viewing by every American. This documentary will fill in the biggest piece of the puzzle that has been kept from the public intentionally, by a control structure for over 100-years. No longer will the population be left in the dark or be "the mark" for the controllers with the release of this video and the comprehension learned through it. If you have an email list for AARP, financial planners, education groups, news services, member associations of firemen - police - teachers - military - taxpayers, please send the link for all of them to view. After viewing the please don't forget to click "like" and comment on the documentary. Walter Burien - CAFR1.com, P. O. Box 2112, Saint Johns, AZ 85936, Tel. (928) 458-5854 Any local government can be restructured to meet their annual budget needs "Without" taxes. TRF (Tax Retirement Funds) paying for every city, county, state's annual budgetary needs! What is taxation? ANSWER: A revenue source. What is investment income and enterprise income? ANSWER: A revenue source. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s time to replace one revenue source with another. Taxation is not needed; TRF today and no taxation for tomorrow. To automatically subscribe to CAFR1 NATIONAL posts -http://CAFR1.com/phplist/?p=subscribe

CAFR reviews and the path to ending taxation progresses. Ready for a "Real" change? Submitted by CAFR1 on Fri, 02/03/2012 - 01:57 in

Two Counties in the US are looking at and will be launching the TRF funding principle that generates the revenue required to satisfy the general purpose operating budgets within that venue. The names of the counties will be kept confidential until just before launch. With the designated purpose of generating the revenue needed to meet general purpose operating budgets, the TRF in its operation systematically allows for elimination of taxation on the County level as well as for all cities, townships, and school districts in the county. One revenue source (taxation) is replaced with another (return from the TRF)as they develop and grow and thus taxation is not needed. When the TRF launches CAFR1 will use software that will access numerous data banks to compile all of the financial managers that now will become members of the TRFA (Tax Retirement Fund Association). The data bank will have each managers fund performance record going back 20 years. Any local government (Miami, FL for example) who wishes to implement the TRF fund management principle, with a keystroke at this end the top fund managers in the Miami area are identified, the fund management team is compiled, and their collective fund management performance record is seen predicating their assignment. The team will now do the audit of the local venues; implement the TRF program under specific standardized guidelines of consolidation and growth to phase out X tax, and then X tax until all taxation is eliminated from that venue. Personal, sales, property, and corporate. The software will also monitor each TRF fund's performance to identify and maximize compliance with TRF objectives and set timelines for compliance with the objectives in each specific venue at the stroke of the keyboard. The data processing company that gets the TRF data management contract could develop that contract into their #1 client especially being that their is a potential for 136,000 local governments in the US and then many more in Canada for their participation with the TRFA. Additionally included in the monitoring is the performance of up to 150,000 fund managers that may be involved from the US and Canada from the get-go. I note that they, government and everyone else "will" inevitably implement TRF operations being that it satisfies that age-old aspect of the greed and opportunity principle for all three power groups in a "true" mutually beneficial symbiotic relationship;

The Public = no taxation and they build their wealth as the "First Line Beneficiaries" of the investment return of the TRF through the elimination of taxation. The public now with greater prosperity can feed that beast by their own commerce activity and benefits each and every time they do; Government gets their same truckloads of cash rolling in from the returns on the TRF funds and in time more cash rolling in than what they now are getting from taxation being eliminated out of the picture; The financial cartels / industrial complex will have more "stable" equity for capital reinvestment under management then they do now or ever ever dreamed about.. A win-win for all involved and a prosperous and "stable" economy to boot for the next 1000-years. You see satisfying that ever driving force of the greed and oppertunity principle for one-and-all makes it work and makes it happen as far as time goes, "in the blink of an eye". For the last 5000 years government's intent going back to the days of the Pharaohs has viewed the population as being a productivity resource to be drained and managed. That has never been a good thing nor will it ever be a good thing. Under the TRF management principle the most important aspect is "it changes government's intent towards the population". The population is no longer viewed as being a productivity resource to be drained and managed, government's intent now transitions into wanting to see the population as wealthy and as prosperous as possible. You see the more wealthy and prosperous the population is, the more goods, products, and services the population is purchasing and thus more truckloads of cash rolling into the government's coffers from the investment return being generated from the TRFs. Again, a win-win for all involved. I wonder what Mr. Paul would say to the above? :<) Big ventures require strong, sincere, and persevering minds / spirits to get the job done. To view a basic video presentation per the above please watch the documentary The Only Game in Town 2012 The Only Game the public, government, and the financial / corporate sector should be playing with that being "ending taxation.. We are talking all taxation, personal and corporate. An economy based on cash and investment only.. taxation cut out of the equation for all time to come. Truly yours and wishing for a good future for "one-and-all", Walter J. Burien, Jr. - CAFR1.com Saint Johns, AZ Tel. (928) 458-5854 http://www.dailypaul.com/210731/cafr-reviews-and-the-path-to-ending-taxation-progresses-ready-for-a-real-change

CAFR School: What Is A Commingled Fund ? Uploaded by TheCorporationNation on Oct 8, 2011

A CAFR rant for the Occupy Wall Street crowd! Visit: www.TheCorporationNation.com I'd like to introduce you to the $64 billion and $23 billion dollar "mutual funds" in California, called Commingled funds. These funds are in all states, with federal U.S. CODE creating them through the state treasurer, and are usually called the Public or State Treasurer's Investment Fund. Even as California claims to be broke, these funds are growing strong... making hundreds of millions or billions of dollars in investment returns. -Clint RichardsonWatch the video: http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLDB052A7C4196F91A

Part 2 of â&#x20AC;&#x153;The Corporation Nationâ&#x20AC;? is now available!

The Great Pension Fund Hoax! Watch it on YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fhkWueEjewM This 4 hour presentation is part 2 of the Corporation Nation series. While a shorter, condensed version will be released soon, The Great Pension Fund Hoax is presented as documentary evidence of corruption and greed within our government and as a reference work. This is not for entertainment. Understanding this information about the Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR) system of accounting in government will answer the question that has eluded you for so long, just as it did me... Why?

Why do corporations get away with murder? Why does government allow this to happen by passing laws and regulations, and deregulating the very framework that these corporations operate within, both nationally and internationally? Why are We, the People suffering at the hands of this oligarchical government, while our taxpayer dollars are being used against us? And why does there seem to be no difference between the private sector and the public one? Answer: Because government owns it all!!! Note... I am mad as heck that after hours of self-editing, and two full days to process this final version, I had one misspelling at the worst possible spot. Please don't tear me apart for this, it is of no benefit to anyone. Please learn... and comment for the benefit of the people. Announcement!!! The Corporation Nation is now available for purchase (non-profit) at “The One Dollar DVD Project” – available for $2 plus shipping. http://onedollardvdproject.com/

CAFR - AMAZING INFORMATION THAT IS HIDDEN IN PLAIN SIGHT! The information on this page is absolutely astounding. We can only hope that you realize how important it is, and that you give it the attention that it deserves. Since shortly after World War II, numerous governments (Federal, States, Counties, Cities, School Districts, etc.) have taken our tax dollars and invested them in a wide variety of different investments. They have managed to keep the general population completely unaware of these ENORMOUS investments. Every American citizen needs to understand that the government holds TRILLIONS OF DOLLARS of stock in Fortune 500 and other corporations, as well as additional investments in foreign companies, foreign currencies and many, many other investments.

THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS INFORMATION IS ENORMOUS!

CLICK HERE FOR JUST ONE EXAMPLE (FLORIDA) When government officials discuss their yearly "budgets", most people blindly believe that the "budget" information reflects the entire financial situation. NOTHING could be further from the truth. It usually comes as an incredible shock to nearly everyone when they learn that there is a totally different set of "books" that are a far more complete accounting of the money held by these government agencies. This information has been hidden in plain sight, in documents that are known as Comprehensive Annual Financial Reports (CAFRs). The primary difference between a budget and a CAFR is that a budget is an accounting for just one fiscal period (often one year). The "budgets" only show how tax income has been spent. A CAFR gives a much more detailed account of long term, ongoing investments.

Thousands of Federal, State, County, City and other government entities have been hiding ENORMOUS investments that are never publicly discussed. The amount of money involved is ASTOUNDING! These governments are NOT bankrupt. These governments only appear to be running yearly "deficits" because they refuse to discuss the absolutely enormous amounts of money that they control in the form of investments that total TRILLIONS OF DOLLARS. As citizens, we initially funded all of these investments through various taxes and fees. Now, TRILLIONS of dollars are being controlled by the powers that be, while they continually complain about "budget" deficits and insist upon either raising taxes or reducing services and benefits.

Two Sets of Books Outside of public awareness, every state, county and major metropolitan city is keeping two sets of books. One set ("The Budget") is commonly available and tracks each government's tax revenue and expenditures. The budget is the financial record that the public is encouraged to focus on and it is used by politicians to justify new governmental services and higher taxes. However, there is a second set of books (called the Comprehensive Annual Financial Report, or CAFR) which is virtually unknown to the public because it contains the real record of total governmental income. Although the yearly budget gives an accurate account of government costs, only the CAFR gives an accurate account of government's ongoing investment assets. For example, while a particular state budget might report receiving $20 billion in taxes (just barely enough to cover its $20 billion in costs) - the CAFR might reveal the state's real income is in the neighborhood of $40 billion twice as much as reported on the budget. The state could stop charging all the taxes that the citizens are forced to pay and give every citizen a huge tax rebate, or it could decide to double the amount of government services, or it could decide on some combination or reduced taxes and increased services. How could any governmental entity dare to routinely overcharge its citizens by 200%, under-report its income by half, and knowingly press for higher taxes based on an incomplete presentation of the budget? Worse, how could such a fraudulent system become widespread among all states, counties, cities and the Federal Government? The implications are mind-boggling. The CAFR's reveal that the world is so different from what we are led to believe, so much more corrupt than suspected, that we are left with a number of choices, either; • • •

Government agrees to end the deception and stop overtaxing us Government agrees to use its existing investments to provide additional benefits The American people agree to accept their status as slaves • Both sides refuse to agree and precipitate a shooting revolution

What is voting, REALLY?? Have you ever wondered why people spend huge amounts of money to be elected mayor, school board member, county commissioner, governor, or president? The answer is simple - They gain access to the control of absolutely ENORMOUS funds that are the true source of political power! Every citizen must educate themselves regarding the ENORMOUS WEALTH that is held (in trust) by their city, school system, county, state and country.

When you vote for a mayor, city manager, school board member, county commissioner, governor or president, what are you really doing? Well, there are many facets to those "jobs", but one of the basic functions of these elected officials is to act as a trustee, who will be trusted to skillfully manage the holdings of the city, school district, county, state or country. It is within the power of every American citizen to perform a simple "litmus" test in order to hold every candidate for public office accountable for their actions after they enter office. NO - DO NOT DO THIS: Candidates should not be permitted to talk about their plans for the "budget". YES - DO THIS: Every candidate MUST be aggressively questioned about how they plan to handle the accumulated FUNDS that are controlled by the government.

Walter Burien Exposes the CAFR Secret Mr. Walter Burien is the first person who is known to have raised this issue publicly. Mr. Burien first discovered the CAFR report in New Jersey in 1989, when he helped start and incorporated a New Jersey tax protest group called "Hands Across New Jersey." While involved with that group, Mr. Burien read in the state's Annual Budget that the total cost of all public services was $17 billion and the "net available" (the money on hand to pay all bills) was $24.6 billion. But then he asked the first question the IRS asks in any audit: "What are the gross receipts?" He added the figures from various state government sources and came up with about $44 billion and began to wonder how the state could have $17 billion in costs, $24.6 billion in cash on hand, and $44 billion annual income? The numbers didn't add up, so he began to dig deeper. Because his father had been Personnel Manager for the State Treasury for four years, Mr. Burien understood how to get information from the various government departments. The state Director of the Budget was on vacation, so Mr. Burien called one of his lowest level assistants and said, "I'm working on a report for Richard [the vacationing Budget Director] and I need all the figures on the autonomous agency accounts, interest accounts, investment accounts." The assistant said, "Oh, you want the CAFR." This was the first time Burien had heard of the CAFR but he said, "Yes" and the assistant mailed it to him. The 1989 CAFR showed that New Jersey had liquid investment funds (cash) of $188 billion of which included; common stocks worth $70 billion, $10 billion in loans made by the state due from public and private corporations, and $14 billion in insurance company equity participation. The little state of New Jersey, which admitted to less than $25 billion in annual income on its budget, reported $188 billion in cash, stocks, loans and equity participation on its CAFR. According to Mr. Burien, "On that day, I learned the definition of syndicated organized crime." Keep in mind that most of the revenue and investments from the 21 counties, hundreds of cities, municipalities, school districts, state financial authorities, pension funds, and 69 enterprise authorities, all of which put out their own CAFR or Combined Financial Statement are not inclusive with the state's revenue and investments. The totals here, when looking at composite New Jersey government figures, are well in excess of 1.8 Trillion dollars. Yep, you heard that right, 1.8 trillion. Divide that figure by the population of New Jersey to see the per capita share of the wealth. So why are the taxes in New Jersey some of the highest in the country? The answered is; Power corrupts, absolute Power corrupts absolutely. The public left the VAULT door open, and those sharp government officials said thank

you very much. The scam worked something like this: Anything that was a cost or expense for public services (the traditional side of the Annual Service Budget, such as the Department of Transportation, health and welfare, etc.) was reported on the Budget where public taxes primarily paid 100% of the bill for those services. That was $17 billion. However, any governmental agency that was a profit center (the Port Authority for New Jersey, the New Jersey Turnpike, and investment accounts, etc.) that generated no tax revenue was "restricted by statute from being reported in and benefiting the Annual Budget. Why? Because the state legislature passed laws to prevent reporting the income from investment or venture profit centers on the Budget. Instead, income from these profit centers was disclosed only on the CAFR or other financial reports referenced in the notes of the CAFR. But that disclosure was not immediately apparent. For example, when Mr. Burien looked for New Jersey's 1989 "gross cash receipts" in the CAFR, he found the figure buried on page 174, under the "Waste Water Treatment Trust Fund." It showed the amount of the total cash receipts (Cash Additions) for 1989 from all state agencies, departments and sources was $86.799 billion. In other words, New Jersey State Government from all sources was grossing $87 billion to provide $17 billion in public services as seen in the openly represented Annual Service Budget. New Jersey citizens were paying $5 for every $1 in services they received, and the state was pocketing the other $4 as "profit." When breaking down the true revenue income, the most important revelation was that only one third of the states' income came from taxes, fines and fees. Two thirds of state governments' income came from Other Sources with no direct tie to the publicly known budget. When looking at the openly disclosed Budget, which each year continued to grow at a runaway pace, here ever expanding taxation primarily covered the expenses. The CAFR also reported the state owned $32 billion in common stocks - but this figure was footnoted. The footnote revealed that the stocks were valued according to their original purchase price, not the current market value. In other words, if the state bought a stock in 1968 at $1.25 a share and it's worth $300 a share now, they still report it on the CAFR as being worth $1.25 a share. Burien determined that the true market value for the "$32 billion" in stocks reported on the New Jersey CAFR was actually about $70 billion. But Mr. Burien goes further - he claims that the dual system of books is not unique to New Jersey, but also common among the over 54,000 local government corporate entities operating within all fifty states. Moreover, he claims the dual accounting system used ten years ago in New Jersey was created in 1946 through an organization by the name of GFOA (Government Financial Officers Association) and is the primary local government accounting structure being used today. For example, "In 1987, Arizona's annual service budget reported $2.8 billion in revenues but the state's 1987 CAFR reported total cash receipts of $3.1 billion, a mere $300 million difference." "However, in 1997, Arizona reported an Annual Service Budget of $5.5 billion while the States CAFR (printed by the Auditor General's Office) showed total gross cash receipts of $17 billion. That's a difference of over $11 billion. In just ten years, Arizona had caught up to New Jersey in that both states annual budgets reported less than one third of the actual gross income seen in the states CAFRs. "CAFR and Combined Financial Statement reports indicate that the composite totals for all government (Federal, state, county and city) ownership of publicly traded stocks exceeds $32 TRILLION (53% of the total ownership

of all listed stocks from ALL exchanges), $8 TRILLION in insurance company equity (should we be surprised by high priced mandatory auto insurance or unaffordable health care?) and $5 TRILLION in Bond Surety Escrow Accounts for future liability of existing or potential debt. Governments use Bond Surety Escrow Accounts to evade that pesky little rule that government should not operate at a "profit." That is, government should not impose more taxes than it actually uses to run the government. By designating tax revenue that exceeds operating costs as "Bond Surety Escrow" for future liability, government avoids calling excess revenue a "profit" and is thereby enabled to continue to enrich itself at public expense. To illustrate the potential for abusing "future liability payments," consider the New Jersey plan in the 1950s to build the New Jersey State Turnpike and Garden State Parkway Authorities. The state asked voters to approve a $7.5 billion bond to construct the turnpikes. The state explained that these turnpikes would be operated as toll roads by the bondholders until the $7.5 billion bond was paid off - but the bondholders could not operate the toll roads at a profit. Once the bonds were repaid, the turnpikes would revert back into the state's Annual Budget as a normal cost/revenue item. The public voted Yes. Over the following years, the state sometimes alleged that the toll revenue from operating those turnpikes failed to cover their operating expenses, and so additional bonds were passed to fund the turnpikes. As a result, in 1990, the total bond liability still owed for the turnpike had grown to $14.5 billion. But guess how much was in the Bond Surety Escrow Accounts ? $38 Billion! Enough to repay the original $7.5 billion bonds almost four times! How could that happen? Say the toll road made a $400 million profit for the year and the scheduled payment on the $7.5 billion bond was $100 million. The state made the $100 million payment but kept the extra $300 million in a Bond Surety Escrow Account which generated substantial annual dividend returns for future liability payments. Although they kept the $300 million, they did not declare it as an asset but wrote it off as a line item payment. In other years, even though they made a profit, they alleged that they lost money and therefore floated more billions in bonds. (Guess who pays?) The bottom line is that New Jersey and other local government entities are collecting hundreds of billions of virtually unreported dollars from "Other" operations. The motivating factor is not public welfare, but control of those billions.

This issue ENORMOUS Mr. Burien not only alleges that the dual accounting system exemplified by CAFR is not only used by all fifty states, but also by all counties, cities and the Federal Government itself. These financial manipulations comprise the most damning indictment of big government yet seen. Our government is, in fact, a criminal enterprise bent on oppressing Americans by extorting several times as much tax revenue as it spends on public services and using the majority of those extorted revenues to enrich, empower and enlarge government at public expense. The inner circle of the individuals controlling the top wealth of this structure have the attitude toward the public of: keep the public running on the treadmill, so that just enough revenue is supplied to keep the economy running at optimum efficiency, while the top inner circle skims off 80% of the energy produced by the people on the treadmill.

The general public has been kept ignorant concerning CAFR by the complicity of the mainstream media. When Mr. Burien first discovered the CAFR reports in New Jersey in 1989, he went on radio 101.5 FM in a live 45 minute interview. Two days later, that radio station was threatened with losing its license and was almost shut down. CAFR had become another example of - "third rail journalism" - any reporter or media outlet that touched the issue would be silenced or driven from journalism. As a result, there's been a total mainstream media blackout on disclosing CAFR reports. For over twenty five years the directors and CEOs of the primary syndicated media organizations both print and broadcast, were sent state CAFR reports each and every year, as they maintained a blackout towards the simple mentioning of the report. Mr. Burien reports the discovery of the fact that New Jersey State Judges are vested in a personal retirement guarantee of $5,000,000.00, per judge after they serve as a judge for one year. Federal district court judges do not have a retirement or pension plan due to the fact that they were appointed for life. Being appointed for life, they receive their full paycheck and benefits for life. Do you need anyone to spell it out for you? Would a New Jersey State or Federal District Judge allow an attack on the squirreled away billions of dollars and jeopardize their financial windfall? The inner circle gets the gold!! Later, Burien learned that the New Jersey official in charge of discrediting his CAFR discoveries was a former reporter (Harvey Fisher) who had been appointed Assistant State Treasurer - even though he had no former financial background. Burien investigated his background and learned that as a reporter, Fisher had made $35,000 a year. But as Assistant State Treasurer he made $65,000 a year - plus a Carte Blanche expense account of $125,000. Burien claims this was not an aberration: "I knew there was a state data search department under the Department of Treasure Personnel division which tied all agencies and departments together. I called that department and asked for a data search on all key level directorships and supervisory positions for all budgetary or autonomous agencies, and they came up with some 3,400 names from several administrations. Almost 1800 of these Directors were former editors or reporters! It is a virtual certainty that many of these appointments were payoffs for the journalists previous "cooperation" in spinning or silencing stories to suit government. If you conduct a comparable search in other states, you may find a similar symbiotic relationship between government, editors, and reporters. The more money held and generated by an agency, the higher the percentage will be. If so, the media's "liberal, pro-government bias" may run much deeper than anyone has imagined, and the military-industrial complex" described by President Eisenhower in the 1950's may have been complemented by a "media-bureaucracy-banker complex" in the 1990s. Mr. Burien started disclosing this information on a national basis on June 8th 1998. In 1999, GFOA and GASB (Government Accounting Standards Board) changed the accounting requirements for local governments within the Combined Financial Columns of the CAFR from: all revenue, income and investments being shown that were necessary to meet obligations and liabilities of that local government. This change in accounting is substantial. You may need to read the notes of the CAFR very carefully in order to find the hidden money. www.helppeoplenow.com/hidden-in-plain-sight.html

CAFR: US agencies have billions, trillions in investments while crying budget deficits May 22, 7:46 PM LA County Nonpartisan Examiner Carl Herman

We hold these Truths to be self-evident...

Gerald Klatt and Walter Burien are unrecognized heroes. These individuals are national leaders who have communicated

how government agencies conceal American taxpayers’ money in surplus accounts that collectively total trillions of our dollars. The d ata is found in government agencies’ Comprehensive Annual Financial Reports (CAFRs). What CAFRs reveal is a communist-style policy whereby the US taxpayers surrender enormous assets to the state, who then “invest” these collective trillions that swell in these accounts. Concurrently, taxpayers are informed of budget deficits to either squeeze more taxes from them and/or cut public services. To add insult to injury, the state lies in omission by never reminding Americans of their hard-earned and withheld trillions as they eliminate jobs, reduce education, and attack the quality of our lives. The American Constitution is a contract of limited government whereby the public informs and is informed by our representatives. CAFRs are damning public documents that expose “leadership” from Left and Right as exactly what leading economic voices have said: an absolutely corrupt and self-serving oligarchy.

Let’s look at the economic data revealed in CAFRs. For example, California has a budget deficit of ~$20 billion. The combined investments of CAFRs for the state of CA, Los Angeles County, and the City of Los Angeles is over $450 billion; over 22 times the amount of the budget shortfall California claims they need this money mainly for public employee retirement benefits. Let’s check that story. The CAFR data shows current member contribution pays for all retiree benefits except for $1.8 billion (net cost). If just these three state agencies surrendered their withheld money back to the public instead of lording over it as communists, each Californian would receive ~$15,000. To pay for the shortfall in the retirement account, each individual could be taxed $50. Why has political “leadership” and corporate media not informed American taxpayers of this option and publicly submitted this data for professional and independent economist cost-benefit analysis to provide other options? The answer to that question is also the answer to the question of how political "leadership" gets away with Orwellian unlawful wars.

So far, we’re only considering three CAFRs in the state of California. The comprehensive reality is far more dramatic. If you combine all of California’s 10,000 government agencies’ CAFRs, the combined total according to Walter Burien’s sampling analysis is $8 trillion. Let’s say Walter’s way-off. For argument’s sake, let’s say the total is less than half; only $3.5 trillion. If that was returned to the public, each Californian would receive $100,000. Walter says he’s confident in his documentation that every state has overtaxed and seized Americans’ hard-earned money in outrageous sums. Obviously, we need independent auditing of all state CAFRs and independent economic cost-benefit analyses to make our choices clear of how the public benefit is best served. Californians oppressed under a $20 billion dollar budget deficit that cuts essential public services while not considering taxpayers’ trillions “invested” in our names is among the worst choices imaginable. It’s criminal. It’s Orwellian. To put this into an analogy, I’ve modified the one used by Walter: This is like a juvenile claiming he needs money because his front pants pocket is empty, which he dutifully shows (budget). What he's not telling you is that his back pockets have over 100 times the money he says he "needs" (shown in various places of the CAFRs). Whenever he's asked about the money in his back pockets, which he never volunteers in discussing his empty front pocket and never invites for consideration to move some into the front pocket, he says, "Oh, that money is designated for other uses. I can't touch that." So far, the silence of corporate media and political leadership from Left and Right has brought us to today. Of course, "I can't touch that" is a lie of omission because it can be touched the moment policy changes. So the real issue is the heart of economics: what are the costs and benefits of different choices?

Here’s the specific data and documentation: •

California pension and “other” trusts investments total $367 billion. Net pension benefits payable from that $367 billion in 2009 was $1.8 billion (retiree payouts minus current member contributions). Subtracting other liabilities ($48 billion in securities lending obligations that seemed to be borrowed from retirement funds- page 212), the state of California is holding onto over $300 billion of the public’s money that could be used for other purposes (pages 48, 49 of the report).

•

The misleading information on pages 154-155 suggests retirement funds are not fully funded. However: over $300 billion is held in investments for $1.8 billion in net benefits. How many votes do you think our present policy would receive from the California public given the alternative of receiving ~$15,000 now and paying a $50 tax every year.

•

The investments: $143 billion in “equity securities” (stocks), $92 billion in debt securities (page 83-84). $72 billion is dependent upon foreign markets (page 88).

•

The UC system had a budget deficit for this ending school year of $0.65 billion. The policy response was to deny 2,300 students enrollment, lay-off over 2,000 faculty and staff, furlough teaching days and cut 10% salaries, and raise tuition by 32%. For less than one-third of one percent of the investment total of California, UC would have been fully-funded and those reductions eliminated.

•

California’s 20,000 laid-off teachers could be rehired at $70,000/year for $3.4 billion; less than 1% of these three CAFR “investments” total.

•

One cost of this deception: Governor Schwarzenegger announced a 41 percent cut for the 2010 budget in "general government" services including elimination of CALWORKS (welfare to work and child-care program, which will affect 1.4 million people, two thirds of them children), and sharp decreases in health and welfare programs for single mothers, lowincome children, foster youth, the disabled, and senior citizens.

•

Los Angeles County has $52 billion in investments (pages 61-63), the City of Los Angeles has $36 billion (page 80). Both have drastically cut programs. Both have pension plans underfunded by current members by less than 2% of their investment totals.

Below is Walter Burien’s 10-minute introduction to his video explanation of CAFRs. Walter claims that investments are only the most obvious section where CAFRs reveal hidden public money in plain sight; other areas include advanced forward liabilities accounts (overestimates and/or retained money for far-distant projects), states buying their own debt, profits from state-run enterprises (like recycling), and possible other areas requiring full and independent audits to discover. WATCH WALTER BURIEN’S "The Only Game in Town" - The Way Our Government Can Be! Trailer http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HRJZoceF0vQ&feature=player_embedded http://www.examiner.com/x-18425-LA-County-Nonpartisan-Examiner~y2010m5d22-CAFR-US-agencies-have-billions-trillions-in-investments-while-crying-budgetdeficits

Oregon legislator reads CAFR, finds billions, ends budget deficit crisis; California can do same June 11th, 2010 2:45 pm PT

Watch the video: State Agencies Have $4.9 Billion In Ending Fund Balances. www.youtube.com/watch?v=gJ8YhJyxPQo&u=9K0CkVCpvbE&list=FL&feature=BF The 2-minute video below shows an Oregon legislator appropriately outraged to discover the Orwellian lie of omission that his state has available assets valued over ten times the budget deficit. These funds are "unreserved, undesignated fund balance," meaning that they have no restrictions for use.

This is true in every state; documented in the Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR). When Democratic and Republican “leadership” states public goods and services MUST be cut because of budget deficits, the lies become ones of commission. I fully explain this situation in the following from my article, “CAFR: UC budget fully funded with one-fifth of one percent of state of CA “investments”: California’s political “leadership” of both parties have lied in omission by failing to discuss California’s investments of $367 billion (page 48) as a possible source of funding for the ~$20 billion budget deficit. Ethical politicians would have presented the facts for professional and independent economic cost-benefit analysis to communicate choices to the tax-paying public. “Leadership” claims that this money is necessary to leave alone in order to pay mainly for public employee retirement benefits. Let’s check that story. California’s Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR) shows current member contribution pays for all retiree benefits except for $1.8 billion (also pages 48 and 49). This means that Republican and Democratic “leaders” say they need to extract and hold over $367 billion from the taxpayers in order to pay for a cost of one-half of one percent of OUR money they took from us. These “leaders” are lying sacks of spin. Our leaders have lied in omission and use obfuscating language for our collective money that then become what author Ellen Brown calls, “Stagnant pools of government money.” I also looked at the CAFRs for Los Angeles County ($52 billion in investments; pages 61-63) and the City of Los Angeles ($36 billion; page 80). Both have drastically cut programs. Both have pension plans underfunded by current members by less than 2% of their investment totals. California has a budget deficit of ~$20 billion. The combined investments of CAFRs for the state of CA, Los Angeles County, and the City of Los Angeles is over $450 billion; over 22 times the amount of the budget shortfall. If just these three state agencies surrendered their withheld money back to the public instead of lording over it as communists, each Californian would receive ~$15,000. To pay for the $1.8 billion shortfall in the retirement account, each individual could be taxed $50. But wait. So far, we’re only considering three CAFRs in the state of California. The comprehensive reality is far more dramatic. If you combine all of California’s ~10,000 government agencies’ CAFRs, the combined total according to Walter Burien’s sampling analysis is $8 trillion. Let’s say Walter’s way-off. For argument’s sake, let’s say the total is less than half; only $3.5 trillion. If that was returned to the public, each Californian would receive $100,000. Walter says he’s confident in his documentation that every state has a similar structure that has overtaxed and seized Americans’ hard-earned money. His solution is to have this invested money actually benefit the public by having dividend returns pay for government budgets. If government agencies divested their investments, the market value of the investments would plummet. He explains his solution in the radio interview below. Obviously, we need independent auditing of all state CAFRs and independent economic cost-benefit analyses to make our choices clear of how the public benefit is best served. Californians oppressed under a $20 billion dollar budget deficit that cuts essential public services while not considering taxpayers’ trillions “invested” in our names is among the worst choices imaginable. To put this into an analogy, I’ve modified the one used by Walter: This is like a juvenile claiming he needs money because his front pants pocket is empty, which he dutifully shows (budget). What he's not telling you is that his back pockets have over 100 times the money he says he "needs" (shown in various places of the CAFRs). Whenever he's asked about the money in his back pockets, which he never volunteers in discussing his empty front pocket and never invites for consideration to move some into the front pocket, he says, "Oh, that money is designated for other uses. I can't touch that." So far, the silence of corporate media and political leadership from Left and Right has brought us to today. Of course, "I can't touch that" is a lie of omission because it can be touched the moment policy changes. So the real issue is the heart of economics: what are the costs and benefits of different choices?

The fact that the public isnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t aware that their tax money is available and corporate media doesnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t report it points to corporate media collusion. Corporate media disinformation for cartels like our banking industry is documented in two resources, academic and a call to citizen action: Open proposal to US higher education: end oligarchy economics, save trillions with education Government by dicts: my comprehensive resources to prove US fascism and rigged-casino economics

Thanks to the Jubilee Report for the heads-up about Oregon! This is not the first time Oregon has been directly advised of this problem and not directed public money for public benefit; see this. Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=gJ8YhJyxPQo&feature=player_embedded http://rss.examiner.com/x-18425-LA-County-Nonpartisan-Examiner~y2010m6d11-Oregon-legislator-reads-CAFR-finds-billions-ends-budget-deficitcrisis-California-can-do-same

View and download this important chart online: www.wallstats.com/deathandtaxes/

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Visit: http://endthefedusa.ning.com/

Secretary of State's Office Finds $3.3 billion in Available Funds! Mon, 2010-01-11 11:21

Senate Republican Office Oregon State Capitol FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

New state financial report details $3.3 billion in available funds Salem, OR – Oregon’s Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR) released by the Secretary of State’s office last week states that more than $3.3 billion in “unreserved, undesignated fund balance… was available for spending [1].” A budget plan pushed by Senate Republicans calls for $133 million from those balances to help finance this cycle’s budget in a way that protects the economy and preserves important services. “We can protect important government services and Oregon’s economy by using the money already at the state’s disposal,” said Senator Chris Telfer (R-Bend). “This report confirms that there are billions of dollars for use at the legislature’s discretion. We should use a small portion of this money to protect K-12 classrooms, higher education, services for the disabled and public safety.” The CAFR, prepared by the State Controller’s Division at the Department of Administrative Services to analyze the position of the Oregon’s fiscal affairs, states: “As of June 30, 2009, the State’s governmental funds reported combined ending fund balances of $4.4 billion. Of this amount, approximately 25.1 percent was reserved for non-spendable items, such as inventories and permanent fund principal, or for specific purposes, such as debt service. The remainder was classified as unreserved, undesignated fund balance and was available for spending, subject to statutory and constitutional spending constraints.”[1] Since by definition lawmakers write statute, any statutory constraints can be addressed. “This is money that has piled up in agencies from over-collected fees and it is revenue that has not been expended as scheduled,” said Senate Republican Leader Ted Ferrioli (R-John Day). “These are taxpayer dollars that should never be left stranded in the bureaucracy, but shifted to pay for services Oregonians need. If we use this money wisely, we can leave the economy to grow and recover.” Senate Republicans have announced a budget proposal for the February session, saying that there are ways to balance the budget without increasing unemployment or drastically cutting services in the midst of a historic recession. See an outline of the budget here: http://www.backtobasicsbudget.com/images/Back_to_Basics_Budget.pdf http://www.oregonrepublicanparty.org/node/291

Get daily, non-mainstream news clips delivered by email by visiting http://dprogram.net/

Walter Burien Explains The Comprehensive Annual Financial Reports on Alex Jones TV 1/6 May 26, 2010 — Alex talks with Walter Burien, an advocate for government fiscal accountability and budgeting. Burien's documentary, The Biggest Game in Town, exposes government theft behind Comprehensive Annual Financial Reports. I’ve also included an interview with Bob Chapman from the International Forecaster who explains why our public pension funds are at risk. Be sure the auto play feature is checked so the segments advance automatically.

WATCH THE VIDEO: www.youtube.com/view_play_list?p=F19C7D50E4F0AD4C

Get your copy of the

State of California – CAFR Reports Online http://www.sco.ca.gov/ard_state_cafr.html 2010 - http://www.sco.ca.gov/Files-ARD/CAFR/cafr10web.pdf 2009 - http://www.sco.ca.gov/Files-ARD/CAFR/cafr08web.pdf 2008 = http://www.sco.ca.gov/Files-ARD/CAFR/cafr08web.pdf 2007 = http://www.sco.ca.gov/Files-ARD/CAFR/cafr07.pdf 2006 = http://www.sco.ca.gov/Files-ARD/CAFR/cafr06.pdf 2005 = http://www.sco.ca.gov/Files-ARD/CAFR/2005_cafr05.pdf 2004 = http://www.sco.ca.gov/Files-ARD/CAFR/2004_cafr04.pdf 2003 = http://www.sco.ca.gov/Files-ARD/CAFR/2003_cafr03.pdf 2002 = http://www.sco.ca.gov/Files-ARD/CAFR/2002_cafr02.pdf 2001 = http://www.sco.ca.gov/ard_state_cafr_2001.html 2000 = http://www.sco.ca.gov/ard_state_cafr_2000.html 1999 = http://www.sco.ca.gov/ard_state_cafr_1999.html

Additional CAFR Reports California State Teachers' Retirement System CAFR http://www.calstrs.com/Help/forms_publications/printed/CurrentCAFR/CAFR.aspx http://www.calstrs.com/help/forms_publications/printed/CurrentCAFR/cafr_2009.pdf

AND

CalPERS Comprehensive Annual Financial Reports ... Comprehensive Annual Financial Report June 30, 2010 Comprehensive Annual Financial Report

Available for Download Only

June 30, 2010 Operations Summary

Available for Download Only

June 30, 2009 Comprehensive Annual Financial Report

Available for Download Only

June 30, 2009 Operations Summary

Available for Download Only

June 30, 2008 Comprehensive Annual Financial Report June 30. 2008 Operations Summary June 30, 2007 Comprehensive Annual Financial Report June 30, 2007 Operations Summary June 30, 2006 Comprehensive Annual Financial Report June 30, 2006 Operations Summary June 30, 2005 Comprehensive Annual Financial Report June 30, 2005 Operations Summary June 30, 2004 Comprehensive Annual Financial Report

Available for Download Only

June 30, 2004 Operations Summary

Available for Download Only

June 30, 2003 Comprehensive Annual Financial Report

Available for Download Only

June 30, 2003 Operations Summary

Available for Download Only

June 30, 2002 Comprehensive Annual Financial Report

Available for Download Only

www.calpers.ca.gov/mss-pub/SearchController?viewcategory=action&PageId=SearchCatalog&category_code=58&subcategory_code=64

County of Sacramento CAFR http://www.finance.saccounty.net/Auditor/Rpts.asp Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR) • • • • •

For For For For For

the the the the the

Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal Fiscal

Year Year Year Year Year

Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended

June June June June June

30, 30, 30, 30, 30,

2009 2008 2007 2006 2005

City of Sacramento CAFR - Financial Reporting http://www.cityofsacramento.org/finance/accounting/reporting.cfm CAFR Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2009 (PDF) CAFR Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2008 (PDF) CAFR Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2007 (PDF) CAFR Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2006 (PDF) CAFR Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2005 (PDF) CAFR Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2004 (PDF) CAFR Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2003 (PDF) CAFR Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2002 (PDF) Also see: The City Treasurer's Listing of Official Statements 2001 to Current.

See Walter Burien’s website: Understanding CAFR’s: http://cafr1.com/ and http://taxretirement.com/ And Gerald Klatt’s website on how to interpret CAFR’s: http://www.cafrman.com/

“Our problems are man-made therefore they may be solved by man. No problem of human destiny is beyond human beings.” John F. Kennedy

Quotable Quotes: The CAFR is perhaps the largest scam in world history This is a banking cartel plan to efficiently and silently move wealth from the middle class into the banking class. The 401k and retirement account systems utilize these "investments" portfolios to leverage the collective wealth. Of course they always say it’s "for the good of the many" or "by combining the wealth we can make more". No, it simply means the banks have more monopoly money to play with while we are all going broke and losing our houses. This is perhaps the pinnacle of the problems we have in this country. S. Ackley rhawk301@gmail.com

During times of universal deceit, telling the truth becomes a revolutionary act. - George Orwell

"There exists in this country a plot to enslave every man woman and child. Before I leave this high and noble office, I intend to expose this plot." - President John F. Kennedy - 7 days before he was assassinated

JOHN F. KENNEDY APRIL 27, 1961 SPEECH The President and the Press: American Newspaper Publishers Association Excerpt The very word "secrecy" is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings. We decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify it. Even today, there is little value in opposing the threat of a closed society by imitating its arbitrary restrictions. Even today, there is little value in insuring the survival of our nation if our traditions do not survive with it. And there is very grave danger that an announced need for increased security will be seized upon by those anxious to expand its meaning to the very limits of official censorship and concealment. That I do not intend to permit to the extent that itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s in my control. And no official of my Administration, whether his rank is high or low, civilian or military, should interpret my words here tonight as an excuse to censor the news, to stifle dissent, to cover up our mistakes or to withhold from the press and the public the facts they deserve to know. To review his entire speech: www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com/transcripts/JFK_Video_Speech.html

MORE INFO ABOUT FINANCES - FINANCIAL CRISIS INQUIRY REPORT - All the evidence we need -- provided by the Fed: get the free report: http://c0182732.cdn1.cloudfiles.rackspacecloud.com/fcic_final_report_full.pdf

The International Monetary Fund is a key globalist banking institution that should be put out of business because it does not function for the good of the people.

Fight the New World Order with Global Non Compliance The German Philosopher Johann Von Goethe, once said, there are none more hopelessly enslaved, than those who falsely believe they are free. But few who hear the words realize that they are the ones to whom Goethe was referring for the reality is that every person in the civilized world is enslaved from childhood. They are enslaved in a prison without walls or bars and so few ever even realize it but all are enslaved none the less. And what the people of the world are enslaved to, is a system of perpetual self-generating debt that is created for them wholly by design by private international banking interests, and the people are taught from an early age to just accept this debt, because this is 'just the way things are' but the real reality is that it is not just the way things are, but more the way things have been designed and all one has to do is glance around them at the state of the world today to realise that though this is the way things current are, it is most definitely not the way things should be.

Watch the video: http://thecrowhouse.com/ftnwo.html -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

History is about to repeat itself Uploaded by Snordelhans on Aug 7, 2011

Heretic Productions Present: From the pen of Mike Rivero: History is about to repeat itself. http://whatreallyhappened.com/ Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=1IwQRreW27c

Sheriffs Stand TALL for the Constitution Uploaded by ReddingPatriots on Oct 29, 2011

http://TeaPartyVIDEO.NET - Here are eight county sheriffs from Northern CA and Southern OR speaking on at panel at the Defend Rural America event October 22, 2011 in Yreka. Despite the low media coverage there were about 700 people in attendance from all over California, Oregon and as far away as Wyoming. The sheriffs made it perfectly clear that they are the last line of defense for their citizens and given authority by the 10th Amendment. YOU will be a source of information beyond the lame stream media by forwarding this link! For further information:

http://www.SiskiyouCountyWaterUsers.com/ http://www.DefendRuralAmerica.com/ http://www.PieNPolitics.com/ http://www.ReddingTeaParty.com http://www.SupportRuralAmerica.com For information on the Constitutional Sheriff visit http://www.sheriffmack.com/index.php/sheriffs

"JUMP TO" important parts of the video by selecting "SHOW MORE" below. Chapter markers (click the link to jump to topic) 00:00 Event starts 01:18 Introduction: Sheriff Jon Lopey Siskiyou County CA 02:29 Sheriffs and the Constitution? 03:15 Why are the Sheriffs involved? 10:15 Sheriff Dean Wilson Del Norte County CA 11:26 Sheriff Wilson talks about the Oath of Office 11:53 Government land access restrictions Travel Management Plan 07:50 Sheriff Bruce Haney Trinity County CA We're in it together 18:00 The Travel Plan is to keep us off the roads 19:55 We need to educate our youth 22:00 Pledges to stand with the sheriffs 22:48 Sheriff Tom Bosenko Shasta County CA on Travel Plan 24:00 Invasion of foreign nationals growing Marijuana 26:08 TANK effort to anex land for power transmission 26:53 Prison Realinement Program AB 109 28:54 Public Safety is in the Constitution 30:17 Sheriff Jon Lopey Siskiyou County CA bad economy 31:51 Taking the dams down will create flooding and fire hazzards 32:53 Actions the Federal and state agencies are taking are unconstitutional 33:37 Sheriff Greg Hagwood Plumas County CA The sheriffs are united 35:04 This is the awakening of a giant 36:01 Travel Management Plan and newspaper interview 38:34 Elected officials should not be applauded for simply doing thier duty 40:07 Oath of Office 42:25 Karen Budd-Falen Wyoming Proplerty Rights Attorney 42:49 Attornies take an oath to uphold the Constitution 43:10 The Constitution is the Foundation 43:40 Citizens can do anything that the law doesn't prohibit 45:57 Daniel Webster wrote the Dictionary to protect the meaning of the words in the constitution 46:48 God gave you Rights 47:40 Property Rights and the Constitution 48:42 The Federal government pays environmental groups 51:40 Sheriff Glenn E Palmer Grant County OR 54:30 Oath of Office 57:35 You can read the Constitution and don't let them take your property rights 59:03 Sheriff Dave Hencratt Tehama County CA Sheriff Greg Growden Lassen County CA

Sheriff Richard Mack -- The County Sheriff, America's Last Hope Uploaded by TheAlexJonesChannel on Jul 28, 2011

Watch the video: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CTMosx3vyfU Alex talks with former sheriff Richard Mack today in-studio. Mack served in the Provo, Utah, police department and was named Elected Official of the Year by the Arizona-New Mexico Coalition of Counties in 1994. He is renowned for challenging the constitutionality of the Brady Bill and fought it all the way to the United States Supreme Court where Mack and other police officers won a monumental decision for freedom. Mack and Alex will talk about Fast and Furious, the federal government operation to smuggle weapons into Mexico. Alex also covers the news and takes your calls. www.sheriffmack.com/

Watch: Oath Keeper Sheriff Richard Mack: www.youtube.com/watch?v=bLJgPuNAh60&feature=player_embedded

Sheriffs Stand Tall February 04, 2012 By Pat Shannan

More than 100 sheriffs and deputies from 32 states around the nation gathered at the Las Vegas Tuscany Hotel on Jan. 30 to learn facts that many had never heard before regarding their lawful authority in their own home counties. The Constitutional Sheriffs & Peace Officers Association (CSPOA) meeting invited speakers with new ideas on old laws that sent these officers home with a new attitude about protecting their citizenry. The bottom line was to inform and remind sheriffs that they are the highest law enforcement officers in the county because they are the only ones elected by the people. The elected sheriff’s position overrides any federal agency or even the arrogant FBI agents who attempt to assume jurisdiction over cases. Former Arizona Sheriff Richard Mack, founder of CSPOA and master of ceremonies for the day, brought on constitutional expert and 2004 Libertarian Party presidential candidate Michael Badnarik. Badnarik’s most impressive point was that the No. 1 lawbreaker in many of their counties was not the usual nocturnal criminal element but those broad-daylight federal agency lawbreakers. Former IRS criminal investigator Joe Banister first confessed to being one of those lawbreakers and then explained what had caused him to reform. Unlike most in his position, he had taken his oath seriously. When he discovered that he could not perform the duties of his job without violating the oath he took before God, he resigned—but not before requesting that his superiors show him the law requiring people to file taxes. He

also wanted his superiors to explain why his assignments required that he violate his oath and people’s rights but was refused comment. Instead of responding to his questions, his superiors accepted his resignation “effective immediately.” Joe’s loyalty to his oath cost him an $80,000 position (approximately double that today), further harassment and four trumped-up charges that he later beat in a full-blown criminal jury trial in 2005. In more recent years, Banister has lost his CPA license due to unrelenting IRS chicanery. Long before he ever heard of CSPOA, Sheriff Dave Mattis kicked the IRS out of Sheridan County, Wyoming because he knew they were operating unlawfully. Sheriff Tommy DeMao reported that he tells every federal invader that comes into his county, “Do not come back with a paper signed by a bureaucrat but a warrant from a court of competent jurisdiction.” http://americanfreepress.net/?p=2653

SPECIAL REPORT: County Sheriffs Push Back Against Feds

Primary video link: http://bit.ly/special-report-county-sheriffs-push-back Americans are pushing back all over the country. It is very clear a revolution is in full swing. Tea Parties have been organizing to fight the bailouts and taxation. Occupy Movements have be springing up to fight against Wall St corruption at the hands of the Federal Reserve. Americans are pulling their cash out of Big Banks and supporting local Credit unions, as we move into a heated election season where it looks like it's anyone's game.

In today's exclusive special report Gary Franchi is joined by Former Graham County Sheriff Richard Mack. They discuss the County Sheriff Project, a movement that will compound the effort to push back against an over reaching Federal Government, a movement that needs your support.

How you can support the County Sheriff Project: 1st. Visit their website at http://CountySheriffProject.org and make a financial contribution 2nd. Simply share this video to your social networks and email lists. 3rd. Give your local Sheriff a copy of Sheriff Mack's book "The County Sheriff: America's Last Hope" available at http://SheriffMack.com, and tell them about the County Sheriff Project. Website: http://CountySheriffProject.org Facebook: http://on.fb.me/County-Sheriff-Project

Welcome to the Revolution! Posted by Gary October 17, 2011

There is a reason you found our website. Somehow you got here. Now that you're here ask yourself, is all well and good in America today? It is time to take action and meet other Patriots just like you. Use your Facebook account login or just Get Started. Watch the welcome video below for a special message from founder, Gary Franchi. He provides a short introduction on how you can use the features and functions of this unique Social Network to restore our Republic. Welcome to the Social Network of the Revolution! http://rtr.org/members/home

BEHIND THE GREEN MASK:

U.N. Agenda 21

Written by Ernest Hancock Website: www.ernesthancock.com Date: 09-15-2011 Subject: Environment (Publisher Recommended)

As you know I am traveling around the US speaking about UN Agenda 21. People all over the nation, just like you, are eager to get involved and be part of this powerful grassroots Resistance movement. Many of you have been working hard to get this information out to everyone. That's great, because it's going to take all of us together to stop it

I have written a book that is an excellent quick read and gives you what you need to know to fight UN Agenda 21 in your town. I wanted to give you something that you could use right away, and that would stop those people who are calling us 'conspiracy nuts' dead in their tracks. The book, BEHIND THE GREEN MASK: U.N. Agenda 21, is part history, part personal story, and part handbook for stopping Agenda 21 with practical hands-on info. You can use it as a study guide with your groups for developing a strategy plan, or work with it yourself to get the deep understanding that you need. It's got great info, is funny at times and intense at others, has some photos and cartoons, and puts it all together for you in 172 pages. I'm making it available to you for about what it costs me and that's because I think we all need this information as fast as possible. The cost is $17 + $3 shipping each, for one to nine books; $14 + shipping for 10-99 books (looks like $1.50 per book will cover shipping), and if you buy over 1,000 they're free (just kidding!) Actually you can avoid shipping costs if you purchase 100 books so it would just be $14 per book. Please send me an email with your order (put BOOK in the subject line, please) and send a check to: The Post Sustainability Institute, P.O. Box 15192, Santa Rosa, CA 95402 http://www.democratsagainstunagenda21.com/donatecontact-us.html Hopefully that will work. I appreciate your commitment to fighting UN Agenda 21 Sustainable Development. We agree that our country and our freedom is worth fighting for, and we can win this together. The Mask is off. Thank you for working with me and with millions of Americans in every small town and big city in the nation. Awareness is the first step in the Resistance. Rosa Rosa Koire, ASA Executive Director Post Sustainability Institute www.PostSustainabilityInstitute.org www.DemocratsAgainstUNAgenda21.com www.SantaRosaNeighborhoodCoalition.com

ROSA KOIRE: Author and Activist,

"Behind the Green Mask" Uploaded by TeaPartyTelevision on Oct 5, 2011

Watch the video: www.youtube.com/watch?v=ugaQzc7OpmY This video was recorded at Rosa Koire's conference on Agenda 21, "Behind the Green Mask", August 6, 2011 in Santa Rosa, California. Agenda 21 is the Master Plan put forth by the United Nations in 1992 and adopted by President Bill Clinton. Agenda 21 is a green initiative which targets cars and people living away from cities who must commute. Their goal is to develop large, congested city centers for people to reside, and provide mass transit for the city dwellers to commute to work. It also targets large parcels of land in the world, including the United States, to be redistricted to "open space land", thereby making it undevelopable. Agenda 21 is now being adopted in California, specifically in the San Francisco Bay Area, under the name "Plan Bay Area". Plan Bay Area's goal is to develop large congested downtown metro areas, with shops, stores, theaters, and mass high rise housing. They aim to get people out of their private suburban residences and cars, and warehouse them in these large metro areas. These areas will also house California's large immigrant population, including illegal immigrants. See the Delta Tea Party Patriots presentation from Rio Vista California 11/30/2011: http://vimeo.com/33249202 Watch the video on you tube: www.youtube.com/watch?v=NwBZjP062aU

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MICHAEL SHAW: Agenda 21, "The Ultimate War: Globalism vs. America" Uploaded by TeaPartyTelevision on Oct 2, 2011 Watch the video: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DrrvNPeIYLA This video was recorded at Rosa Koire's conference on Agenda 21, "Behind the Green Mask", August 6, 2011 in Santa Rosa, California.

ICLEI Primer: Your Town and Freedom Threatened Right now, in your town and neighborhood, policies are being implemented that will ultimately eliminate your freedoms and destroy your way of life. You need to know what's going on to stop this process. Many town officials are selling us out to global regional development with help from the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI): Local Governments for Sustainability. ICLEI is used as one of the mechanisms to undo the political recognition of unalienable rights. Read more: www.freedomadvocates.org/articles/illegitimate_government/iclei_primer%3a_your_town_and_freedom_threatened_20090804364/

The Essential Rules of Tyranny Friday, 29 July 2011 07:17 Brandon Smith

As we look back on the horrors of the dictatorships and autocracies of the past, one particular question consistently arises; how was it possible for the common men of these eras to NOT notice what was happening around them? How could they have stood as statues unaware or uncaring as their cultures were overrun by fascism, communism, collectivism, and elitism? Of course, we have the advantage of hindsight, and are able to research and examine the misdeeds of the past at our leisure. Unfortunately, such hindsight does not necessarily shield us from the long cast shadow of tyranny in our own day. For that, the increasingly uncommon gift of foresight is required… At bottom, the success of despotic governments and Big Brother societies hinges upon a certain number of political, financial, and cultural developments. The first of which is an unwillingness in the general populace to secure and defend their own freedoms, making them completely reliant on corrupt establishment leadership. For totalitarianism to take hold, the masses must not only neglect the plight of their country, and the plight of others, but also be completely uninformed of the inherent indirect threats to their personal safety. They must abandon all responsibility for their destinies, and lose all respect for their own humanity. They must, indeed, become domesticated and mindless herd animals without regard for anything except their fleeting momentary desires for entertainment and short term survival. For a lumbering bloodthirsty behemoth to actually sneak up on you, you have to be pretty damnably oblivious. The prevalence of apathy and ignorance sets the stage for the slow and highly deliberate process of centralization. Once dishonest governments accomplish an atmosphere of inaction and condition a sense of frailty within the citizenry, the sky is truly the limit. However, a murderous power-monger’s day is never quite done. In my recent article ‘The Essential Rules of Liberty’ we explored the fundamentally unassailable actions and mental preparations required to ensure the continuance of a free society. In this article, let’s examine the frequently wielded tools of tyrants in their invariably insane quests for total control…

Rule #1: Keep Them Afraid People who are easily frightened are easily dominated. This is not just a law of political will, but a law of nature. Many wrongly assume that a tyrant’s power comes purely from the application of force. In fact, despotic regimes that rely solely on extreme violence are often very unsuccessful, and easily overthrown. Brute strength is calculable. It can be analyzed, and thus, eventually confronted and defeated. Thriving tyrants instead utilize not just harm, but the imminent THREAT of harm. They instil apprehension in the public; a fear of the unknown, or a fear of the possible consequences for standing against the state. They let our imaginations run wild until we see death around every corner, whether it’s actually there or not. When the masses are so blinded by the fear of reprisal that they forget their fear of slavery, and take no action whatsoever to undo it, then they have been sufficiently culled. In other cases, our fear is evoked and directed towards engineered enemies. Another race, another religion, another political ideology, a “hidden” and ominous villain created out of thin air. Autocrats assert that we “need them” in order to remain safe and secure from these illusory monsters bent on our destruction. As always, this development is followed by the claim that all steps taken, even those that dissolve our freedoms, are “for the greater good”. Frightened people tend to shirk their sense of independence and run towards the comfort of the collective, even if that collective is built on immoral and unconscionable foundations. Once a society takes on a hive-mind mentality almost any evil can be rationalized, and any injustice against the individual is simply overlooked for the sake of the group. Rule #2: Keep Them Isolated In the past, elitist governments would often legislate and enforce severe penalties for public gatherings, because defusing the ability of the citizenry to organize or to communicate was paramount to control. In our technological era, such isolation is still used, but in far more advanced forms. The bread and circus lifestyle of the average westerner alone is enough to distract us from connecting with each other in any meaningful fashion, but people still sometimes find ways to seek out organized forms of activism. Through co-option, modern day tyrants can direct and manipulate opposition movements. By creating and administrating groups which oppose each other, elites can then micromanage all aspects of a nation on the verge of revolution. These “false paradigms” give us the illusion of proactive organization, and the false hope of changing the system, while at the same time preventing us from seeking understanding in one another. All our energies are then muted and dispersed into meaningless battles over “left and right”, or “Democrat versus Republican”, for example. Only movements that cast aside such empty labels and concern themselves with the ultimate truth of their country, regardless of what that truth might reveal, are able to enact real solutions to the disasters wrought by tyranny. In more advanced forms of despotism, even fake organizations are disbanded. Curfews are enforced. Normal communications are diminished or monitored. Compulsory paperwork is required. Checkpoints are instituted. Free speech is punished. Existing groups are influenced to distrust each other or to disintegrate entirely out of dread of being

discovered. All of these measures are taken by tyrants primarily to prevent ANY citizens from gathering and finding mutual support. People who work together and organize of their own volition are unpredictable, and therefore, a potential risk to the state. Rule #3: Keep Them Desperate Youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll find in nearly every instance of cultural descent into autocracy, the offending government gained favor after the onset of economic collapse. Make the necessities of root survival an uncertainty and people without knowledge of selfsustainability and without solid core principles will gladly hand over their freedom, even for mere scraps from the tables of the same men who unleashed famine upon them. Financial calamities are not dangerous because of the poverty they leave in their wake; they are dangerous because of the doors to malevolence that they leave open. Destitution leads not just to hunger, but also to crime (private and government). Crime leads to anger, hatred, and fear. Fear leads to desperation. Desperation leads to the acceptance of anything resembling a solution, even despotism. Autocracies pretend to cut through the dilemmas of economic dysfunction (usually while demanding liberties be relinquished), however, behind the scenes they actually seek to maintain a proscribed level of indigence and deprivation. The constant peril of homelessness and starvation keeps the masses thoroughly distracted from such things as protest or dissent, while simultaneously chaining them to the idea that their only chance is to cling to the very government out to end them. Rule #4: Send Out The Jackboots This is the main symptom often associated with totalitarianism. So much so that our preconceived notions of what a fascist government looks like prevent us from seeing other forms of tyranny right under our noses. Some Americans believe that if the jackbooted thugs are not knocking on every door, then we MUST still live in a free country. Obviously, this is a rather naĂŻve position. Admittedly, though, goon squads and secret police do eventually become prominent in every failed nation, usually while the public is mesmerized by visions of war, depression, hyperinflation, terrorism, etc. When law enforcement officials are no longer servants of the people, but agents of a government concerned only with its own supremacy, serious crises emerge. Checks and balances are removed. The guidelines that once reigned in police disappear, and suddenly, a philosophy of superiority emerges; an arrogant exclusivity that breeds separation between law enforcement and the rest of the public. Finally, police no longer see themselves as protectors of citizens, but prison guards out to keep us subdued and docile. As tyranny grows, this behaviour is encouraged. Good men are filtered out of the system, and small (minded and hearted) men are promoted.

At its pinnacle, a police state will hide the identities of most of its agents and officers, behind masks or behind red tape, because their crimes in the name of the state become so numerous and so sadistic that personal vengeance on the part of their victims will become a daily concern. Rule #5: Blame Everything On The Truth Seekers Tyrants are generally men who have squelched their own consciences. They have no reservations in using any means at their disposal to wipe out opposition. But, in the early stages of their ascent to power, they must give the populace a reason for their ruthlessness, or risk being exposed, and instigating even more dissent. The propaganda machine thus goes into overdrive, and any person or group that dares to question the authority or the validity of the state is demonized in the minds of the masses. All disasters, all violent crimes, all the ills of the world, are hoisted upon the shoulders of activist groups and political rivals. They are falsely associated with fringe elements already disliked by society (racists, terrorists, etc). A bogus consensus is created through puppet media in an attempt to make the public believe that “everyone else” must have the same exact views, and those who express contrary positions must be “crazy”, or “extremist”. Events are even engineered by the corrupt system and pinned on those demanding transparency and liberty. The goal is to drive antitotalitarian organizations into self censorship. That is to say, instead of silencing them directly, the state causes activists to silence themselves. Tyrannical power structures cannot function without scapegoats. There must always be an elusive boogie man under the bed of every citizen, otherwise, those citizens may turn their attention, and their anger, towards the real culprit behind their troubles. By scapegoating stewards of the truth, such governments are able to kill two birds with one stone. Rule #6: Encourage Citizen Spies Ultimately, the life of a totalitarian government is not prolonged by the government itself, but by the very people it subjugates. Citizen spies are the glue of any police state, and our propensity for sticking our noses into other peoples business is highly valued by Big Brother bureaucracies around the globe. There are a number of reasons why people participate in this repulsive activity. Some are addicted to the feeling of being a part of the collective, and “service” to this collective, sadly, is the only way they are able to give their pathetic lives meaning. Some are vindictive, cold, and soulless, and actually get enjoyment from ruining others. And still, like elites, some long for power, even petty power, and are willing to do anything to fulfill their vile need to dictate the destinies of perfect strangers. Citizen spying is almost always branded as a civic duty; an act of heroism and bravery. Citizen spies are offered accolades and awards, and showered with praise from the upper echelons of their communities. People who lean towards citizen spying are often outwardly and inwardly unimpressive; physically and mentally inept. For the average moral and

emotional weakling with persistent feelings of inadequacy, the allure of finally being given fifteen minutes of fame and a hero’s status (even if that status is based on a lie) is simply too much to resist. They begin to see “extremists” and “terrorists” everywhere. Soon, people afraid of open ears everywhere start to watch what they say at the supermarket, in their own backyards, or even to family members. Free speech is effectively neutralized. Rule #7: Make Them Accept The Unacceptable In the end, it is not enough for a government fuelled by the putrid sludge of iniquity to lord over us. At some point, it must also influence us to forsake our most valued principles. Tyrannies are less concerned with dominating how we live, so much as dominating how we think. If they can mold our very morality, they can exist unopposed indefinitely. Of course, the elements of conscience are inborn, and not subject to environmental duress as long as a man is self-aware. However, conscience can be manipulated if a person has no sense of identity, and has never put in the effort to explore his own strengths and failings. There are many people like this in America today. Lies become “necessary” in protecting the safety of the state. War becomes a tool for “peace”. Torture becomes an ugly but “useful” method for gleaning important information. Police brutality is sold as a “natural reaction” to increased crime. Rendition becomes normal, but only for those labelled as “terrorists”. Assassination is justified as a means for “saving lives”. Genocide is done discretely, but most everyone knows it is taking place. They simply don’t discuss it. All tyrannical systems depend on the apathy and moral relativism of the inhabitants within their borders. Without the cooperation of the public, these systems cannot function. The real question is, how many of the above steps will be taken before we finally refuse to conform? At what point will each man and woman decide to break free from the dark path blazed before us and take measures to ensure their independence? Who will have the courage to develop their own communities, their own alternative economies, their own organizations for mutual defense outside of establishment constructs, and who will break under the pressure to bow like cowards? How many will hold the line, and how many will flee? For every American, for every human being across the planet who chooses to stand immovable in the face of the very worst in mankind, we come that much closer to breathing life once again into the very best in us all. You can contact Brandon Smith at: brandon@alt-market.com Be sure to check out our newest sponsor OffOffGrid.com, and pick up a copy of 'Surviving Off Off-Grid' by Michael Bunker!

http://www.alt-market.com/articles/198-the-essential-rules-of-tyranny

Money As Debt II-Promises Unleashed: www.youtube.com/watch?v=rCu3fpg83TY&feature=related US President Andrew Jackson once said: "If people really understood the rank injustice of our money system there would be a revolution before morning."

The Essential Rules of Liberty Wednesday, 06 July 2011 01:58 Brandon Smith

There is nothing worse in this world than an enslaved man who naively believes himself free, except, perhaps, trying to explain to that same man his predicament. You can lay truth after truth before his feet. You can qualify your every position with cold hard irrefutable data. You can plead and scream and raise veritable hell, but before he will ever listen, he must first become aware of his own dire circumstances. As long as he views himself as “safe and secure”, as long as he imagines his chains to be wings, he will see no reason to question the validity of the world around him, and he will certainly never invest himself into changing his own deluded destiny. Unfortunately, there are many such men crawling and scraping about here in what was once a land graced with a selfsufficient and independently minded public majority. The great lie that has been perpetuated in this country over the past several decades is that we can defer our responsibilities of vigilance and place our well being and our futures into the hands of others for the sake of “collective efficiency”, or leisure. We have been conditioned to live in a state of constant indifference, a society which prizes compromise over principle and steadfast resolve. Those who refuse to compromise that which is honorable for the sake of ease and comfort are indicted as “extremist” or even criminal. The idea of personal revolution is treated with discomfort, and all we claim to stand for becomes muddled in a fog of inaction and cynicism. As Americans, we have forgotten what it means to earn and protect our own freedoms. We have forgotten that in liberty, there are standards that must be defended. This, however, does not mean we cannot yet again remember ourselves. The desire for freedom is as inborn and natural as our own heartbeat, as our own breath. It is instinct. It cannot be erased from within, only oppressed from without. The tide has always been against tyranny, always, though we may find that hard to believe. If liberty was not ingrained

into our very DNA, humanity would have succumbed to bondage and self destructed long ago. This is not the case. Stretching under the surface of our superficial force-fed mainstream culture are the roots of something real, and honest. Simmering beneath our so called “civilized” veneer, many Americans are finally rediscovering their wild and defiant origins. In the recent past we have been taught to feel ashamed of our rebelliousness. Now, we are learning to hold it quite dear. For those of us who are awake, and for those who are on the verge of understanding, certain rules come into play that strengthen our stance and shield us from folly. Liberty is not a self-perpetuating social condition. It requires guidelines, and effort, and sacrifice. Liberty will not survive without our willingness to maintain it. If you are not ready and willing to fight for your own independence, then you are not truly free. Let’s examine some of the inherent laws and guidelines of free will and free action that will allow us to not only win back our self-determination, but to keep it for generations to come. You want liberty? This is what it takes… Rule #1: Never Take Anything For Granted A lot of people today seem to have serious issues with expectation and assumption; what we in the alternative media often refer to as “normalcy bias”. We have grown used to the idea of abundance and relative safety. So much so, that we fail to notice when our abundance and safety begin to disappear. We assume that the condition of the world today will be the condition of the world tomorrow, and for all time. In the U.S., we have even come to expect not only that our prosperity and our freedom are inevitable, but that they will also increase exponentially with each passing generation. This is a relatively new and narrow cultural mind-set likely caused by the explosion in industrial growth after WWII which seemed to erase all memory of the Great Depression in our society, leaving us with the belief that surely, our circumstances would never become so desperate again. Those who are truly independent realize that nations, no matter how affluent, can self destruct at a moment’s notice, especially when they fail to recognize their own weaknesses and confront their own demons. Never suppose that that which is good and just will remain without your own initiative. Never wait for others to fix those problems which you could just as easily solve yourself. Never expect that freedoms won cannot also be easily lost. Always prepare for the worst outcome, and strive for the best outcome. Rule #2: Educate Yourself Never become a useful idiot, or a waste of oxygen. Being a part of the herd is nothing to be proud of. Strive for knowledge, and thirst for the truth every moment of every day. Many of the things we deem “important” in modern society are in the grand scheme hollow attempts to fill our lives with distraction, only wasting time until we finally bite the dust filled with regret. Pretending to further the depth of one’s life is not the same as actually doing so. I can’t think

of anything more horrifying than becoming a man who rushes around frantically every waking moment, but ultimately accomplishes nothing. Do not assume that you already have a tangible grasp of the truth, especially if all your knowledge has been handed to you. Instead, research that knowledge for yourself. Put that which you have been taught to the test. Only in this way will you finally learn. Expand your horizons. Learn something useful. Remove unnecessary distractions for at least part of your day and focus on increasing your awareness of the environment you live in. There are very few things in this world more important than this, and self education should take precedence over everything else except your family. “Lack of time” is no excuse for ignorance. Make time! The ignorant are led. The knowledgeable lead themselves. Rule #3: Don’t Be A Pansy Liberty is not for the faint of heart. Emotional courage is paramount to freedom, and it can be expressed to incredible effect by even the most unlikely heroes. I’ve seen children with more courage and tenacity than some full grown men. If one recognizes the gravity of the situation we face as a people, if one understands the considerable danger involved in the fall of a Republic to the depths of fear and autocracy, but still does nothing, that person has not only failed the world, he has also failed himself. “Making waves”, or drawing the ire of “authority”, is the least of our worries. If you have utilized an objective eye, and know you are right in your position, then there is no reason to fear criticism from anyone. Socio-political action, nonconformity, noncompliance, and self defense, are unavoidable aspects of a society that wishes to maintain its freedoms. There is no way around it. If you are not willing to stick your neck out and expose yourself to risk, you remove all chance of possible gain. If you are a self-proclaimed activist that refuses to sacrifice, that refuses to struggle, then you have failed before you even began. Talk must lead to balanced action. Never thumb your nose at the devil without being ready to trade punches as well, or all is lost. Rule #4: Stop Waiting For Others to Tell You What To Do Independent people not only consider and implement the solutions of others, they also work on their own. Complaints abound lately in the Liberty Movement; “When is someone going to do something!? What are YOU going to do about our predicament!?” This is the question of a slave, not a free man. A free man asks, “What am I going to do about this predicament? What is MY solution to the problem?” Therein is the key to liberty; decentralized leadership and movements based on fluidity and spontaneity of action, instead of a great mass of people standing around stiffly waiting for orders on high, or a self styled messiah to engineer their world view. As soon as you place your very initiative under the control of others, you have lost the fight. Always consider the solid strategies of intelligent people, and adopt them if they are useful, but do

not remain idle because you are too frightened to exert the effort to solve problems bigger than yourself. Spectators only witness history, they do not make history. Rule #5: Cast Off What Is Unnecessary, Keep What Is Effective Yes, I stole this rule from Bruce Lee, but it is just as applicable to social movements and economic stability as it is to the martial arts. Invasive debt creation, for instance, is a tool for subversion, and no people forced to bear the burden of liabilities they can never repay is free. Therefore, exorbitant debt must be avoided, or cast off completely. In our personal lives, how many useless goods do we accumulate on a daily basis, instead of useful items that we may one day desperately need? How much of our life is spent accumulating garbage in order to keep up with “socially acceptable” levels of consumer behavior? How many of us cling to careers we hate in order to service our needless consumption? The ability to prioritize must become a virtue once again, and, we all need to shut off the cable television… This rule also applies to governments. If a government no longer fulfills its sworn duties to the people, and no longer serves the purposes to which it was originally intended, then it too must be cast off and replaced with one that does serve the people, or, it must be forced to return to its inherent foundations. Today, this kind of talk is often referred to as “extremism”, or insurgency, no matter how correct it might be, which brings us to our next rule… Rule #6: Ignore Establishment Labels Tactical name calling is only effective if we actually care what other people think of us. Labels like “homegrown terrorist”, “extremist”, “doomer”, or “conspiracy theorist”, are designed to shame people into self censorship. That is to say, they pigeonhole movements and their participants into categories of public shame, causing said movements to fear social reprisal. They are also meant to forcefully assign “outsider” or “fringe” status to particular political positions in order to marginalize and weaken the resolve of those who hold them. Never mind that almost every powerful and honorable cultural movement in history once started out as “fringe”. Early in our lives, we are taught that it is far better to be accepted, and to avoid standing out, even at the expense of our individualism. Unfortunately, many adults never outgrow this childish belief, and thus become vulnerable to tactics as absurd as simple ridicule. At bottom, being slandered by a thieving bureaucracy infested with soulless parasites bent on centralization at the expense of innocent human life is a bit laughable (this goes for you too, SPLC). Globalists, along with their media cronies and their think-tank sock puppets, will say ANYTHING to get what they want. Empty words and false labels cannot stop the truth, or a movement driven by the truth.

Rule #7: Cynicism Is The Path To Defeat It is good to be critical, but not to the point of nihilism. America’s past is riddled with mistakes, bad judgments, horrible crimes, and downright stupidity; that doesn’t mean that the principles on which this country was founded are any less vital. We hear often from cynics that humanity has become too stupid and complacent to do what is right. However, stupidity and complacency are not inherent qualities. That’s an elitist fantasy with no basis in fact. Stupidity and complacency are learned behaviors, and they can be unlearned. What IS inherent is our ability to choose what path we will take. For adherents of liberty, we need only remind people that they have this choice. We can whine and cry all day long about how nobody pays attention and how there is no hope, or, we can exhaust all options before throwing in the proverbial towel. We don’t need to “like” society the way it is, but we do need to recognize the underlying potential of all people to become something much more than what they currently are (I can’t stand blind ignorance either, but I’m certainly not ready to accept it as a fact of American life). Remember, no fight is over until it is over. Rule #8: True Authority Is Derived From Respect That Is Earned, Not Bought, Or Taken A corrupt politician is just a criminal conman in a nice suit. A law enforcement officer who refuses to follow Constitutional Law is just a petty little tyrant in a black uniform. An economist who knowingly skews data to fit his own political bias or to serve the political biases of men above him is just a liar or an inept buffoon with an embossed piece of paper from an expensive university. A lab scientist or doctor who flubs experimentation to support the interests of the corporate world rather than the needs of the public is just a quack in a white coat. All too often, though, we find ourselves taking these cretins seriously all because they talk the talk and wear the costume. They are just people, and if they cannot do their jobs honestly, then they are useless people, who deserve our disdain, not our respect. We should never allow such men to wield positions of authority over us. Rule #9: Take It Personally When someone tries to steal from you, hurt you, or enslave you, unless you are some kind of nut, you take it pretty personally, right? Why should it be any different when a government commits the same grievances? Americans should be furious over the destruction of their economy, their currency, their infrastructure, and their Constitutional freedoms! They should be enraged over the endless wars overseas that are bankrupting the nation. They should be bellowing to the rooftops over the co-option of their political system by a slimy brood of corporate bankers. Is this “extremist” behavior? Who cares!? If your anger is not visible then it is not worth a damn. Don’t just get active, get emotional! This is about your life, and the lives of those you love. That’s not to say that we should take out our frustrations randomly and haphazardly, but if we can’t at least make known our anger over the misdeeds of government, then what the hell is the point of calling ourselves free?

Rule #10: You Are The First And Last Line Of Defence Like it our not, this is our job. We have inherited a country on the verge of disaster, and we are tasked with cleaning it up, otherwise, there will be little left to pass on. We do not get to bask in illusory prosperity for the rest of our days. We do not get to feed off the entitlement program trough until we are fat and contented. We are not going to retain our rights without blood, sweat, and tears. We will not be building magical floating cities in the clouds or skyscrapers on Mars. We will NOT be remembered fondly as members of some fantastical “golden era”. We have been thrust into the muck and the mire. We are being molded as the lost children of an age better forgotten. We have been slapped in the face with a dilemma so volatile and so incredible it may one day be called the greatest crisis of all time. We have drawn the short straw. This could be viewed as some terrible doom. It could be held as a star crossed act of ferocious fate. We could fall to our knees and lament with despair, overcome with woe at our unbearable lot. But, this would be in violation of rule #3, and nobody wants to be a sobbing pansy. On the contrary, every “bad luck generation” is only so if they refuse to see the great fortune at their fingertips; if they refuse to seize the moment and conquer the giants of their day. The greater the hardship, the greater the enemy, the greater the heroes. We are faced with possibly the most unrelenting antagonists and the most treacherous obstacles in recent memory, or even distant memory. In the same spark of confrontation, we are also presented with unparalleled opportunity to change the course of the world forever. Whether or not we succeed, is entirely up to us. You can contact Brandon Smith at: brandon@alt-market.com This e-mail address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it This e-mail address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it Join Alt-Market today, find a barter network in your area, or start your own. Insulate yourself and your family from economic collapse before it is too late.

It’s time to re-think America's military spending and bring our troops home.

Twelve Triggers Driving Mankind Towards World Government Adrian Salbuchi Infowars.com August 5, 2011

….a dangerous crossing, a dangerous wayfaring, a dangerous looking-back, a dangerous trembling and halting… (words spoken by the tightrope walker) – Friedrich Nietzsche,Thus Spake Zarathustra Know thyself and your Enemy, and you will win all battles; Know thyself and not thy Enemy, for every victory there will be a defeat; Know neither yourself nor your Enemy and you’ll be defeated all the time. – Sun-Tzu, The Art of War What I am about to describe in this article are not “predictions” of any kind. Rather, they are forecasts based on available data and common sense projections of where the Global Power Elite are trying to take the world, why they are doing so, and what they hope to achieve. The more they keep the general public in the dark, the higher their chances of success.

Doing this kind of forecast is rather like understanding the weather. If on a hot summer day you look out your window and see dark clouds and lightning on the horizon, and suddenly a strong, damp ozone-filled gust blows your way, it’s basic common sense to say that you shouldn’t be forecasting “sunny and calm today,” but rather “drenching rain, thunder, lightning and hail.” In our efforts to better identify and understand which way the winds are blowing, back in December of 2009 – when very dark clouds were indeed increasingly hanging on the world’s horizon – we placed a video on YouTube that described “Twelve Triggers the Global Power Elite are using to transition from Globalisation to World Government.” You can watch it on the sidebar to the right. Watch a video here: www.youtube.com/watch?v=8ktQSLgu4n4&feature=player_embedded Part 2 www.youtube.com/watch?v=1r6sy8q79uA&feature=player_embedded Part 3 www.youtube.com/watch?v=lXzvS2G8Tuw&feature=player_embedded Mega-Power Shifts At the end of 2009 three major on-going power-shifting crises were already fully underway on the financial, political and environmental stages. The London Financial Times had just gone so far as to openly describe these as opportunities for dramatic change in an article published 8 December 2009 by their chief foreign affairs commentator Gideon Rachman. Its title said it all: “And now for a World Government.” A short time later, these very same ideas were echoed by European Union president and Bilderberg participant Herman van Rompuy. In general terms, this financial-political-environmental crisis triad is being generated and macro-managed by the Global Power Elite with the overt goal of bringing “Globalisation” to a controlled end, at the same time transitioning towards the next stage in their so-called New World Order agenda: outright World Government. The last time we saw such a macro-transition towards a “New World Order” was 21 years ago when the BiPolar post-World War II political order was brought to a “peaceful” conclusion, and “Globalisation” was ushered in. At that time, the Global Power Elite centered on the Trilateral Commission/Council on Foreign relations (CFR)/Bilderberg think tank geopolitical planning network, understood it also required wrapping up the former Soviet Union as a superpower. Its demise was symbolised by the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989, carefully engineered through long-term planning emanating from David Rockefeller’s Trilateral Commission, especially in the ideas set forth by one of its chief ideologues, sovietologist Zbigniew Brzezinski.1 A Walled-in World Twenty one years later, today’s macro-transition has triggered vast, complex and more violent mechanisms in its effort to bring Globalisation to an end, as it overlaps with and is replaced by what can only be described as World Government. And just as the former Soviet Union had to go into the waste-bin of history twenty-one years ago, so today it is the United States being dissolved and changed into a much more controllable entity (or entities?), simply because a World Government cannot tolerate that any one sovereign super-power should remain intact. At least not in this part of the world, because they already face a major challenge with the on-going, complex and vast geopolitical negotiations with two other powerful sovereign Nation-States that cannot be easily run over: China and Russia (and their respective key allies).

Just as the last major geopolitical shift was symbolised by the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989, so today’s even vaster geopolitical shift is to some extent symbolised by the fall of another wall: Wall Street in 2008. What was “Globalisation” really all about? Basically, globalisation achieved four major goals on the Global Power Elite’s agenda: 1. Control of People – It represented a two-decade period during which an all-pervading technological infrastructure was set up and put in place, that enables the rich and powerful to wield truly global societal electronic control: the Internet, cell phones, PC’s, cable TV, RFID transponder chips, data processing, surveillance, mass-data storage, satellite communications, bar-codes, complex mass psychological warfare tactics, human genome mapping, perhaps even secret and/or clandestine technologies like HAARP, Bluebeam and others. 2. Control of Nations – Through a system of caretaker governments around the world – i.e., national “CEOlike” presidents, prime ministers and legislators conveniently screened, chosen and catapulted to top executive and legislative posts thanks to so-called “democracy” – it has promoted and achieved generalised deregulation, destructive State reforms, privatisations, and eroded sovereignty in country after country. 3. Control of Resources – This, in turn, allowed the Global Power Elite’s Corporate Overworld to take over most of the remaining State-owned companies and entities in countries like Argentina, for example, rechannelling their revenue flows towards them. In country after country, this was achieved thanks to the acts of government of those very caretaker “democratic” governments they put in power that turned national legal frameworks upside down, so they would favour private corporate interests over the Common Good and the National Interest. 4. Control of Industry – Through the breakdown of national borders on the economic, financial, industrial, political and social stages, so-called “interdependence” was brought about and given very positive mainstream media coverage describing it as the best thing that could possibly happen to Mankind. What they did not tell us is that “interdependence” makes the entire global system far more vulnerable and far, far more controllable from centralised power structures. For example, cars built in Europe may carry engines built in Japan, electronic systems assembled in India, and gearboxes from the US… On top of that, in their greed to “outsource” inventory-space, maximise cash flows, and reduce staff, the “just-in-time” concept became generalised in industry after industry, bringing the parts and components time threshold dangerously close to plant stoppage: usually supplies last only 48 to 72 hours… So, when an earthquake, tsunami and nuclear crisis hit Japan, supply crunches built into the system generated global ripples affecting industries all over the planet. What we are experiencing today is the progressive weakening and demise of many key processes associated with Globalisation – mostly of a haphazard, horizontal, cross-border, even chaotic nature – and their rebirth in new formats, suitably retooled to support World Government goals, processes and institutions that strengthen, grow and consolidate. No doubt, Big Brother is definitely here, and he means to stay… The most dramatic effect of this transition we are undergoing is the planned end-run eroding of all sovereign Nation-States as described in a previous article published in New Dawn magazine (‘Global Elites Behind Chaos in Arab World, Revolt in North Africa & the Middle East: The Real Agenda’, New Dawn 126 – May/June 2011).

In its place, we will have World Governmental institutions. This is taking place through a complex, creeping, gradual, crisis-filled and violent process that is erecting legally binding, mandatory, multi- and supra-national bureaucratic entities. Macro-Managing Planet Earth Management of this highly complex process depends, to a great extent, on the tactical and strategic planning emanating from a vast think-tank network, allied to major Elite universities, with their interrelated armies of researchers, investigators, operators, lobbyists, journalists and media players, all profusely financed by the global corporate and banking over-structure. They do this holistically, knowing full well they are operating at different levels and stages that evolve at vastly varying speeds: Financial triggers, for example, move at lightning speed (minutes and hours) thanks to the electronic information technology infrastructure that can make markets, banks, currencies and countries peak or fall in a matter of hours/days. Economic triggers, however, move slower: erecting car plants, aircraft plants, power generation and distribution systems, highways and railroads takes months, even years of time. Political change, in turn, is tied to the “democratic system” that puts politicians in power for several years at a time and when something goes really wrong, drastic action must be taken (financed military or civilian coups, assassinations, invasions, etc.). Of course, Cultural change – where some of the Power Elite’s key victories lie – takes entire generations to implement. Here is where PsyOps has reached new heights (for them). They risk manage the entire process, knowing that many pitfalls and surprises are in store for them every day. So for each plan, each stage, and in each geography, carefully structured “Plan B’s” are always in place (in some cases, even, plans C, D and E, just in case…) which can be triggered if and when needed. What might World Government look like? Today’s telecommunications technologies even make geographical centres mostly redundant and unnecessary. One can thus envision that the Coming World Government will be multi-centred along the lines of the lessons learned under that grand experiment in supranational management called the European Union. In many ways, the EU is a leading case in proto-World Government applied to one specific and highly developed region of the world. No wonder then that it was matured and readied “just-in-time” for the demise of the Soviet Bloc, thus giving it more than a dozen “unexpected” new members coming from the former Soviet Bloc… The European Union is, amongst many other things, an exercise in merging whole countries with vastly different cultures, economies, financial systems, legal systems, administrative norms, languages and religions into one formless, faceless, inhuman entity. The EU has its Administrative centre in Brussels, its Monetary centre in Frankfurt, its Legislative centre in Strassbourg, its Courts in Luxembourg. Similarly, the coming World Government could conceivably have its own key centres, say, Washington as its Military centre for an expanded global imperial armed forces

command; New York City as global Financial Capital from where world currency (a “Global Dollar” backed by gold?) will be managed; London as global Political Capital (that’s where vast power has resided for centuries: financial, diplomatic, nobilities, Freemasonry, the Anglican Church…); Rome as a sort of “Ecumenical Clearing House” from where a “light and liberal global religion” will be run;2 and – last but not least – Jerusalem as the “spiritual” capital of the world, where the highest echelons of the Global Power Elite (the “Committee of 300” Walther Rathenau spoke about a century ago) expect to fulfil their centuries-old dream of crowning one from their bloodline as the King of the World, once Israel rebuilds the Third Temple on the Mount… (Hmmm… more trouble there!). The Twelve Transitional Triggers All of this being said, we finally come to the Twelve Transitional Triggers being used by the Global Power Elite to wrap up “Globalisation” and usher in World Government. These triggers are linked, interfaced and interlocked in a highly complex, holistic matrix that is very flexible in its Tactics but rigidly unbending in its Strategic Objectives.They should be read as a whole, interpreted in their holistic hierarchy and considered in various sequences. The picture that unfolds is a clear case of the whole being far more than the mere sum of its parts. Financial Meltdown – The Global Financial System continues on life-support since the crisis exploded on 15 September 2008. Barack Obama, Ben Bernanke of the Federal Reserve System, treasury secretary Timothy Geithner, and the US government’s economic hit team (i.e., Robert Rubin, Larry Summers, Paul Volcker and other entrenched bankers), together with Goldman Sachs, CitiGroup, JPMorganChase, the Bank of England, the European Union, and the G20, have not and will not take one single step to help the people in each country and their ailing national economies. All they do is throw huge monetary lifelines to the banking elite and to themselves. They will do anything to impose their flagrant lies on public opinion, including the myth that certain banks are just “too big to fail” (i.e., Orwellian Newspeak for “too damn powerful to fail”). Trillions upon trillions of dollars in toxic debt write-offs with taxpayer money; irresponsible central bank money printing; the IMF milking dozens of national economies in Greece, Ireland, Iceland, Portugal, Argentina and, soon to come, Spain, Italy and many others; Quantitative Easing I & II (and soon to come III), again Newspeak for hyperinflation; all adding up to trillions more for bankster bailouts… Why? Easy: because it’s not governments overseeing, supervising and controlling Goldman Sachs, CitiCorp, HSBC, Deutsche Bank, JPMorganChase, UBS, but exactly the other way around… The Global Power Elite are ready and willing to collapse the US Dollar and the Euro at a moment’s notice, replacing them with a global gold-backed currency: a “World Dollar” in all likelihood that will be controlled by a world central bank. In line with their Masonic symbols and style, they even subtly laugh at us all. Take a close look at the new US$100 bill they’re putting into circulation: its design splits the note right down the middle, with the left side carrying symbols that may be interpreted as saying goodbye to FED Fiat money, whilst the right side seems to be saying hello to the coming gold-backed world currency. At the right time (for them: i.e., when their banks and interests have positioned themselves to weather the coming financial and monetary storms), they will then pull plug on the whole circus unleashing mass pandemonium. The US Dollar will collapse when the mainstream media engineer a run on it by confirming what is obvious to many of us: that the US$ has been irrecoverably and purposely hyper-inflated. The Euro, in turn, will collapse for very different reasons: it will disintegrate as the different European countries are forced to revert to their traditional currencies, notably Germany. If Germany were to go back to the Deutsch Mark,

then that would spell the demise of the short-lived Euro. The Global Power Elite will drop the US Dollar and the Euro when they are ready to introduce a new Global Dollar replacing both.3 Economic Crises – Through the on-going massive transfer of wealth, “extreme destructive capitalism” will collapse national and regional economies, rebuilding and reformatting them into international slave labour Gulag-like entities that Joseph Stalin would envy. Remember: today’s woes lie NOT with the Real World of National Economies (which are for the most part intact), but with the Fake Virtual World of finance, banks, derivatives, junk bonds, hedge funds… All propped up through Mass PsyWar via CNN, FoxNews, New York Times, Der Spiegel, Daily Telegraph, Rupert Murdoch, El País, La Nación, Clarín, Wall Street Journal, Financial Times, The Economist, Time, Newsweek, Washington Post… Readers are strongly recommended to watch Charles Ferguson’s magnificent documentary “Inside Job” describing the names of the architects of today’s financial and economic crises, and the banks that triggered it. Social Upheavals – The Greek meltdown, Ireland, UK riots, Iceland’s bank run, Spain’s unemployed, and now the massive social upheavals of the last months in the Middle East and North Africa which are very much fuelled by worsening poverty levels, unemployment, grossly unjust wealth distribution, lack of food, water and education in Egypt, Tunisia, Algeria, Yemen, Oman, Saudi Arabia, Iraq, Palestine and other countries. North Africa’s social uprisings are a taste of things to come in the rest of Africa, Asia, Latin America, France and the US. Argentina is clearly up for a land grab as the fires spread. Pandemics – Get ready for more “Flu Surprises” leading to mandatory vaccinations that will not only represent a discrete opportunity to slip RFID chips into us, but also intelligent viruses targeting specific DNA strains, i.e., racially and ethnically selective viruses as part of the mass depopulation campaign. As some observers say, entire countries and racial/ethnic groups might very soon “catch colds.” Global Warming – As the global economy enters Zero Growth Mode, the main economic driver is shifting from Growth Expansion to Consumption Contraction. The coming “carbon credits” might very well be the scheme that opens the way to full societal control.4 The Environmental factor which received so much publicity with Al Gore has the virtue of being beyond the control of any one Nation-State and thus justifies full global control by world governing entities. Terrorist “False Flag” Mega Attacks – This is a wildcard to be used if the Elite needs to jump start further crises leading to World Government. New events of this sort will no doubt be something huge that dwarfs 11 September 2001 and serves to justify further global upheaval, wars, invasions and genocide. A Nuclear Weapon over a major city that could be blamed on the Global Power Elite’s favourite enemy or a combination of “enemies”: “Muslim Fundamentalists,” Patriot Movements, specific States… This time it will have to be a WMD so that it has the necessary psychological impact. The time has come for a full investigation to be made into the covert, secretive dark world of clandestine entities that seem to carry out such attacks throughout the world. This can only be done by researchers who are in no way tied, aligned or associated with Global Power Elite interests and are thus willing and able to dig as deep as necessary in order for the Truth to come out. The key would seem to lie in the existence of virtual mirror structures within “official” intelligence community agencies, notably the CIA, MI6, Mossad, KGB and their counterparts in most every other country that appear to have almost unlimited resources emanating from – amongst other sources – organised crime (notably, arms dealers and drug trafficking). War in Middle East? This has already been unleashed, and Iran is probably the ultimate target. But before that, other dominoes need to fall, notably Libya and Syria… Constant Israeli and US threats of unilateral military

attack against Iran have become commonplace since the Israeli defeat in Southern Lebanon in mid-2006 at the hands of Hezbollah. An Ecological/Environmental “Accident”– In my initial 2009 YouTube video I described this as a new nuclear “Chernobyl”5 that would “justify” the need for a world entity controlling all nuclear energy facilities, both civilian and, eventually, even military. Then, in April 2010 came the British Petroleum “Deepwater Horizon” oil rig catastrophe in the Gulf of Mexico which, although now mostly out of the news, is still generating severe environmental damage in the Gulf and beyond. Yet, the almost complete inability and unpreparedness of the US government was clearly highlighted. This failure by the Obama administration is totally unjustified especially after the 2005 Katrina catastrophe that hit the same region. Now, in March 2011, Japan and the world is faced with a much larger accident in the Fukushima Daiichi nuclear complex triggered by the 11 March earthquake and tsunami which, at the time of writing, continues getting worse by the day. There are certain notable aspects referring to this catastrophic event that need to be fully researched, including whether or not the United States’s HAARP6 installation in Alaska has the potential to trigger seismic events in regions where tectonic plates have built-up potential high tension instabilities. Were this to be proven possible, then we may even be facing some kind of secret/clandestine “earthquake machine” capability, that represents the ultimate Weapon of Mass Destruction. Assassination of a Major Public Figure that will be blamed on some future enemy-to-come: a Muslim country, North Korea, Venezuela or a Patriot “conspiracy.” The social disruption and shock wave would need to be over-powering, so we need to think in terms of somebody very high up in Washington, London, or even Rome. As the John and Robert Kennedy events showed, high profile assassinations are relatively easy to pull, especially when the perpetrators can count on “a little help from their (Mossad, CIA, MI6) friends…” Attacks on “Rogue States” – At the time of writing North Africa and the Middle East in general – Libya in particular – are clear examples of this. The key question today is: who is next on the hit list? Venezuela? Bolivia? North Korea? Somalia? Some “failed State” in Africa or Asia? Staged “Religious” Event – This may lie further into the future because other events need to take place before, however today we have the technology to project three dimensional virtual reality holograms just about anywhere. A staged Hollywood-style “Second Coming passion play” may very well be on the drawing board. Imagine the impact of a credible “mystery play” of a Messianic figure (electronically engineered, of course) sending cryptic messages to the world, conveniently interpreted by “experts” playing in sync with the Global Power Elite’s objectives and interests. Who would dare go against “god” himself? Some of the foreplay to this may already be playing out in certain popular films and “projects” on the Internet that attack the present state of things but then go on to suggest we need to move forward into a borderless, faceless Utopian scheme… Staged “Alien Contact” – This too is very likely in the works, especially considering that very large sectors of public opinion believe in extraterrestrial beings. Here too, hologram technology may stage some sort of “space vehicle landing” – on the White House lawn, naturally – which will highlight the absolute “need” for Man to have “unified representation” with a universe populated with extraterrestrial beings. Yet another justification for world government? It is no wonder that at the end of September 2010 the UN named what may become a terrestrial ambassadorship for such coming “space contacts.” For the time being, that post is held by Malaysian astrophysicist Dr. Mazlan Othman. Naturally, this would all be part of a giant PsyOps in which Hollywood has

so obediently obliged, preparing the public through their hundreds of “space alien” movies for over half a century. We have become used to seeing good ET’s, bad ET’s, cute ET’s, aggressive, wise, monstrous, beautiful, Nazi-like, green, red and blue ET’s. There seems to be a flavour for every taste, the point being this process has definitely helped shape the collective psyche and convince people that flying saucers and ET’s do exist. In fact, saucer technologies probably do exist and one might do well to look way, way down South for that. It may be that such vessels are not manned by little green men (which is something Hollywood would help to explain so public opinion accepts it), but rather by something far more unnerving and dangerous for the Global Power Elite, that seems to put their hair on end… What do all these interlocking “crises” have in common? Global warming, pandemics, international terrorism, financial collapse, economic and trade depression, even alien contacts? They all serve to show that such crises are beyond the capacity of any one Nation-State to cope with, and thus “justify” the need for World Government from different angles and for different reasons. It would seem that in today’s world, all geopolitical roads & PsyWar highways irrevocably lead to a World Government centred on Rome, London, New York, Washington and Jerusalem. We would all do well to stay alert and look at things the way they really are and not the way the TV Masters want us to think they are. Footnotes 1. Notably, in his seminal 1971 book Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Age. 2. Sadly, the fact that the high clergy in the Vatican have accepted this subservient role seems to show they too have negotiated their place under the sun in the coming World Government… This they did in a gradual way starting at the end of World War II, when Freemasons entrenched in the Vatican hierarchy (may I stress that I’m referring to the Vatican as a political organisation run by men, and not to the Eternal Church as a religion), realised that together with Italy and Germany, the Vatican was also on the side of the conquered. The Global Power Elites gave them time to “reinvent” themselves, something they have done marvellously well after the Second Vatican Council which just about turned the Catholic Church’s two millennia of history, dogma, and even its values, upside down. Popes John XXIII, Paul VI, John Paul II and Benedict XVI were all instrumental CEO-like figures doing their allotted job in the right sequence. Only Pope John Paul I seems to have backfired on them (he wanted a full investigation into Vatican money scandals, dogmatic deviations, and social misconduct) but – alas! – he only lasted 33 days (a nice, neat Freemasonic number…). Be it said that the Global Power Elite need the enormously stable, powerful and far-reaching global social structure of the Catholic Church. Besides, one of the lessons they learned from the Soviet experiment is that peoples’ psyche need some sort of vehicle allowing them to relate themselves to the Invisible (i.e., “religion”). If not, why then did the Soviet leadership embalm Vladimir Lenin after he died in 1924, putting him in a mausoleum on Red Square that became a shrine of pilgrimage, much like Rome, Santiago de Compostella and Mecca? What kind of “atheism” was that? 3. A detailed description of the mechanisms behind this is explained in Chapter 5 (Death & Resurrection of the US Dollar) of the author’s book The Coming World Government: Tragedy & Hope? available on www.secondrepublicproject.com or by email to arsalbuchi@gmail.com 4. As Irish analyst Richard K Moore explains in his excellent article “Prognosis 2012: Towards a New World Social Order” published in February 2011 on the “Global Research” website www.globalresearch.ca.

5. I would point out that the April 1986 Chernobyl event marks the beginning of the end of the Soviet state’s credibility both at home and abroad, ultimately leading to its demise in 1991. 6. HAARP – High Frequency Active Auroral Research Project – consists of a series of very high power (billion watt) radio transmitters located in the Alaskan hinterland feeding high-gain, directional antenna arrays that shoot out radio beams into the ionosphere with ELF (extremely low frequency) modulation. These beams then reflect off the ionosphere and can be made to “hit land” anywhere on Earth. It can be construed that although HAARP cannot actually create earthquakes anywhere at will, it might trigger earthquakes that are “just ready to happen” by delivering those powerful radio beams containing ELF modulation that synchronise with the natural resonance frequencies of tectonic plates, something that can be calculated or even found by trial and error. This may be what occurred in China, Haiti and Chile in 2010 and also in Japan in 2011. Many of these events have the telltale signs of luminosities that appear in the sky just before such events, which may be due to ionizing of the air by such high power radio beams. ADRIAN SALBUCHI is a political analyst, author, speaker and radio talk-show host in Argentina. He has published several books on Geopolitics and Economics in Spanish, and recently published his first eBook in English: The Coming World Government: Tragedy & Hope which can be ordered through his web site www.asalbuchi.com.ar, or details can be requested by E-mail to arsalbuchi@gmail.com. Salbuchi is 58 years of age, married, with four adult children, and works as strategic consultant for domestic and international companies. He is also founder of the Second Republic Project in Argentina, which is expanding internationally (visit: www.secondrepublicproject.com). The above article first appeared in New Dawn Special Issue 16. http://www.infowars.com/twelve-triggers-driving-mankind-towards-world-government/

The globalist media monopolies that control everything you see on TV, radio and in the newspapers. It’s a giant con-game.

The Elite, the ‘Great Game’, & World War III June 10, 2011 By davidjones

By Prof. Dr. Mujahid Kamran The control of the US, and of global politics, by the wealthiest families of the planet is exercised in a powerful, profound and clandestine manner. This control began in Europe and has a continuity that can be traced back to the time when the bankers discovered it was more profitable to give loans to governments than to needy individuals. These banking families and their subservient beneficiaries have come to own most major businesses over the two centuries during which they have secretly and increasingly organised themselves as controllers of governments worldwide and as arbiters of war and peace. Unless we understand this we will be unable to understand the real reasons for the two world wars and the impending Third World War, a war that is almost certain to begin as a consequence of the US attempt to seize and control Central Asia. The only way out is for the US to back off – something the people of the US and the world want, but the elite does not. The US is a country controlled through the privately owned Federal Reserve, which in turn is controlled by the handful of banking families that established it by deception in the first place. In his interesting book The Secret Team, Col. Fletcher Prouty, briefing officer of the US President from 195563, narrates a remarkable incident in which Winston Churchill made a most revealing utterance during World War II: “On this particular night there had been a heavy raid on Rotterdam. He sat there, meditating, and then, as if to himself, he said, ‘Unrestricted submarine warfare, unrestricted air bombing – this is total war.’ He continued sitting there, gazing at a large map, and then said, ‘Time and the Ocean and some guiding star and High Cabal have made us what we are’.” Prouty further states: “This was a most memorable scene and a revelation of reality that is infrequent, at best. If for the great Winston Churchill, there is a ‘High Cabal’ that has made us what we are, our definition is complete. Who could know better than Churchill himself during the darkest days of World War II, that there exists, beyond doubt, an international High Cabal? This was true then. It is true today, especially in these times of the One World Order. This all-powerful group has remained superior because it had learned the value of anonymity.” This “High Cabal” is the “One World Cabal” of today, also called the elite by various writers.

The High Cabal & What They Control The elite own the media, banks, defense and oil industry. In his book Who’s Who of the Elite Robert Gaylon Ross Sr. states: “It is my opinion that they own the US military, NATO, the Secret Service, the CIA, the Supreme Court, and many of the lower courts. They appear to control, either directly or indirectly, most of the state, county, and local law enforcement agencies.” The elite is intent on conquering the world through the use of the abilities of the people of the United States. It was as far back as 1774 that Amschel Mayer Rothschild stated at a gathering of the twelve richest men of Prussia in Frankfurt: “Wars should be directed so that the nations on both sides should be further in our debt.” He further enunciated at the same meeting: “Panics and financial depressions would ultimately result in World Government, a new order of one world government.” The elite owns numerous “think tanks” that work for expanding, consolidating and perpetuating its hold on the globe. The Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA), the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the Bilderberg Group, the Trilateral Commission, and many other similar organisations are all funded by the elite and work for it. These think tanks publish journals, such as Foreign Affairs, in which these imperialist and antimankind ideas are edified as publications, and then, if need be, expanded in the form of books that are given wide publicity. Zbigniew Brzezinski and Henry Kissinger et al, as well as the neo-con “thinkers,” owe their positions and good living standards to the largesse of the elite. This is an important point that must be kept in full view at all times. These thinkers and writers are on the payroll of the elite and work for them. In case someone has any doubts about such a statement, it might help to read the following quotes from Professor Peter Dale Scott’s comprehensively researched book The Road to 9/11 – Wealth, Empire, and the Future of America (University of California Press, 2007): …Bundy’s Harvard protégé Kissinger was named to be national security adviser after having chaired an important “study group” at the Council on Foreign Relations. As a former assistant to Nelson Rockefeller, Kissinger had been paid by Rockefeller to write a book on limited warfare for the CFR. He had also campaigned hard in Rockefeller’s losing campaign for the Presidential nomination in 1968. Thus Rockefeller and the CFR might have been excluded from control of the Republican Party, but not from the Republican White House. (Page 22) The following quote from page 38 of the book is also very revealing: The Kissinger-Rockefeller relationship was complex and certainly intense. As investigative reporter Jim Hougan wrote: “Kissinger, married to a former Rockefeller aide, owner of a Georgetown mansion whose purchase was enabled only by Rockefeller gifts and loans, was always a protégé of his patron Nelson Rockefeller, even when he wasn’t directly employed by him.” Professor Scott adds: Nixon’s and Kissinger’s arrival in the White House in 1969 coincided with David Rockefeller’s becoming CEO of Chase Manhattan Bank. The Nixon-Kissinger foreign policy of detente was highly congruous with Rockefeller’s push to internationalise Chase Manhattan banking operations. Thus in 1973 Chase Manhattan became the first American bank to open an office in Moscow. A few months later, thanks to an invitation arranged by Kissinger, Rockefeller became the first US banker to talk with Chinese Communist leaders in Beijing.

How They Manipulate Public Opinion In addition to these strategic “think tanks” the elite has set up a chain of research institutes devoted to manipulating public opinion in a manner the elite desires. As pointed out by John Coleman in his eye opening book The Tavistock Institute on Human Relations – Shaping the Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political and Economic Decline of the United States of America, it was in 1913 that an institute was established at Wellington House, London for manipulation of public opinion. According to Coleman: The modern science of mass manipulation was born at Wellington House London, the lusty infant being midwifed by Lord Northcliffe and Lord Rothmere. The British monarchy, Lord Rothschild, and the Rockefellers were responsible for funding the venture… the purpose of those at Wellington House was to effect a change in the opinions of British people who were adamantly opposed to war with Germany, a formidable task that was accomplished by “opinion making” through polling. The staff consisted of Arnold Toynbee, a future director of studies at the Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA), Lord Northcliffe, and the Americans, Walter Lippmann and Edward Bernays. Lord Northcliffe was related to the Rothschilds through marriage. Bernays was a nephew of Sigmund Freud, a fact never mentioned, and developed the technique of “engineering consent.” When Sigmund Freud moved to Britain he also, secretly, became associated with this institute through the Tavistock Institute. According to Coleman, Bernays “pioneered the use of psychology and other social sciences to shape and form public opinion so that the public thought such manufactured opinions were their own.” The Tavistock Institute has a 6 billion dollar fund and 400 subsidiary organisations are under its control along with 3,000 think tanks, mostly in the USA. The Stanford Research Institute, the Hoover Institute, the Aspen Institute of Colorado, and many others, devoted to manipulation of US as well as global public opinion, are Tavistock offshoots. This helps explain why the US public, by and large, is so mesmerised as to be unable to see things clearly and to react. Bilderberg researcher Daniel Estulin quotes from Mary Scobey’s book To Nurture Humanness a statement attributed to Professor Raymond Houghton, that the CFR has been clear for a very long time that “absolute behaviour control is imminent… without mankind’s self realisation that a crisis is at hand.” Also keep in mind that currently 80% of US electronic and print media is owned by only six large corporations. This development has taken place in the past two decades. These corporations are elite owned. It is almost impossible for anyone who is acquainted with what is going on at the global level to watch, even for a few minutes, the distortions, lies and fabrications, incessantly pouring out of this media, a propaganda and brainwashing organ of the elite. Once your picture is clear it is also easy to notice the criminal silence of the media on crimes being perpetrated against humanity at the behest of the elite. How many people know that the cancer rates in Fallujah, Iraq are higher than those in Hiroshima and Nagasaki because of the use of depleted uranium, and maybe other secret nuclear devices, by US forces? Fallujah was punished for its heroic resistance against the American forces.

The Importance of Eurasia Why is the US in Central Asia? In order to understand this, one has to look at the writings of the stooges of the elite – Brzezinski, Kissinger, Samuel P Huntington, and their likes. It is important to note that members of these elite paid think tanks publish books as part of a strategy to give respectability to subsequent illegal,

immoral and predatory actions that are to be taken at the behest of the elite. The views are not necessarily their own – they are the views of the think tanks. These stooges formulate and pronounce policies and plans at the behest of their masters, through bodies like the Council on Foreign Relations, Bilderberg Group, etc. In his infinitely arrogant book The Grand Chessboard, published in 1997, Brzezinski spelled out the philosophy behind the current US military eruption. He starts by quoting the well-known views of the British geographer Sir Halford J Mackinder (1861–1947), another worker for the elite. Mackinder was a member of the ‘Coefficients Dining Club’ established by members of the Fabian Society in 1902. The continuity of the policies of the elite is indicated by the fact Brzezinski starts from Mackinder’s thesis first propounded in 1904: “Who rules East Europe commands the Heartland: Who rules the Heartland commands the World-Island: who commands the World-Island commands the world.” Brzezinski argues that for the first time in human history a non-Eurasian power has become preeminent and it must hold sway over the Eurasian continent if it is to remain the preeminent global power: “For America the chief geopolitical prize is Eurasia… About 75 percent of the world’s people live in Eurasia… Eurasia accounts for about 60 percent of the world’s GNP and about three fourths of the world’s known energy resources.” It is not just the geostrategic location of this region – it is also its wealth, “both in its enterprises and beneath its soil,” that holds such attraction for the elite whose greed for money, and lust for power, remain insatiable, as if there was a sickness afflicting it. Brzezinski writes: “But it is on the globe’s most important playing field – Eurasia – that a potential rival to America might at some point arise. This focusing on the key players and properly assessing the terrain has to be a point of departure for the formulation of American geostrategy for the long-term management of America’s Eurasian geopolitical interests.” These lines were published in 1997. Millions of people have died in the past two decades and millions have been rendered homeless in this region but it remains a “playing” field for Brzezinski and his likes! In his book Brzezinski has drawn two very interesting maps – one of these has the caption The Global Zone of Percolating Violence (page 53) and the other (page 124) is captioned The Eurasian Balkans. The first of these encircles a region which includes the following countries: Sudan, Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, Syria, Iraq, Iran, all Central Asian states, Afghanistan, Pakistan and parts of Russia as well as India. The second one has two circles, an inner circle and a wider circle – the outer circle encloses the same countries as in the first map but the inner circle covers Iran, Afghanistan, eastern Turkey and the former Soviet Republics in Central Asia. “This huge region, torn by volatile hatreds and surrounded by competing powerful neighbours, is likely to be a major battlefield…” writes Brzezinski. He further writes: “A possible challenge to American primacy from Islamic fundamentalism could be part of the problem of this unstable region.” These lines were written at a time when this kind of fundamentalism was not a problem – subsequently the US manipulated things and chose to make it one by its provocative and deceptive tactics. According to its strategic thinkers, the US might face a serious challenge from a coalition of China, Russia and Iran and must do whatever it can to prevent such a coalition from forming. For Brzezinski, “terrorism” – a Tavistock-type concept – is just a well-planned and well thought out strategy, a lie and a deception, to provide cover for a military presence in the Central Eurasian region and elsewhere. It is being used to keep the US public in a state of fear, to keep Russia in a state of insecurity about further breakup (the US has trained and supported Chechen fighters, “terrorists,” throughout) and to justify presence of US troops in and around Central Asia.

The Concocted War on Terrorism Terrorism provides justification for transforming the United States into a police state. According to the Washington Post of 20 & 21 December 2010, the US now has 4,058 anti-terrorism organisations! These are certainly not meant for those so-called terrorists who operate in Central Asia – the number far exceeds the number of so-called terrorists in the entire world. Unbridled domestic spying by US agencies is now a fact of life and the US public, as always, has accepted this because of the collusion of media and Tavistock type institutes owned by the elite. The US historian Howard Zinn puts it very well: “The so-called war on terrorism is not only a war against innocent people in other countries, but also a war on the people of the United States: a war on our liberties, a war on our standard of living. The wealth of the country is being stolen from the people and handed over to the superrich. The lives of our young are being stolen. And the thieves are in the White House.” Actually the thieves control the White House and have been doing so for a very long time. In his outstanding book Crossing the Rubicon, Michael Ruppert points out that much of the violence in the Central Asian region as well as in Pakistan, which has been encircled in two maps in Brzezinski’s book, was “initiated by the US proxies.” “Given that these maps were published a full four years before the first plane hit the World Trade Centre, they would fall in a category of evidence I learned about at LAPD [Los Angeles Police Department]. We called them ‘clues’.” This means that the eruption of US militarism after 9/11, and the event itself, were part of a pre-planned and coherent strategy of global domination in which the people of the US were also “conquered” through totalitarian legislation carried out in the wake of 9/11. As Brzezinski puts it: America is too democratic at home to be autocratic abroad. This limits the use of America’s power, especially its capacity for military intimidation. Never before has a popular democracy attained international supremacy. But the pursuit of power is not a goal that commands popular passion, except in conditions of a sudden threat or challenge to the public’s sense of domestic well-being… The economic self-denial (that is, defence spending) and the human sacrifice (casualties even among professional soldiers) required in the effort are uncongenial to democratic instincts. Democracy is inimical to imperial mobilisation. Certainly post 9/11 legislation, the extraordinary expansion of agencies and surveillance of the US public is a cause of great satisfaction for the elite – the US can hardly be called a democracy now. As reported by the Washington Post, the National Security Agency intercepts over 1.7 billion emails, phone calls and other communications every day and stores them. No wonder Bush called 9/11 “a great opportunity” and Rumsfeld saw it analogous to World War II to “refashion the world.” In order to achieve the objectives of the elite, the US destroyed Yugoslavia while Russia stood by mesmerised and impotent, carried out regime changes in Central Asia, set up military bases in East Europe and Central Asia, and staged highly provocative military exercises testing Russia’s and China’s will. It set up a military base in Kyrgyzstan that has a 500 mile or so border with China. When the Chinese protested recent naval exercises with South Korea were too close to Chinese territory, a US spokesman responded: “Those determinations are made by us, and us alone… Where we exercise, when we exercise, with whom and how, with what assets and so forth are determinations that are made by the United States Navy, by the Department of Defence, by the United States government.” As journalist Rick Rozoff notes: “There is no way such confrontational, arrogant and vulgar language was not understood at its proper value in Beijing.”

The US has acquired bases in Romania, Bulgaria, Poland, and the Czech Republic – and set up the largest military base ever built in the region, Camp Bondsteel, in Kosovo. According to a report in the Russian Kommersant newspaper on 3 March 2011, a four-phase plan for deployment of a US missile system in Europe is to be fully implemented by the end of 2020. The US is also busy setting up bilateral military ties in Russia’s backyard with Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan and is pursuing the goal of a “Greater Central Asia” from Afghanistan right up to the Middle East, a great corridor from where the oil, gas, and great mineral wealth of this region will flow to the coffers of the US elite, at bloody expense to the local people. As remarked by the Indian career diplomat M.K. Bhadrakumar: “The time is not far off before they begin to sense that ‘the war on terror’ is providing a convenient rubric under which the US is incrementally securing for itself a permanent abode in the highlands of Hindu Kush, the Pamirs, Central Asian steppes and the Caucasus that form the strategic hub overlooking Russia, China, India and Iran.” The scene for a great war involving the great powers of the time – US, Russia and China – is now set, by design of the elite. It is just a matter of time. Time and again the US elite has taken its good people into great wars through documented and proven deceptions – the sinking of the Lusitania during World War I, Pearl Harbour in World War II, and so on. The elite considers us “human garbage” – a term first used by the French in Indo-China. It is also generating a good deal of “human garbage” in the US. A World Bank report points out that in 2005, 28 million Americans were “insecure” – in 2007 the number had risen to 46 million! One in every five Americans is faced with the possibility of becoming “destitute” – 38 million people receive food coupons! Michael Ruppert laments: My country is dead. Its people have surrendered to tyranny and in so doing, they have become tyranny’s primary support group; its base; its defender. Every day they offer their endorsement of tyranny by banking in its banks and spending their borrowed money with the corporations that run it. The great Neocon strategy of George H.W. Bush has triumphed. Convince the America people that they can’t live without the ‘good things’, then sit back and watch as they endorse the progressively more outrageous crimes you commit as you throw them bones with ever less meat on them. All the while lock them into debt. Destroy the middle class, the only political base that need be feared. Make them accept, because of their shared guilt, ever-more repressive police state measures. Do whatever you want. A global economic system erected on inhuman and predatory values, where a few possess more wealth than the billions of hungry put together, will end, but the end will be painful and bloody. It is a system in which the elite thrive on war and widespread human misery, on death and destruction by design. As Einstein said, “I do not know how the Third World War will be fought, but I can tell you what they will use in the Fourth – rocks!” Prof. Dr. MUJAHID KAMRAN is Vice Chancellor, University of the Punjab, Lahore, Pakistan, and his book The Grand Deception – Corporate America and Perpetual War has just been published (April 2011) by Sang e Meel Publications, Lahore, Pakistan. The above article appeared in New Dawn Special Issue 16. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Food storage has never been more important. It’s time to get your order right away.

Introduction to the Financial Elite Mark M. Rich Before covering the specific groups which are likely responsible for creating the Hidden Evil, it's necessary to explain that the United States and other NATO countries are not run by their respective leaders. The power structure does not operate in the manner taught in public schools. The evidence I'll be presenting suggests that these nations are run by an elite cabal of wealthy individuals who prefer to operate from behind the scenes. This group has been called the Establishment, the Secret Brotherhood, the Alliance, the Invisible Government, the Shadow Government, a legal mafia, the New World Order, the Illuminati, the Insiders, the Military-industrial Complex, etc.(*) In an article entitled, Elite Clique Holds Power in the U.S., which appeared in the Indianapolis News on December 23, 1961, Edith Kermit Roosevelt wrote, "The word 'Establishment' is a general term for the power elite in international finance, business, the professions and government, largely from the northeast, who wield most of the power regardless of who is in the White House. Most people are unaware of the existence of this 'legitimate Mafia.'" She described, "The power of the Establishment makes itself felt from the professor who seeks a foundation grant, to the candidate for a cabinet post or State Department job. It affects the nation's policies in almost every area." Most people can sense that something is wrong, but can't quite put their finger on what it is. Despite changes in administration every four years, the planet continues to fall apart. Professor Sutton stated in his book, Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler, "Wars are started (and stopped) with no shred of coherent explanation. Political words have never matched political deeds." The reason, he asserted, is "because the center of political power has been elsewhere than with elected and presumably responsive representatives in Washington, and this power elite has its own objectives, which are inconsistent with those of the public at large." On March 26, 1922, the Mayor of New York City, John F. Hylan said, "The real menace of our republic is the invisible government which, like a giant octopus, sprawls its slimly length over our city, state and nation. At the head is a small group of banking houses generally referred to as 'international bankers.' This little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run our government for their own selfish ends." Congressman Lawrence P. McDonald wrote in November of 1975, "Money alone is not enough to quench the thirst and lusts of the super-rich. Instead, many of them use their vast wealth, and the influence such riches give them, to achieve even more power. Power of a magnitude never dreamed of by the tyrants and despots of earlier ages. Power on a worldwide scale. Power over people, not just products." In his book Dark Majesty, Professor Texe Marrs added, "The men at the top of the empire are billionaires many times over. Yet they still want more money." Author James Perloff describes the typical path of one of these individuals, in his book, The Shadows of Power. He writes that it "begins in private schools, the most famous being Groton. From these they have typically proceeded to Harvard, Yale, Princeton, or Columbia, there entering exclusive fraternities, such as Yale's secretive Skull and Bones. ... From academia they have customarily progressed to Wall Street, perhaps joining an international investment bank, such as Chase Manhattan, or a prominent law firm or brokerage house." He continues, "Some of the politically inclined have signed on with the establishment think tanks like the Brookings Institution and the Rand Corporation," and "a few have found themselves on the boards of vast foundations." From there, states Perloff, they ascend into "high positions in the federal government," which requires membership in a "New York-based group called the Council on Foreign Relations."

Professor Marrs declared, "Five major groups-Banking and Money, Political, Intelligence, Religious, and Educationalare under the immediate direction and control of this small band of men." Everybody has heard of the "they" who seem to be in control of things. "Whatever we call this self-perpetuating elitist group," explained Professor Sutton, "it is apparently fundamentally significant in the determination of world affairs, at a level far behind and above that of the elected politicians." Before we explore who they are, I should point out that throughout this book you'll notice a steady pattern of the following: •

They disguise themselves and their intentions by creating groups which profess only the most innocent objectives. In this manner, they masquerade as humanitarians.

•

They frequently resort to lying and deceiving to accomplish their objectives.

•

They often use the National Security Act to justify their destructive deeds and to provide cover when they get caught.

So who are "they?" Apparently, Wall Street, multinational corporations, international banks and wealthy people have formed elite groups to serve as vehicles for their interests. These include Think Tanks such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission, the Bilderbergers and others, which are interlocked with the Tax-exempt Foundations and the Federal Reserve. According to Professor Sutton, Think Tanks, the Federal Reserve, the Executive Branch of the White House, Law, Education, and Media are all interlocked at the top, and controlled by an elite cabal. "We should realize that many of these groups are closely allied together," agreed Professor Marrs. "In some cases," he said, "the same man may simultaneously serve as either president or on the board of directors of a banking and money institution, a political group, an intelligence organization, a religious denomination or organization, and a foundation or educational group." Perloff acknowledged this interlock too, when he stated that their members serve "on the boards of vast foundations," such as "Rockefeller, Ford, and Carnegie." Rene Wormser, General Council to the Reece Committee which investigated Tax-exempt Foundations, provides us with an example of interlocking directorates. In his book, Foundations: Their Power And Influence, he sites a report from a congressional investigation by the Reece Committee, concerning the Rand Corporation. He states, "This is a corporation in the nature of a foundation, which plays a very important part in government research. It would warrant special attention in connection with any study of the extent to which foundation interlocks have influenced government." "Among the trustees and officers of The Rand Corporation," continues Wormser, "were found [by the Reece Committee] the following who had material connections with other foundations: Charles Dollard (trustee), Carnegie Corporation; L.A. Dudbridge (trustee), Carnegie Endowment National Science Foundation; H. Rowan Gaither, Jr. (trustee) Ford Foundation; Philip E. Mosely (trustee), Ford Foundation ... Frederick F. Stephan (trustee), Rockefeller Foundation ... Hans Speier (officer) (Ford) Behavioral Science Division..." These Think Tanks hold regular meetings, which are not open to the public. According to a book entitled, Who's Who of the Elite, by Robert Gaylon Ross, topics of conversation include wars. He explained, "[they] decide when wars should start, how long they should last, when they should end, who will and will not participate, the changes in boundaries of countries resulting from the outcome of these wars, who will lend the money to support the war efforts, and who will lend the money to rebuild the countries after they have been destroyed by war." "They own the central banks," continued Ross, "such as the Federal Reserve System in the US, and similar organizations in all major countries throughout the world, and therefore are in a position to determine discount rates,

prime rates ... [&] what countries should receive loans (guaranteed by the taxpayers of the respective countries). ... They decide who will be allowed to run for the offices of President, Prime Minister, Chancellor, Governor General, or other names applied to the leaders of all major countries around the world." In addition, they, "directly or indirectly own all the major news media, and can therefore tell the public exactly what they want them to hear, and deny the public information they do not want them to see, hear, or read." If the general population knew that a handful of unelected people were running their government they would probably be outraged. This "legitimate mafia" prefers to remain behind the scenes, apparently so people will still believe they live in a constitutional republic. But their existence is not completely hidden. By incident, or accident, people such as targeted individuals, corporate/government whistleblowers and others, have directly experienced how government really works and who controls it. Their experience on the front lines have given them insights into approaching situations that the general population is not yet aware of. "Secret elitist groups always censor, or try to censor, news about their covert activities," declared Antony Sutton and Patrick Wood in their book, Trilaterals Over Washington. "Censorship stems from the overall need for secrecy, to conceal from the world at large. As long as Trilaterals (and Bilderbergers and other elite groups) skulk around the world convening closed meetings in secluded corners with security guards to keep out the press then we may conclude that Trilaterals, Bilderbergers, and the rest have something to hide." Most members of these elite organizations are not aware of their true objectives. According to these researchers, there is an inner-core of members that are. "These members are aware of only about 50%, or less of the goals, and objectives of the Global Union movement," proclaimed Ross. "A large number of these people are members for ego, and social reasons only," and would probably resign if they were to "find out what the Global Union is 'really' up to." These elite organizations have been called Think Tanks or modern secret societies.(**) Some receive their funding from Tax-exempt Foundations. "The existence of groups like the Trilateral Commission, Council on Foreign Relations, and the Bilderbergers is well documented," stated Jim Marrs in his underground bestseller, Rule by Secrecy. "The only question is the extent of their control and manipulation of major world events." "Likewise," said Marrs, "there is no question that members of these societies exert inordinate control over many of the largest corporations and banks in the world. These corporations, in turn, control essential minerals, energy, transportation, pharmaceuticals, agriculture, telecommunications, and entertainment-in other words, the basics of modern life." When these policies are set at the top by the controlling elite who have been known to promote a one-world socialist order, then it's understandable how destructive policies, which appear to be positive, can be filtered down to local and state governments. Marrs explained, "If the top leadership of government and business is controlled ... then the activities of subservient agencies and divisions must be of little consequence. Government bureaucrats--honest and well-intentioned workers for the most part--simply follow orders and policies set by superiors." Former FBI Agent Dan Smoot acknowledged this covert power structure in his book, The Invisible Government, when he wrote, "Somewhere at the top of the pyramid in the invisible government are a few sinister people who know exactly what they are doing..." The invisible government that Smoot refers to has established identifiable groups, which it uses as vehicles to carry out its policies. In his bestselling book, None Dare Call It Conspiracy, Author Gary Allen, declared that they have "established some very special and highly influential organizations, many of which have clandestine aims and goals." He lists some of these groups as, "the Bilderbergers, the Club of Rome, the Aspen Institute, the Trilateral Commission, the Council on Foreign Relations, [and] the Bohemian Grove."

Local, state, and federal law enforcement are reportedly controlled by these Think Tanks. "The Elite control our courts, the Pentagon, the U.N., NATO, N.S.A., C.I.A., F.B.I., B.A.T.F., our Senate and House of Representatives," charged Ross, "and directly or indirectly control all local law enforcement agencies." Author Marrs agreed that government agencies under control of these elite groups include, "not only the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA)," he said "but the National Security Council (NSC), Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), National Security Agency (NSA), Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), National Reconnaissance Office (NRO), Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA), Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (BATF), Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), and many others." He added, "These agencies are themselves secretive, citing reasons of national security, [&] executive privilege." "The Rockefellers, Rothschilds, and a few others--numbering less than a dozen leaders of international finance are the real power behind the visible thrones of world government," observed Professor Marrs. "No major policy is formulated without their input; no major plan of action is implemented without their specific 'go' signal." One of my goals is to show you who "they" are, what they've done, how they've covered it up, and what their plans are. Throughout the rest of this book, myself & other authors will periodically refer to these interlocking Think Tanks using the abbreviations, BB for Bilderberg, TC for Trilateral Commission, and CFR for Council on Foreign Relations. Now I'll explain these elite groups in more detail. Let's meet your unelected rulers. [Footnotes] * From the information I've come across, the term New World Order has been used to describe three things: a political movement, a group of individuals bringing about the movement, and joint reference to both the movement and the group fostering it. My understanding is that the term refers to the movement. ** Some literature describes these organizations as think tanks or modern secret societies, and others describe them as foundations. Carnegie Endowment is listed as a foundation in Foundations: Their Power and Influence by Wormser, but also listed as a think tank in Who's Who of the Elite by Ross, and Trilaterals Over Washington by Sutton and Wood. Author Marrs describes the CFR, TC and Bilderbergers as modern secret societie

Next http://www.thehiddenevil.com/projects.asp

Get a copy of The New World War- Revolutionary Methods for Political Control A silent war is taking place in cities all over the planet. It is covered-up by the media, mental health system, NGOs, and our elected officials. Now that the financial elite are finished using the US military and allied forces to conquer nations in their quest for global domination, they're neutralizing individuals and groups of resisters who live among the people. To do this, they have recruited a major portion of the civilian population, which is used as a surrogate force to persecute those who have been identified as enemies. As part of the same agenda, the security forces are conducting psychological operations on civilians and torturing them with directed-energy weapons. The entire operation is in service to some very wealthy psychopaths who rule our society, as part of a global revolution that will result in a planetary dictatorship, known as the New World Order.

http://www.lulu.com/product/paperback/new-worldwar/16810255?productTrackingContext=search_results/search_shelf/center/1

The Top 10 Reasons Why Dr. Ron Paul Is the Only Rational Choice Laura Trice Huffington Post Thursday, September 1, 2011

The top 10 reasons why Dr. Ron Paul is the only rational presidential choice for Americans, Democratic, Republican and Independent: 10. Dr. Paul works a real job, has run a small a business and served in the military. He has been a physician for 40 years, co-owned a coin store for 12 years and was a flight surgeon in the U.S. Air Force and U.S. National Guard for five years. That was how our country was set up — for public servants to work a real job that they returned to after their public service was done. He has real skills and is not a professional politician. 9. Dr. Paul has decades of experience running a business and in depth knowlegde of health care. 8. Dr. Paul understands money and is chairman of the House Financial Services Subcommittee on Domestic Monetary Policy and Technology. 7. Dr. Paul does the right thing referencing the U.S. Constitution and works for the country versus campaigning for his ego. He has been serving the public in politics for over 40 years. 6. Dr. Paul refuses to accept a federal pension for his public service, something other members get after a short period because they do not have real jobs. According to Dr. Paul, to receive a pension for public service would be “hypocritical and immoral.” 5. Unlike most other candidates out there, Dr. Paul is not a good-looking, smooth-talking, snake charmer or charismatic zealot. He is a regular, plain-spoken person who says it the way it is.

4. Dr. Paul doesn’t care if big groups like him (like unions and businesses). His donations come primarily from individuals, not from groups. He is willing to serve his country honorably without personal gain. Dr. Paul will do what is right for the U.S. based on the Constitution whether or not big money or big government likes it. 3. Dr. Paul has written a bill, called the Sun Light Rule that requires our politicians have at least 10 days to read bills before signing them. 2. Dr. Paul will bring practical wisdom, cut spending, balance the budget, stabilize the economy and probably be able to do away with the IRS and income tax, a tax that is not constitutional and was started to fund the civil war and supposed to stop after the civil war. He wants to abolish the U.S. Department of Education, giving the states and parents back control. He wants to do away with other large government agencies, restoring the rightful power to the states. 1. Dr. Paul’s old-fashioned decency, integrity, honor and real-life experience are exactly what our country needs after hiring actors, puppets, oil and other group-connected slick sales men and marketers. He’s been married to the same woman, Carol, for 54 years (married 1957). Electing dishonorable, irresponsible, good-looking, smooth-talkers over the past several decades has eroded our country’s stability. Are Americans finally ready to elect an honest, decent man who will not listen to non-sense from regular Americans, politicians or corporations? A president who will be accountable and hold us all accountable? I hope so. “Special interests have replaced the concern that the Founders had for general welfare. Vote trading is seen as good politics. The errand-boy mentality is ordinary, the defender of liberty is seen as bizarre. It’s difficult for one who loves true liberty and utterly detests the power of the state to come to Washington for a period of time and not leave a true cynic.” – Dr. Paul “He does not take money from corporate PACs. Lobbyists cannot sway him; to try is a waste of time. He never bargains with his own deeply held beliefs, nor does he cut backroom deals. Because his political views and his personal convictions are in complete harmony, he seldom faces a “tough” vote. And when the politicking for the week is over, he returns to his district to take up his lifelong occupation, which has nothing to do with politics.” – S. C. Gwynne

One of Ron Paul's youngest supporters convinced the kids at school to tell their parents about voting for Ron Paul and the importance of liberty and freedom.

Children of Tomorrow Children of tomorrow I apologize to you On behalf of those in my time For the things we didn't do We didn't stop the tyrants So your fate could be prevented We watched them steal our freedom By our silence we consented We didn't choose to circumvent The doom you've not escaped While the Bill of Rights was murdered And the Constitution raped Some of us were lazy Others too afraid To think about our children The ones we have betrayed I guess we were too busy To be concerned or care To try to ease the burden Of the chains we made you wear We could have been good shepherds When the wolf got in the fold But we watched the flame of freedom die instead And left you cold I'm sorry we were timid My selfish generation We left you but a remnant Of a free and prosperous nation I'm sorry for our actions Like cowards we behaved We could have left you freedom Instead you are enslaved Children of tomorrow Descendants of our land I'm sorry we allowed this The fate you now with stand - Anonymous From http://thecrowhouse.com/

"A billion here, a billion there; pretty soon it adds up to real money." - Senator Everett Dirkson http://www.quotationspage.com/quote/170.html

One Hundred Dollars

$100 - Most counterfeited money denomination in the world. Keeps the world moving. Ten Thousand Dollars

$10,000 - Enough for a great vacation or to buy a used car. Approximately one year of work for the average human on earth. One Million Dollars

$1,000,000 - Not as big of a pile as you thought, huh? Still this is 92 years of work for the average human on earth.

One Hundred Million Dollars

$100,000,000 - Plenty to go around for everyone. Fits nicely on an ISO / Military standard sized pallet. One Billion Dollars

$1,000,000,000 - You will need some help when robbing the bank. Now we are getting serious!

One Trillion Dollars

$1,000,000,000,000 When the U.S government speaks about a 1.7 trillion deficit - this is the volumes of cash the U.S. Government borrowed in 2010 to run itself. Keep in mind it is double stacked pallets of $100 million dollars each, full of $100 dollar bills. You are going to need a lot of trucks to freight this around. If you spent $1 million a day since Jesus was born, you would have not spent $1 trillion by now...but ~$700 billion - same amount the banks got during bailout. One Trillion Dollars

Comparison of $1,000,000,000,000 dollars to a standard-sized American Football field and European Football field. Say hello to the Boeing 747-400 transcontinental airliner that's hiding on the right. This was until recently the biggest passenger plane in the world.

15 Trillion Dollars

$15,000,000,000,000 - Unless the U.S. government fixes the budget, US national debt (credit bill) will top 15 trillion by Christmas 2011. Statue of Liberty seems rather worried as United States national debt passes 20% of the entire world's combined GDP (Gross Domestic Product). In 2011 the National Debt will exceed 100% of GDP, and venture into the 100%+ debt-to-GDP ratio that the European PIIGS have (bankrupting nations).

114.5 Trillion Dollars

$114,500,000,000,000. - US unfunded liabilities To the right you can see the pillar of cold hard $100 bills that dwarfs the WTC & Empire State Building - both at one point world's tallest buildings. If you look carefully you can see the Statue of Liberty.

The 114.5 Trillion dollar super-skyscraper is the amount of money the U.S. Government knows it does not have to fully fund the Medicare, Medicare Prescription Drug Programme, Social Security, Military and civil servant pensions. It is the money USA knows it will not have to pay all its bills. If you live in USA this is also your personal credit card bill; you are responsible along with everyone else to pay this back. The citizens of USA created the U.S. Government to serve them, this is what the U.S. Government has done while serving The People. The unfunded liability is calculated on current tax and funding inputs, and future demographic shifts in US Population. Note: On the above 114.5T image the size of the base of the money pile is half a trillion, not 1T as on 15T image. The height is double. This was done to reflect the base of Empire State and WTC more closely. Source: Federal Reserve & www.USdebtclock.org <http://www.usdebtclock.org/> - visit it to see the debt in real time and get a better grasp of this amazing number.

NON-MAINSTREAM NEWS SITES AND INFORMATION INFOWARS: www.infowars.com Tyranny Comes to America – free download: www.scribd.com/doc/40575332/Tyranny-Comes-to-America Watch: Jesse Ventura’s Conspiracy Theory: www.youtube.com/watch?v=eIZojG6jIf4 End the Fed! www.EndTheFed.US International Forecaster: http://theinternationalforecaster.com/ Restore the Republic: www.RestoreTheRepublic.net The Crowhouse: http://thecrowhouse.com/ Oath Keepers; http://oathkeepers.org/oath/ Understanding CAFR’s: http://cafr1.com/ and http://taxretirement.com/

Sources for storable food, water and more! www.freezedryguy.com/index.html www.areyouprepared.com/ www.mainemilitary.com/Default.asp? www.readyreservefoods.com http://www.patriotfood.com/ www.survivalistseeds.com/ www.efoodsdirect.com/ http://store.advancedmart.com/index.html Water Filtration: http://bigberkey.com/ Food Dehydrators: www.excaliburdehydrator.com/ Reusable canning lids: http://reusablecanninglids.com/

A MUST SEE VIDEO PLAYLIST There is an urgent need for everyone to try and understand how the elite international bankers are using propaganda and control of the news media to convince the population of the world to accept a one world government. If you watch these documentaries, you will awaken to the truth and help create a world that works for everyone, not just a handful of ultra-rich elites.

â&#x20AC;?None are more hopelessly enslaved than those who falsely believe they are free.â&#x20AC;?

WATCH THESE DOCUMENTARIES! http://www.youtube.com/view_play_list?p=6E3C0816F98B52EE

Visit Crowhouse: http://thecrowhouse.com/

The New World Order "We shall have World Government, whether or not you like it." - James Warburg, founder of the Council on Foreign Relations

Problem-Reaction-Solution is being conducted at a global level, by a global elite. Their aim is to create a world government. National institutions are continuously giving power away to supranational institutions, and simultaneously supranational institutions are giving power away to global institutions. Power is constantly being transferred to the World Bank, the World Court (ICC), the World Governing Body (UN), the World Army (UN "Peacekeepers"), the World Trade Organisation (WTO), and a variety of global regulatory bodies. There are calls for a World Currency. There is even a World Religion (Environmentalism). This is not happening by accident or happenstance. It is being carefully orchestrated by the global elite calling themselves the New World Order - who intend to control the world government. They have a longplanned, long-term agenda, which is nearing its final stages. The collectivist mindset, the lack of education in politics, economics and history, the big lies and the grand myths we see today have been deliberately created and perpetuated by the global elite so that they can achieve their goals. The plan of the global elite for a one-world government was simple: 1. Obtain economic control of nations using the practice of central banking - control the money supply, support fractional-reserve banking, eliminate the gold standard, and over time create supranational and global currencies. 2. By controlling the money supply, buy up national governments, media and educational establishments and legal systems, and over time create supranational and global institutions to control the national institutions. 3. Take advantage of the collectivist mindset and the technique of Problem-Reaction-Solution by creating big, powerful, centralised governments that pervade all areas of society; use government power as a partner of businesses and corporations ("fascism") or use direct control ("communism"), and over time transfer these big government powers to supranational and global entities.

"Global problems require global solutions." - a motto of the global elite, voiced by national government leaders such as: * George W Bush (about terrorism) * Al Gore (about climate change) * Gordon Brown (about the financial system).

The Structure The New World Order is structured like a giant pyramid. At the very top, almost entirely hidden from few, are a few families such as the Rothschilds and the Rockefellers and various royal families. These families control globalist institutions such as the Bilderberg Group, the most powerful of them, the Trilateral Commission, and the Club of Rome. Below them, and guided by them, are the national steering groups such as the Council on Foreign Relations (U.S.) and the Royal Institute of International Affairs (U.K). World leaders from governments, banks, industry, corporations, religions, academia, the media, and other powerful institutions usually belong to or are closely connected with one or more than one of these groups. U.S. government members of the Bilderberg Group, for example, include Bill and Hilary Clinton, Donald Rumsfeld, Henry Kissinger, Condoleeza Rice, Zbigniew Brzezinski, Paul Wolfowitz and Philip Zelikow. Many of President Obama's cabinet appointees are members. Leaders of other nations who have been Bilderberg members include Gordon Brown, Tony Blair, John Major, Margaret Thatcher, and Edward Heath (all U.K.), Stephen Harper, Paul Martin, and Jean Chretien (all Canada), and Angela Merkel, Gerhard Schroder, Helmut Kohl, and Helmut Schmidt (all Germany). Disguising that their marching orders come from international groups and clubs, the members are able to control their respective institutions through the process of compartmentalization. People working within an institution - even people very near to the top - are not aware of the true goals of the institution, or the role of that institution as part of the larger plan. Centralization of power, a high degree of power, and a hierarchical structure of institutions enables this process of compartmentalization to work most effectively. Frederick Hayek, in his book The Road To Serfdom explains how in a centrally planned society, those with ruthless ambition and unceasing loyalty to superiors are the people who inevitably attain governmental power. He shows how a planned society - borne out of a collectivist mindset - always leads to bigger and bigger government, less liberty, less peace, justice and equality, and less prosperity. The means by which this is achieved is through the creation and widespread belief in big lies and grand myths. The globalist institutions are head-hunters. They pick out people capable of being leaders, and they corrupt them. Loyalty is exchanged for promises of power. Those who cannot be corrupted rarely reach positions of power. â&#x20AC;&#x153;Power corrupts; absolute power corrupts absolutely.â&#x20AC;? - Lord Acton, English Historian, 1834-1902

How the global elite practice eugenics on the public every day September 30, 2011 by POPEYE Formerly THEY WANT US DEAD! – Red Level Alert America 39 Comments While we are all focusing on the coming financial collapse, as bad as that is something much more sinister is in the works. It’s very subtle if you are not paying attention. But, to the aware, it’s blatant, insidious, and just as horrific as Hitler’s Germany. There is a small group of the world’s banking elite who have worked for a few hundred years with ingenious precision and unlimited money, to corral, coerce, and conquer every country of value on earth. For people who are normal and not rabidly greedy, it’s hard to fathom the idea of anyone trying to get control of the whole world, and taking a chunk of every measure of value traded between its people. What’s even harder to grasp is that they will stop at nothing to do it. And I mean nothing! Look around you! Look at the millions of people slaughtered in just the last 10 years. Their leaders may have resisted the Cabal, but many if not all of those dead people were innocents. We have actually become numb to the idea of genocide, even when it’s right under our nose!!! And we are sadly mistaken if we think we are somehow immune to the wrath of the most evil people on earth. They want us dead! They would love nothing better than to use our own military against us by goading us into revolting. They have really upped the ante lately too. Swat teaming everyday Americans on a regular basis and making sure it’s in the news, and in our face. If we finally snap, then they will have their pretext to kill us off en mass. They love the cover of war for murdering millions. Don’t you think that our trick CIA could have found and destroyed Hussain or Gaddafi without dropping a single bomb? Smedley Butler was right, war is a racket. But I get the distinct feeling that it’s just not quite as much fun for this group of psychopaths if there’s not total Mad Max destruction. If after pondering and researching these facts and events, you come to any other conclusion; you are in need of a serious wake up call. The Powers That Be (TPTB) have even carved in stone their desire to eliminate 80% plus of the population of the world. They need a much smaller herd if they are going to be able to steer and control everyone for a One World Government, under their control. A theme emerges when you look at the big picture. They find the things that we all need to survive or use, then put their agenda in motion. If you still want to believe your government loves you, let me count for you the ways they don’t. 1. ASPARTAME (renamed AMINO SWEET or NEOTAME to thwart growing awareness)- Named commercially Equal/Sweet ‘n Low, aspartame has now found its way into 5000-6000 food products. This artificial sweetener was denied approval three times. That is, until Mr. Donald Rumsfeld was hired as the new president of the Searl Co. The company has since been sold to Monsanto. This chemical literally turns into wood alcohol in your body, by-passing the blood brain barrier. Tests show it causes brain tumors and cancer, reduces fertility, can be addictive, and cause many other serious health problems. The incidence of brain tumors and cancer has risen dramatically since it was introduced. The test monkeys were trying to tell us something. A quick

read on how they make it and you’ll realize why it’s so toxic. Instead of a “WARNING” on food labels, most products just say ‘sugar free’. 2. GMO CROPS- Since these crops are patented; no one really knows exactly what types of genes are spliced into their DNA. They call them terminator seeds, meaning they do not produce seeds for future planting and must be purchased by farmers every year. The original theory was to blend Monsanto’s herbicide Round-Up into the gene of the plant so the crops could be sprayed with Monsanto’s Round-up without killing the plant. Way back in the 1980′s president G.H.W. Bush declared that if Genetically Modified crops looked like regular foods, then they were foods, and the government would not spend federal money on testing or researching their safety or efficacy. It has since been a battle royal for independent scientists to show that these foods are indeed questionable as to their safety for human or animal consumption. Obvious evidence from around the world shows that farm animals, as well as mice and hamsters in laboratory tests, have a high incidence of death and deformity in second and third generation offspring, spontaneous abortion and sterility. These plants have infiltrated growing fields around the world and their derivatives are in nearly all our foods. Problems are arising in spite of the hyped ‘improved crop yield’. Complete fields are collapsing, new ‘super weeds’ are growing, and the over spraying of pesticides and Round-up are destroying the biology of growing soil. GMO crops were never tested over the long haul, and now the very worm the farmers wanted to avoid are developing a resistance to the GM corn. Monsanto’s answer? Plant up to 20% of the fields with NON-GMO to lure the worms over there! And, now they’ll try splicing two kinds of pesticides into the corn seed. Last summer Monsanto had to pay GMO farmers to use their competitor’s herbicide, since Round-up was not working anymore. Organically grown crops are being contaminated by wind and cross pollination, and farmers are being sued for ‘stealing’ Monsanto’s property. If they can’t afford to fight the monster company, they are losing their farms and lifetime investments. Monsanto hires private thugs to secretly inspect organic farms in order to accomplish these take downs. The predatory Big Ag companies have declared war on smaller farmers and us. Scientists believe that once the distorted DNA of these plants go into our bodies, that our own DNA is invaded and that our intestines can literally become pesticide factories. Monsanto has put up vicious attacks on scientists who try to warn about GMO dangers. Recently the USDA ignored an urgent letter from a Purdue scientist about a newly discovered pathogen in GMOs, pleading with them not to approve Monsanto’s new GM alfalfa. The USDA has even defied an appeals court order not to approve it until an environmental impact study was conducted, but they approved it anyway. What ever happened to the truth that “you can’t fool mother nature”? If GMO’s are not stopped now, indigenous seeds, organic foods, age old farming methods, clean and normal healthy foods will be destroyed forever. Since Monsanto lobbied against their ‘Franken Foods’ being labeled, and won, we have become the de facto ‘environmental impact study’. There are already red warning lights flashing, but hell, who cares? Full steam ahead! 3. COREXIT - During the Gulf Oil Disaster, BP defied the EPA’s ‘order’ not to apply this highly toxic deadly poison into the sea water. A ‘no fly zone’ was, and still is in force, so the public will not see that the spraying continues to this day. There has been a news black-out imposed on scientists, researchers, doctors who are trying to diagnose and treat the many illnesses that the Gulf residents are sick and dying from. Plants and humans are being affected far, far inland, but no one knows the extent of the damage. The Corexit has produced new and deadly bacteria, one is known as Blue Plague, but that’s where the story dead ends. Has anyone heard the numbers of the premature deaths on the Gulf Coast, compared with the normal death rates? No, I didn’t think so. Somehow the news did leak out though, that the ‘spill’ has blown open and is gushing oil again, although it’s questionable that it ever stopped. Gee, if oil drilling expert Matt Simmons was still here, maybe we could find out. He gave very good reports on TV. He died alone in his hot tub one night from what they said was a ‘heart attack’. I sure miss him.

4. VACCINES- Does it seem to you that every day some new vaccine pops up that we must have? Shingles? HPV? In my 33 years of working with the public on an intimate level, I’ve never known anyone who died of cervical cancer. Hmmm. Each year they guess which flu bug might come around, and we’re all supposed to line up. A couple years ago they said ‘oops, we were wrong, come in for another stab’ of a different brew. Two winters ago they said we were all going to die a quick horrible death if we didn’t get the ‘human, pig, bird’ flu shot. I didn’t even see anyone sick, let alone die, did you? Many got sick and died from the vaccine though. Is it any wonder the drug companies paid off congress some years ago to exempt them from any damage liability for their vaccines? We’ve all heard the horror stories about what these shots can do to people. Squalene, mercury, and lord knows what else is in these formulas, or how they are cultured. Since we aren’t told, I’m not allowed to repeat rumors here. I did read last year that 83% of the people in California who ‘contracted’ whooping cough had been vaccinated for it though. Hmmm Unfortunately, the government has admitted that ‘some’ vaccines had cancers cells in them, that they infected thousands of children in other countries with polio, and conducted illegal experiments on people with syphilis bacteria in Alabama and Guatemala. What a good way to hurt a lot of people at once; figure out what a whole lot of people think they need or want, then shoot it straight into their veins. But just as people are finally wising up to the dangers of vaccines, Big Pharma pushes harder and harder for vaccines to be mandatory for when they decide to create another fake pandemic or illness. 5. FALSE PANDEMIC PANIC - An investigation into the World Health Organization’s (WHO) proclamation that the world was in a bonafide pandemic (after changing the criteria for that level 6 classification), it was discovered that there were unscrupulous and conflict of interest ties to the pharmaceutical companies. Wow! What a surprise! And yes, what was the payoff going to be? Billions of flu shots sold. Sometimes I think they need to float a trial balloon just to see how many people are still buying their scary propaganda, inflamed and enabled by the corporate owned mainstream media. Pharmaceutical companies, with the governments’ help, have already accomplished blackmailing parents into shooting up their children with a plethora of vaccines if they want to send them to school. The Powers That Be are hell bent on finding some way to force their poisons into all of us. Keep in mind that whatever the TV is trying to sell you, whatever story they go hyperbolic over, it means one of 2 things. It is either to promote TPTB’s agenda, or to divert your attention away from TPTB’s agenda. And when they omit news that’s important to your life, it’s so you don’t think there’s an agenda at all. 6. PHARMACEUTICAL DRUGS - I think the number of deaths caused by prescription drugs each year is up to 200,000 if I’m not mistaken. And that’s not even the mistakes. That’s the number for properly prescribed meds! The drug companies trump up a crisis, like cholesterol numbers that are too high, restless legs, hyperactive kids, whatever, just when they are ready to release their shiny new pill for exactly that problem. They lie and fudge in their testing, hide the flaws in the results, push for fast track approval, and wala! Billions more pour into their coffers, while people start keeling over in droves. By the time the FDA decides to even ‘study’ the issue, thousands have died. Don’t you just love being the real test subjects for them? And you didn’t even get paid to be in a clinical trial! Even if the hungry lawyers get the class action suits going, the award damages are far, far smaller than what the company has already raked in. Oh well, there’s always ‘collateral damage’ with these things, you know? Haven’t I heard those words somewhere before, like when the government is making excuses for killing ‘innocent civilians’ during war? 7. FLUORIDATED CITY WATER- This is a little trick they stole from the Hitler playbook. It’s just so expensive to dispose of the waste from aluminum manufacturing, hmmm, what could we drum up as a good use for it? Never mind that it actually causes brain damage, or makes your teeth mottled and discolored, or corrodes your bones, we’ll just put that skull and crossbones on the 55 gallon drums to warn people. But they’ll still think it’s good for them because we said so, right? Then we’ll pay the dentists to agree. Gee, another thing a

whole lot of people need, water! Now, one of President Obama’s czars suggests adding in lithium to keep people calm, along with the other pharmaceuticals that have been found in our water supplies. No matter what we learn after the fact about what’s been done wrong, it just continues on anyway, doesn’t it? Why is that? 8. AEROSOL SPRAYING- Have you noticed all those pretty streams planes make in the sky over your head? I have. They can turn a clear Arizona deep blue sky cloudy, in just about an hour. Sometimes they make puff clouds that have streamers draping off of them. Cool! But maybe in a short time, you find you can’t breathe so well, or you find these cobweb like things on your plants, or it can look like it’s snowing when it’s 100 degrees! More cool! But it’s a different story when you read about the testing of what’s been collected in air samples, or in people’s blood and saliva. Micro particles of aluminum, barium, strontium, arsenic, zinc, and too many to list other heavy metals, along with strange bacteria and fibers. Have you ever heard of Morgellon’s disease? It’s where people develop moving fibers under their skin. It’s one of the most horrible, unimaginable, creepy and disgusting skin ailments I’ve ever seen. Look it up. Dr. Clifford Carnicom has been researching aerosol spraying, otherwise known as chemtrails, for over 12 years and has discovered the Morgellons fibers in the fallen debris and in the saliva of 99% of the people he’s tested. What do you know? One more thing we all like, breathing the air! By the way, it’s not legal for the government to experiment on us without our permission, “UNLESS it’s for medical, therapeutic, pharmaceutical, agricultural, industrial purposes, or for research in general, or for protection against, or for law enforcement purposes, including riot control”. (Section 1520a Chapter 32 of U.S. Code Title 50). No wonder our ‘representatives’ scurry like rats when approached about this subject! They must have their own special air to breathe. 9. FDA - How many words are the limit for regular articles? Some doctors have been known to call this the Federal Death Agency. There are countless detrimental to life additives, fillers, chemicals, artificial extenders, dyes, poison in plastic food containers, and even radiation that are just fine with the FDA for us to eat. But don’t you dare consume organic raw milk! Oh no no no. They just won’t have any of that! If you report adverse effects from one of their approved elements, you may not hear back from them for years. You won’t even be noticed if you’re already a statistic! It just depends on what made you sick. If it was something a huge corporation makes, forget it. If you got sick from a peach you bought at a local roadside stand, or some lemonade from your neighbors little girls stand down the street, well its curtains for them. They’ll get 10+ years in the slammer. Just beware while you’re shopping at your favorite organic fresh food grocer. Those black Suburban cars, swat team ninja cops, and big AK-47 rifles can be quite startling. Oh, I forgot about all the toxic chemicals that are allowed to go into our skin and hair products too. Boys and girls, don’t forget to use your (cancer causing) sunscreen now. Remember to be careful in that bad sun! P.S. Watch out for domestic home grown terrorists like John McCain and Dick Durbin, they’ve been trying to outlaw your vitamin and mineral diet supplements, and they just won’t quit. 10. VITAMIN SUPPLEMENT DEMONIZATION - The Pharmaceutical companies have a jealousy problem. They don’t like all the money you’ve been spending on vitamins to stay healthy. It’s just driving them crazy. So they got our government to sign onto some UN treaty called Codex Alimentarius. This multi country UN gig wants to judge just how little nutrition you actually need in your vitamin pills, something like what wouldn’t be enough for your pet fly. Then they want to give the rights to BigPharma to make the pills, with only slightly more milligrams at one thousand times the cost. What the heck took them so long? And to make it even better, you’ll have to go to your doctor (IF you can find one after ObamaCare kicks in) for a prescription for your vitamin A, B, C, D, Etc. So now, we won’t have to worry at all about maintaining good health, because

our loving government will do it all for us, right? So, when all the diseases that are caused by nutritional deficiencies return, all the pharmaceutical companies will be lined up waiting to fix us. Are you getting the picture yet? Foods that are loaded up with chemicals, pesticides and herbicides, hormones and anti-biotics to counteract e.coli and staff bacteria; severely depleted in nutrients and minerals, and shipped in from all over the world with scant oversight. Yet they want to deny us the only means we have to counteract the industrialization and over processing of our foods. The deal is to keep us very sick, slowly dying, and drain our purses dry, before we die. Speaking of dying, how many people are killed by vitamins each year? None, or one? From the way the FDA is reacting, and Sen. Durbin’s new bill, you might think there was a holocaust in progress. Well, there is….. But it’s not caused by vitamins!! 11. EPA - Natural gas fracking (flaming tap water). 5 year Naval war exercises on all US coasts with every horrible kind of toxin, bomb, or chemical warfare germ you can think of. They even admit this endeavor will “take” (read ‘kill’) up to 11 million sea mammals. Nuclear leakage and fallout. Every imaginable chemical, pesticide, and herbicide. Chemtrails. Oil spills and gushers. Aerosol spraying of deadly toxins on oceans. Ocean trash dumping by corporations. Neglected toxic Superfund sites. Overflowing spent nuclear fuel pools all over the country. Electro Magnetic Frequencies (EMF). Let’s see. What am I forgetting? It doesn’t matter. Anything is OK by the EPA apparently. 12. USDA- Let me give you a clue. All these alphabet soup agencies are head fakes. They were put in place by TPTB to make us think the government was protecting us and our country. And maybe for a while, to get us believing in them, they were. But folks, the worm has turned. Look out. They are all there to enable the move to consolidate the elites’ plan for total control over our lives! Here’s a line from a recent article: ‘The USDA lied to farmers and ranchers about federal drought insurance. The government has refused to pay up during the worst drought in US history’. More farmers down the drain. The USDA is an enemy of the country. The FDA is an enemy of people. The SEC is an enemy of investors. The EPA is an enemy of the earth. I could go on if you like. Nothing is logical. Nothing makes sense. What’s love got to do with it? Nothing. TPTB are brutal, evil, and diabolical. They delight in death and destruction, and enjoy watching us suffer. 13. FUKUSHIMA - What is Fukushima? I think I’ve heard of that somewhere before. Was that the name of a country somewhere near Japan or something? Oh that’s right, there was a tsunami, and I think I heard something about a nuclear power plant. Boy, that CNN just jumps from one story to the next. Things are moving so fast these days it’s hard to keep up. But I think somebody from England said something about not going out in the rain, or eating green leafy vegetables. But everything must be OK now, because I haven’t heard any more about it. Nothing is more despicable than to have our government order a news black-out about what is very possibly a life extinction event of mass proportion. 14. THE FOOD SAFETY AND MODERNIZATION ACT - Better known as ‘The End of Small Farms and don’t bother looking For roadside fruit and vegetable stands act’. Those small time farmers are going to be too busy complying with new draconian paperwork and regulations to worry about the safety of their organic crops. While they are busy paying the piper, the crops will die of neglect anyway. But don’t get all huffy and think you’ll just grow some food of your own. The Garden Police will show up with their AK-47s, and God knows what will happen if you don’t have your permit! And don’t even think about sharing your extra tomatoes with the neighbor. That is against the law now. They’ll work best thrown onto the compost pile for next year’s planting.

Our loyal representatives twisted themselves into pretzels to get this bill passed. The lame duck congress even worked till the wee hours of the morning so no one would see what they were doing on the last day they were in office. Many who may have voted ‘no’ had gone home to bed. They got about 6 million letters, calls, and e-mails from the suckers who voted for them, begging them not to pass this dangerous bill! But they just couldn’t resist giving us a parting gift, because they couldn’t resist the parting gifts they got for passing this disgusting bill. In case you haven’t picked up on it, every new bill in this Orwellian world we live in, has a name the exact opposite of what its underlying purpose is. 15. SMART GRID and SMART METERS - As if electro-magnetic frequencies (EMF) from cell phones, cell towers, microwave ovens, HD TVs, wi-fi signals, medical CT scans, X-rays, and airport scanners, aren’t enough to fry us, we now get to have the new and improved electrical grid along with the deadly ‘smart meters’ that go with them. Here’s another gift from TPTB money grabbers who have nothing but their own agenda in mind. Even all the corporations who are going to be bidding for a piece of the action dare not bring up the issue of safety. Not a word! This may finally be the wake-up call for all the people who refused to believe their government has anything but their best interests at heart. Once again, our dependence on electricity will be used to hold us hostage, and to make us comply with something that may very well kill us! Not to mention that ‘smart meters’ are a complete invasion of your privacy and a way for Big Brother to keep track of your every move and even control your appliances remotely if they want. Please read up on this subject before they come to your town and alert your neighbors! The meters will be spewing strong pulses of microwave energy all through the environment, your home and everybody in it, then returning the signal to a receiver up to 2 miles away. Even if you didn’t have one, don’t worry, you’ll be treated to all your neighbors signals as well, right through your walls. Your utility’s talking point will be that ‘they are no more dangerous than a cell-phone, or that it only pulses twice a day. Outright lies! Apparently, they haven’t been keeping up on their propaganda scheme. Even the WHO is finally admitting that cell phones do cause cancer tumors! Another case of hiding the health risks for the benefit of big corporations. And, according to Dr. Bill Deagle, who has been testing the smart meter, it’s been putting out 100 times the EMF of a cell phone! I wonder how long it will take to kill people who are unfortunate enough to live in multi-family dwellings, or live with a meter bank containing hundreds of meters a short distance from their home? Don’t think our government knows exactly what they’re doing to us? The military has studied this technology extensively! The meters have not even been approved by UL, and you need a subpoena to get safety rating records from the utility co. How would you like to die? Cooked by microwaves, or fried in a fire? The meters have been catching on fire and may have been the cause of the gas line explosion in San Diego that took 8 lives and 47 homes a few months ago. Federal “investigators” said they were not going to investigate if the meter was the cause “because the meter did not cause the explosion”. They don’t look for things they don’t want to find. The utility commissions and the utility companies are playing extreme hardball with people who do not want to be microwaved in their homes. If you try to ‘opt out’, you will pay dearly to protect your health, while they are happy to place your life on the black jack table for that first winning hand. Judging by Dr. Deagle’s own testing of his smart meter, it’s obvious that any test results provided by the industry claiming the meters are completely safe are fraudulent! Further, they do admit that there has been no long term testing, but you’ll need a subpoena to see their safety data. So just like cell phones, how can they dare to make any safety claims? “The meters are within the FCC’s guidelines” they say. (Another alphabet agency) I guess cell phones are too, although the radio frequency levels they put out have just been listed as carcinogens. Once again, the people who will get rich off this boondoggle will be sailing away on their yachts, while you lie in a hospital bed dying of cancer. You can bet they won’t have smart meters on their homes!

The government has offered bribe money to the states, utilities and the utility commissions (which came from us in the form of ‘stimulus money’) to institute this program. Then we’ll pay for it again ‘to reimburse the utility along with a ‘fair’ profit’, by paying much higher rates. It is NOT mandated by law, but if you refuse them permission to install the meter, they will come back and install it anyway and say you have no choice. Or they’ll threaten to turn your power off! They thought they could pass this one off by saying it will save us money, conserve energy, and save the earth! But people are catching on to this one, and the lawsuits are already under way. (Good luck with that. How many judges do you trust these days?) Act now and get your city to ban them, please! And don’t forget to educate your doctor. He’ll need the info to treat your addled brain and confused bodily systems, if the Cabal gets their way. Every cell in our body has an electrical biology, and unless you aren’t human, you will be damaged. It’s the modern day version of a gas chamber. The chamber this time happens to be your own home, If this isn’t our line in the sand, nothing is. 16. UNENDING WARS - Mothers, don’t let your babies grow up to be soldiers. If they make it back home, they’ll never be the same. Look up Gulf War Syndrome. They are guinea pigs for every imaginable vaccine, and unwitting victims of America’s own weapon of mass destruction called depleted uranium. You could also become the proud grandparents of a grandchild with 2 heads and 4 legs. It has become very obvious that our government, our military, and our country have been the subjects of a coup‘d tat. The next time someone says our sons and daughters are defending our freedom, remind them of the black SUVs and swat team raids on the beautiful Amish farmers, or the 630 citizen deaths by cop tasers, or the no warrant, no knock raids on homes of innocent people, or the sexual assault by the airport TSA because people just want to visit their family in another state. I know our young people sign up out of financial desperation and perceived patriotism. Once they sign they are compelled to follow orders, but it is now apparent to the entire world that they are not fighting for our country, but for the agenda of the cabal of elites who want to own it all, including you. The military standing down is our only hope for saving the country. We need them to defend us, right here at home, from the enemies within, and the outside enemies who are fomented by our government’s lies. I hate to say it, but right at this moment, our military is aiding and abetting the enemy to destroy our dreams, our freedoms, and our country. Is there not a single commander who has the guts to loudly and publicly just say NO MORE?! 17. OBAMA ”CARE” - Written by the insurance companies, it will be the perfect covert plan to eliminate all the ‘useless eaters’ and save the government from paying all of us pesky Baby Boomers our social security. It won’t be hard, since while they are adding 30 million people into the system, 60% of the doctors we have now will be long gone. They want nothing to do with it. Everyone knows that the medical system is in melt down as we speak anyway. One of my favorite parts of this travesty is the rule that if you are ‘not up to date on your vaccines’, you won’t get care. It’s such a fabulous law that the scum who voted for it made themselves and their staff exempt from it! Make your doctor appointments now! It may be a few years wait. Ask him if he makes house calls to jails, since that’s where you’ll be if you can’t afford ObamaCare. By the way…. when your doctor (if he hasn’t left the country) asks, by law, if you have any firearms in your home, tell him ‘absolutely not’! Then ask him why he wants to know. 18. WEATHER MODIFICATION - Scientists say the technology certainly exists. I’m sure the ruling Cabal has unlimited funds to invest in it, and the Navy says they’ll own the weather by 2025. We keep having rare, deadly, ‘once every 100 years’ droughts, floods, earthquakes, temperatures, and snowfalls, so I’m really suspicious about this. I think they own the weather now! It seems to add up to broke farmers, food shortages and sky high prices. Our government signed on to a UN treaty that prohibits all countries from using weather weapons. So, our leaders promptly privatized the U.S. weather bureau, and created numerous front companies that carry out their plans for them anyway. It’s similar to hiring that company Blackwater in

Iraq. They did such a good job for the U.S. in Iraq, and they’re so proud that they changed their name to XE, as if that makes them seem any less dark. 19. FINANCIAL COLLAPSE/DEPRESSION - I forget. How many people died during the 1930s depression? One of the most telling discoveries were the thousands of coffins piled up that Jessie Ventura showed on one of his TruTV shows. That show was never aired again, and was removed altogether from the TruTV website and the internet. Are the coffins for the masses of people who will starve during the new great depression? Why did the government order them? If they are there in case of a big natural disaster, wouldn’t the government just say so? Instead they removed the evidence from view. In detective terms, they call that consciousness of guilt. Will someone please wake me up after I’m dead, and let me know if any of the psychopathic, demonic, control freak maniacs, who have gutted our country and our lives, are ever held accountable and banished from this world? I’d appreciate it. Thank You! Please print out this article and give it to the people you care about. If they are still sleeping, but have any survival instinct left, maybe this will shake them awake. We are NOT in Kansas anymore my fellow Americans. http://www.federaljack.com/?p=114313

Understanding the New World Order structure is the first step in dismantling it.

Watch Monopoly Men: www.youtube.com/user/plainwarner#p/u/6/cItoilNxdCs